This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
<x(0)x(t)> <,p(0)x(t)> Con
= DdD — kT T
,—, 2-1
2
Con 2
2-1
0
sin £» t
COSfinf
^2 ton
21
sinifni
0 S Con
O
(13) Sal where S11. S B I S21 and S s i are 2 X 2 matrices. For given values of x(0) and p(0) the average values of x(t)
and £ ( r )
are 5(0
*(0)
Pit) and the conditional distribution function P(x(t), pit), t\x(0), normal distribution function with the covariance matrix
(14) p(G), 0) is the
72
160
M. Toda and Y. Kogure
\ /x(t)
I x(t) Pixit),pit),t\xiO),pi0),0)=H
,21-
(15)
3
W e define, in accordance with Rubin, ' the quantities
Sin (16) W e note that X(t)
satisfies the initial condition
X(0)=0, We
(17)
X ( i )= l-
have x(0) j l -
( )do\ +pi0) a
-x(0>X( )
Pit)
X(t)
(18)
+p(_0)X(t)
£
SPJ> J
2
2^X(T)^-X (r) -f^XC*)^] X(t)
jl-X(t)-^X(
f f
)rf
f f
1
)
-^X(rf)rf)
X(t) | l - X ( r ) 2
ft
2
l-X (r)-^X (i) (19)
Equations (18) and (19) are identical with Rubin's results. These equations are formally valid also in quantum mechanical case. The only difference in this case is that an is to be replaced by tfn^-^-ftfiaCOth
and accordingly Xit)
J'
(20)
by
• and
\ 2kT
Sn
ki
(21)
the initial value X ( 0 ) is to be changed accordingly. In
the following, however, we shall confine ourselves to the classical
case. It has been assumed that the initial displacements and momenta are normally distributed. T h i s leads to the consequence that the displacement and momentum x(t), pit) of particle 0 constitute a stationary Gaussian process. Next problem is to ask whether this process is Markoffian. The
73
Statistical
Dynamics
of Syste?ns of Interacting
Oscillators
condition that the stationary Gaussian process {xit), pit)) that the correlation matrix R(t — ti) satisfies the relation
161
be Markoffian is
}
Rit -t,)=R(t -t,)R(t -t ) a
i
where r j>i2^>ri.
'
(22)
1
The correlation matrix is defined as
a
1
i
Vpit^xit^/wxpty*
where, from S , , or terms of X(t), we have
< K O K * < ) >/>*>
2
;
1
<x > = <x (t<)> = v' kT,
Xit)
i
(p*} =
= kT. '(.y.-y.-ij my- =-4-'(ys-y»-C>-p, N co and is normalized to unity,the following if we assume that the incident wave the second term of eq. (2.3) vanishes on integration comes from the left. over the interval (-co, co) (this kind of argument co , will be used often in this paper) and we have an =e"*+/j(*.')e-"* , i->-m , (2.11) important result where a(k,r) and b{k, l) are the transmission and -f.=0 . (2.S) reflection amplitude respectively. As e'** and Equation (2.5) is the first example of the time— e-"' are linearly independent, we obtain invariant quantity of the KdV equation. C=-4ift> and 0=0 , (2.12) Dropping the first term, we can integrate eq. o, = 0 , (2.13) (2.3) twice. b.^-Sik'b , (2.14) •p,+ '-h' + Aifs-l t' +A a -i ! —"'i*h" . (AM) 0, (4.8) eq. (4.13), which can be seen from eq. (2.22), (c) Collision of two solitons which represents a soliton With the notations (3.20), the explicit form of (4.9) two soliton solution is given from eqs. (4.4), (4.6) u(x, /) = —1 sech" 4-(«-p>+ 8) and (4.11). with s (n) defined by that the condition (3,8) is consistent with eq. ( - - 0 . 8 , there is a tendency toward decreasing the number of springs chopped at the first reflection. Another characteristic feature is the existence of unbroken regions in the middle of lattices. It is clearly seen from F i g . 11 that the region becomes narrower with increasing i / J . F o r larger value of l / J , such region vanishes, and the whole lattice breaks into small pieces. O n the contrary, for smaller values of \f | the whole lattice is unbroken except near both ends. Especially the chopping occurs only at one spring near the fixed end for | / | = 0.05. Since the system is almost linear for | / 1=0.05, the enhancement of c
In
^X't) (23)
U2
-u X(t)
\-^X{a)da
Further, since X(0) = 1, X(0) =0, we have R(At)
(0
= - »"*X(.0
At) At
tl
1 - » X ( 0 4ft A ' 3 3
in
l + X(0 + )At
v
At\
(24)
so that in the limit of small At, we have 1
R(_t)R(At)
X{t) + {X\Q +
)X(t)-vX(t)}At
= u
- ^X(t) v
+ |x(0
+ ) X(t)
+1 -v^XMdo^
At
/2
y' [Xit)+X(t)At) (25)
l-^Xio-)do-vX(t)At The condition that the process is Markoffian is R(_t + At) = Kit) R(At),
which
is satisfied if X\0 + )X(t)
-vX(t)
X(Q + ) Xit)
+
=
X(t), l-^X( )do-=Xit). a
These two equations are satisfied simultaneously if X(t) equation X(t)+fiX(t)
2
+
(26) is subject to the
(27)
where the "friction constant" 0 and the frequency w are determined by
74
162
M . Toda and Y. Kogure r J = - X ( 0 + ),
a>*=»,
(28) 2
F r o m the definition of X(t) and v, it is clear that (3 and a> are both positive. Thus, the necessary and sufficient condition that the process is Markoffian is that X(t) fulfills the damping equation given by E q . (27). W h e n this is the case, it is readily shown that the conditional distribution function P, with the covariances given by E q . (19), is the solution of the Kramers equation dt +PY-=4^1(PP Sx dp r
+'
lVKr
O 2
^ + < 1 ^dp £->
Q = &T.
(29)
T o show this we have only to note that the solution of E q . (27) is X(i)= —e-^smw.t , 2
(30)
2
where o», = a > - ( l / 4 ) £ , and substitute it in Eqs. (18) and (19). Then we obtain { x ( r ) , p(t)} and elements of covariance matrix S°> which are identical with those given by W a n g and Uhlenbeck solving E q . (29). The general feature of the process is therefore determined by the nature of X(t). From Eqs. (4) and ( 7 ) , if we take X „ ( 0 ) = 0, P»(Q) for all 11, we see that Xi(0) = 0 ,
MO) =0
for
t#0,
(31)
and * « ) = 2 ko»]*
x ( 0 ) = o, 2
P W = S \con | cosi? i = X{t), n
p(0)=l.
(32)
Therefore, X(t) is the solution of the equation of motion (2) for the initial condition that all the particles are at their equilibrium position and are at rest except for the particle 0 which is given unit momentum at i = 0 .
§3.
One d i m e n s i o n a l l a t t i c e w i t h a heavy
isotope
The problem of linear chain of atoms with an isotope has been extensively studied. In this section we shall apply the method described in the foregoing section to this particular system. In so doing we shall eventually find a connection between the lattice model and the model considered by the authors in previous papers.' This model, which we shall refer to as model S, consists of an oscillator interacting with a great number of surrounding oscillators. N o interaction is assumed among the surrounding oscillators. 1
W e consider here the linear chain of atoms of mass M labelled from
75
Statistical
Dynamics
of Systems of Inter-acting
— (7V+1) to J V + 1 with an isotope of mass M' at 0.
163
If the displacement
u,, the equation of motion for x's^VM
of the y'-th atom is denoted by
0 ' = 0 ) and x'^VM'un
Oscillators
u
}
can be written as
• *r X-s - -r
+ A'
a: . •/ x
f X-K t X t
= 0,
(33)
N
with the interaction matrix A' defined by
2r
-r
-r .
0
-r
-f
2r -f
o
ml
-r
-r
2r
(34)
—r —T
-r
2r ,
where
M'
VMM'' '
030
(35)
~M' '
and K stands for the force constant of the springs between atoms. W h e n M'^-M, we have r'<^T. This means that large mass of an isotope corresponds to weak springs attached to it. First we introduce new coordinate system parts of the matrix A':
"
, /
2
.
xjs
(x
(s=i,
( )
x)
which diagonalizes
m,
(36)
x=x, (cf. reference 1)) to get the simplified equations of motion of the form, x -\- >%x . + A x = [) (s= -N, !
a
l
t
x + «>(! x + S A,x, = 0. Thus x and x
t
- 1 , 1,
AO. (37}
constitute the model S. Frequencies and interaction constants
76
164
M . Toda and Y. Kogure
in this model are
W e have therefore
The motion of the isotope is determined by the function X{t), E q . (16) of the preceding section, in which the direction cosines cpn and the frequency i3 of the «-th normal mode are given by the simultaneous equations n
We first note that
2
2
to - J2
M'
2 ( A M 1)
2
» | - J3
i(AM-l) /here 1
yj
-
1
S
S m
•
-
-
-
—
(42)
2(/Y-H)
T o calculate the sum we note the identity KS . ., 1 sin 2(AM-1 ).r n [sinS 2(AM-1) - s i n " x J = —2 ». s i n- 2,,x — ,'
(4,i)
from which we get ,v
Y\ ,-i
1 — . .
its 2(AM-1)
5 l n
1 (N+1) - — — -— . , • a sinxcosxL ~
S
m
cos^(AM-1)^sin 2 (AM- l ) x
cos2x "j sin2xj
X
(44)
In our case 2
sin x = G*/4r, sin x cosx = (4r) " ' f l y ^ r - f l
2
.
(45)
77
Statistical
Dynamics
of Systems of Inter-acting
Oscillators
165
W e have therefore, for N^>1, 2
{(2r - fi*) - Q V A T - Q * c o t 2 ( N + l ) x ) .
= M r
(46)
Since a > i H 2 r M / M \ we have the relation
2
On the other hand, differentiating E q . (46) with respect to fi , we obtain, for A > 1
i£i ( - f - f i * )
8
M '
r
X c o t 2 ( A + \)
X
+~
2fi
-2fi 2 i/47
V 2
(N+1) (1 + c o t 2 ( i V + l)ar).
2
(48)
W e have therefore, for N^>1
Actually, uij forms quasi-continuum from u> = 0 to o> = 4r and the same holds for fi . T h e number of normal modes with frequency between fi and Q + dQ is f
f
n
^(£)rffi=
, 2(iV+l) " I 0
__^fi_ »/4r"~fi
(o
(ir-wj.
(50)
Therefore in general S A F(fi«) =
r (fi)/;(fi) F(a) dQ. 2
with
(51)
«
Thus we get
which coincides with the result of Takeno and H o r i . " W h e n Q ! > 1 , we can rewrite X(t)
as
78
166
M. Toda and Y. Kogure
w.x
2 p
sin (fir) ^
0
1
= y ( l - ^ )
Ci^ ),
i
(54)
i
where b =
t
1
(55)
U(p)=\ e-"x(t)dt. ja
If we choose the initial condition that x,(a~)=h(Q)=0, (.(=¥0), we have x(t)=X(t).
_r(0)=0,
i(0)=l,
The Laplace transform of X(t) is thus found to be
U(p) = ll\p*
+
» -22yf^\
(56)
a
For the model described above (cf. E q . (41)), s
2
S-rrf-- -=.\(2r+p )2N-pH4r+p )j: 3
X_.vj_.J_. -= 2AM-1 =» /> +«>? ^r4r+# 2
^
_
!
(AT—°°).
(57)
a
Thus, we have
which gives the same result as E q . (53) (cf. reference 5 ) ) . Before closing this section, we shall present a slightly modified system for which the calculation can be carried out rigorously. T h i s is a system of a chain of atoms subject to the same equation of motion as above except for the central isotope to which another spring is attached. Equations (33) to (46) hold for this model except that _g=-||-+*>*
(59)
79
Statistical
Dynamics
of Systems of Interacting
Oscillators
where to is a constant standing for the strength of the new spring. (47) is then modified as 4_3 - - ~ a >
(M-s
with s i n x = j2S/4r.
2
167 Equation
(60)
/
= _ . v 4 r - Q l cot 2 ( N + 1 ) x
Further, we find
= T r W 4£- (1 + -ot 2<JV+ JV+1 M ,
1 W
+
J3S(4r-_«)
M ' 1
M
_ J ( 4 r - _ 3 )
+
_.
(61)
[ ( ^ - - l ) _ 2 - ^
a
So that for Q ^ l , provided that a>,;!>ai , X ( r ) can be approximated by 9 X
(
0
=
;
* l
m
i"(j3 -_" j " 2
3
2
_
^
(62)
=—e""siniaf ,
when
is very large and b very small.
§4.
M o t i o n of the c e n t e r of mass
It is of some interest to compare the with the motion of the center of mass of uniform continuum. The argument of §2 T h e calculation is easily modified to examine of a portion of a one-dimensional lattice.
result of the preceding section a portion of a one-dimensional can be applied to this system. the motion of the center of mass
The displacement of the position x in the continuum at time t can be written as u(x, t) = ff-
S ? . ( 0 s i n ^
(0<x<0
(63)
where / stands for the length of the continuum, p its linear density, and q,(t) the K-th normal mode. W e have fixed tbe both ends x = 0 and /. The center of mass ii(t) of the portion of length 2a, from x=l/2 — a to x=l/2 + a, is given as a ( 0 = -=-\ la
Si/1-'
u(x,t)dx u
=—J4_ c-) a t ip * 5M
, ) / s
— KK
(64) \
I
/
80
M. Toda and Y. Kogure
168
and the velocity associated with it is 1
In-11/2
a V lp ««]d
I s
\n(^f-)q<(t).
(65)
In terms of the initial values q.(,0) and 9.(0) we have (66) where c denotes velocity of T>(0) are exq,(t) =the -mm-Ofs i nsound. ( - ^ ) +u(t), 9.(0)v(t), c o s (u(0) ^ ct) and , pressed as linear combination of q,(0) and ,(0) as C t
«(0
*(0)
vit)
!
(fi7)
«(o) vCO) where D is a 4 x « matrix. W e can use the method of §2, to evaluate the conditional distribution function for u(i) and v(t). W h e n the temperature is T , the covariances associated with q,(Q) and y«(0) are kT m
'
c:,. =
ffifi)
< ,(D)y,(0)> = 0. 9
The covariance matrix of the conditional distribution function for {n(t), v(t)} is calculated following the method of §2, to give <«<*)«<<)> s
<«(/)-(«)>
= <^W«(0>
F where, for the limit
(69) we have
81
Statistical
Dynamics
of Systems of Interacting
Oscillators
169
with T = C I / 2 , and A =
1-r
r
0
r>l.
— (2-r)r
(71) r
a c
t>l.
By inspection we see that the time dependency of given above is very similar to that of the covariance of heavy isotope given in the preceding section, when 2ap is replaced by the mass M' of the isotope. For t^i>2a/c, the position of the center of mass obeys the Einstein's law; (u(t) )oct. 2
§5.
Brownian motion of an oscillator
In this section we shall treat a system whose equations of motion are of the form given by E q . (37). Tbe model of such a system has been treated by the authors in previous papers and referred to as model S in the preceding section. In the previous papers, it was shown that the central oscillator of such a system exhibits Brownian motion provided certain conditions are satisfied. One of these conditions is that the interaction parameters are sufficiently small and another condition is that frequency spectrum of the surrounding oscillators forms quasi-continuum which extends from _ , = 0 to ™. Under these conditions we shall reconsider the motion of the central oscillator. If the number of surrounding oscillators with tbe square of frequency between oil and ufi + dto is denoted by G(oi )d(mi), we may approximate the sum in E q . (40) by (cf. reference 6 ) ) 2
^
At
^
2
S
A*(2)G(J2 )A
= -AHQ-)G(&)ncot^r
+ ^ [ A
where _? is replaced by sA.
where
A
2
(
a
m
; ) -AHQ)G(&)_
^ f ^ d M ) ,
„
(73)
1
J
a>i — S
Further we have
since J is a small quantity.
A
, O.P / ^ ) G (
Equation (40) yields
!
!
[/(£)G{fl )^]+(<»|-fi ) 2
s
'
therefore (75)
denotes the shifted value of ai . and is approximately given by
82
170
M . Toda and Y . Kogure
2
i
o) — to'i
2
with g(o,i)dws = G(w )d(^), XcU/A-dS, we find
vr.\
or g(m)=2w G{^). s
Since
2 ["" bO* sin fir , „ \ , _ , ^ —dQ, n: Jo b Q -V (_&% — Q ) Q
« ) =
a
a
a
L
v
cU/A-d(8r )=2Q
,-™\ (77)
S
where we have written i
bQ=A (Q)g(Q)n:/2Q.
(78)
s
If g(j2)ocj3 as in the vibrational spectrum in three dimensional substances, b turns out to be a constant provided A is independent of Q. If b is a constant we see that X(t~) satisfies E q . (27) and consequently, the motion of the centra] oscillator is Markoffian; that is, it exhibits Brownian motion. The distribution of the central oscillator satisfies the Kramers equation given by Eq. (29) with 0 = 2b. These results are in accordance with those in previous papers by the present authors. ' " 1
A s is well known, if the mass, the displacement and momentum are denoted by m, x and p respectively, Vm wx. and —p/v o> play equivalent roles in the motion of a harmonic oscillator with frequency to. Therefore our results are not changed by interchanging their roles. Actually, for a charged oscillator interacting with a radiation field interaction energy is of the form Jtpp: where p and p, denote momenta associated with the oscillator and tbe radiation field respectively. The coupling constant A and the frequency spectrum are ; 2 =
d
" t " ( m )"
=
*
k / c 3
f79
-
>
where in denotes the mass of the charged oscillator and c is the light velocity. In this case we have, in place of Kramers equation, the equation in which Vm IDX is replaced by —pjVo> and vice versa. That is. the distribution / of the charged oscillator is given by df at
,
d
P f m ox
a
9
/
op
r
( kT dx \ m
9
df . dx
,
r
\
with
The last equation is a counterpart of Kramers equation and is already given by one of the authors."
83
Statistical Dynamics of Systems of Interacting Oscillators References 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7)
P. Chr. Hemmer, Det. Fysiske Seminar, Tronclheim No.2 (1955) , l. R. E. Turner, Physica 26 (1960), 269, 274. R. J. Rubin, J. Math. Phys. 1 (1960), 309; 2 (1961). 373. M. Tocla, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 14 (1959), 722. Y. Kogure, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 16 (1961) , 14; 16 (1962), 36. S. Takeno ancl J. Hori, Prog. Theor. Phys. Suppl. No. 23 (1962), 177, this issue. 1. M. Lifschitz, Nuov. Cim. Suppl. 3 Ser. X (1956), 716. M. Tocla, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 13 (1958), 1266.
171
84
JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN, Vol. 19, No. 9, SEPTEMBER, 1964
Some Properties of the Pair Distribution Function Morikazu
TODA
Department of Physics, Faculty of Science, Tokyo University of Education, Tokyo (Received March 31, 1964) Thermodynamics! consideration on the equation of state is combined with kinematical consideration on the two body distribution function. Thus, general relations between the equation of state and the distribution function are obtained without using statistical mechanics, and the fact that spacial correlation between molecules is responsible for the pressure equation is emphasized. The results are applied to classical systems and to quantum mechanical gases, and proved by statistical mechanics. § 1. Introduction The pair distribution function plays an important role in the theory of fluids . Internal energy, pressure, surface tension are rigorously expressed in terras of the pair distribution function and the interaction energy between a pair of molecules. If one replaces the pair distribution function appropriately by the two-body distribution function one obtains exact expressions which hold irrespective of the state of aggregation of. the system. Many attempts are made to derive approximate expressions for the pair distribution function. Finally Hiroike et al. found an exact method of calculating the pair distribution function and, at the same time, showed that the free energy of the system can be calculated exactly using the knowledge of the pair distribution function alone. However, this method requires solving a set of nonlinear integral equations and calculating an infinite series in powers of density. The purpose of this paper is to point out some general properties of the two-body distribution function and the pair distribution function. It is thermodynamics and kinematics rather than statistical mechanics. 11
Boltzmann constant and i is a quantity related to the chemical potential ft by the relation C=e"'« . (2.2) We have, therefore, 1
It is sometimes convenient to use the average volume v per molecule, and the average number density n defined by v = VIN, M=l/D=iW. (2.4) Eq. (2.3) is then written as
H
§2.
Equation of State in Thermodynamics and Kinematics a) We shall start with considering the wellknown thermodynamical relation
The expression for the compressibility is obtained. from
(3P\
(3C
_kr / a g T\3t>
(2.6)
where {dQdv) is given by differentiating Eq. (2.5) with respect to v.
°-f+*[#£)L(iX w By the use of this relation, the expression for compressibility reduces to ac Ut.r (2.8)
-#)-—(+:
.. 1
(2.1) where P is the pressure, V the volume, T the temperature, E the internal energy, N the average number of molecules in V, k the
C» (3'P
(2.8') where we have used Eqs. (2.4) and (2.5). One the other hand, we have
1550
85
1964)
Some Properties of the Pair Distribution Function
[^-«L-(1)-[*(#)L Combining Eqs. (2.8') and Eq.(2.9) we have an interesting relation
(2-10) From the thermodynamics of fluctuation we have :N-N)' (/V)'
kT/3v\ V'\dP) j
=
(2.11)
T
so that, comparing Eq. (2.8) with Eq. (2.3), we have (2.12)
1551
This equation holds irrespective of the state of aggregation (gas, liquid or solid) and irrespective of the statistics obeyed by the molecules of the system. It is seen from Eq. (2.17) that if BoyleCharles' law is violated, the two-body distribution function is no longer constant, but correlation in space exists. There are two effects in this respect. One is the effect of the potential energy between molecules. The other is the effect of quantum statistics. Even if the intermolecular interaction is absent (ideal gas), quantum statistics introduces spacial correlation between molecules. In Bose statistics molecules have the tendency to attract each other and in Fermi statistics they repel each other even if the intermolecular force is absent. Thus the deviation of the equation of state for a Bose or Fermi gas from that of a classical perfect gas can be attributed to the difference in the pair distribution function. This effect will be treated in §4.
b) Let p^Kr, r') be the two-body distribution function. This means that p (r, r') d'rd r represents the average of the product If the transition point is approached by of the number of molecules in the elementary increasing C, the fluctuation of density becomes volume d'r at r and that in d'r' at r' very large and Eq. (2.14) shows that iSfr>' (r. Foimally r')—n^d'rd'r' will have a singularity of the °«Hr, r ' ) = ( 2 S ' i ( r i - r ) i ( r r ' ) > „ , S-function type with respect to C. This (2.13) behavior of the distribution function will where ri stands for the position of the i-th ensure the constancy of the pressure during molecule. When p —« is integrated over the phase transition. c) From purely kinematical considerations, the volume V, we get Clausius derived the virial theorem. This {p*(r, r-)-n*\d>rd-r =N'-N-<,N) theorem is quite general and valid as well in quantum mechanics as in classical mechanics '. (2-M) The virial theorem can be written as du(r, ). PV = \K — ( - f ( f ) , , - i ) ' « dr, - w where we have used Eq. (2.11). (2.18) Eq. (2.10) yields therefore where K stands for the average of the kinetic energy of the system and u(r) represents the intermolecular potential energy between two = -^r^W'Kr. <-)-«W
3
!,
r
m
!
2
1
t
5
)
2
\[
{""Kr- r'\T,
C)-»1«V . = j^p<»(r, r')-n')d'rd'r' . (2-17)
(2.19)
86
1553
Moriki
This is a relation which is also valid in classical and quantum mechanical cases. d) In the case of fluids p'"(ri, n) is a function of the distance rn = |ri—fi\, andean be written as P«Kr,. r , ) = » ' j M ,
(2.20)
where g(r) is called the pair distribution function, which has the property Um£(r)=l. (2.21)
u TODA
(Vol. 19,
f) In general, thermodynamical quantities such as PV/T and n — N/V are functions of C or of the quantity (fugacity) e=c/J*(r>. (2.27) where we have introduced for convenience the de Broglie wave length, for the molecule of mass m, given by A(T)=hl(2nmkT)>". (2.28) We may formally expand PIKT as
In this case Eq. (2.17) reduces to
-£r=iwr)f.
^"-j^Jn-bjM-ltf'r.
(2.22)
(2.29)
We then have, as in Eqs. (2.3) and (2.8) n=T.Ib,i' ,
and Eq. (2.19) to
~ ( % )
(2.30)
- 4 - S » # .
(2.31)
and Eq. (2.10) can be verified easily. We have further = v\n*[g(r)-\)d>r
(2.23)
= V_/-lW -
J|(/>"'('-,r')-Ji')d'rdV
(2.32) e) We have used the formula for fluctuation, If we expand p'" in the same way as which is Eq. (2.11). But this expression gives P-"(rir,\T, f)=2 ajfxi. r,]T)(> . (2.33) the fluctuation of the number of molecules we have the relation between ai and bt, in the whole volume V which is assume to be very large, and gives no knowledge of the df\\ ^d^ ' ' ' ' ' ~ ' • functional form of g(r). (2.34) To seefluctuationin more detail we have It should be stressed that these relations to examine, for instance, tbe Fourier comare obtained without any knowledge of the ponent statistical properties of the distribution n = y\ Wr)-n}e-f'd>r . (2.24) function. So far, we have made use of thermodynamics, thermodynamics of fluctuwhere n(r) stands for the instantaneous number ation, kinematical definition of the distribution density at r and »=«(r) is its average. The function and the virial theorem which is Fourier coefficient of the spacial correlation considered as a purely kinematical equation. is given by Therefore we have not made use of the usual statistical mechanical consideration in phase (n(r.)-ji) {n(rt)~n) erW'-i'd'rd'r^y space or in terms of density matrix. For instance, in classical mechanics of an imperfect = N+ Vn' | \g(r)~ Dt-fcfr (2.25) gas we have the cluster integral of / atoms, Or, using Eq. (2.24). we get an extension of which is just equal to the bi in Eq. (2.34). Also in quantum statistics we have the Eq. (2.IS) conventional expansion formula of the grand •:'\ {g(r)-l\c-''d'r^V\n J -n . (2.26) partition function which has the form of Eq. (2.29). We may cite other examples, such If the | B / | ' is given by some method, the pair as the liquid drop model of condensation ', distribution function g(r) is given applying where the statistical mechanical interpretation the Fourier inversion formula to Eq. (2.26). of Eq. (2.29) is straightforward. For instance, for an elastic body |«/l is the intensity of phonon of the wave number f, § 3. Classical System and g(r) gives the correlation of the constituent a) For a classical system temperature is molecules. defined by r , i
, I
( T i r
) d
r
d
r ! = { !
l )
Vb
11
/
j
I
j
l
1
5
87
Some Properties of tke Pair Distribution Function
A-=J-WftT.
1553
(3.1)
4 s
In this case Eq. (2.19) reduces to
3 *ii(N-l)}
]r
(3.10) l!l
/> (r,,r,|r, Q T
,!,
1
= jj(r' (r.r'}-« lrfV
"• d*r ---d»r„
(3.2)
l
.
(3.11)
For a fluid we have, instead of Eq. (3.2),
where C/« = S2'ii('u) stands for the interiS J - l
action energy between molecules, (3.3) and in place of Eqs. (2.16) and (2.17)
m the mass of a molecule, and 8 is the grand partition function
1
C^(P-n*r) = - * r B J | ^ ( r ) - U d V ,
I
t
1
(3.12)
(3.4) (3.5)
^ =n-[ ^[B i£r()-)-l}rf r. ST Jo C J For an infinitely dilute (perfect) gas we have P=nkT, or
5= 2 ~Qx » i i iV!
.
(3.13)
with Q defined by , e-"»i"d>r - --d'rn . (3.14) N
l
• i - i
Integrating o<"(r,, r \T, Q) with respect to r and re, we get 2
(dPldQ ^kT(~)
^kTnlC. ,
T
(3.6)
where we have used Eq. (2.1). Integrating -we get, for a perfect gas. n=f(JX
(*-»0),
QN=N(N-1),
(3.7) ,l
III
,
1
where /(T) is a function of temperature, and Unyv,tfV = [[p' (r,)p (r )£; ridVi=(/V) , is not JJ is not necessary necessary here. But if one refers to JJ (3.15) ^statistical mechanics one sees that f(T) = 1/A\T) where A(T) represents the de Brogue l e averages. wave length defined by Eq. (2.28). On the other hand we have For a slightly imperfect gas we may use (3.16) Eq. (3.7) and g(r)=e-*< "' in Eq. (3.3). Then kT we get I
w
n
s
J~\r—d r=\(E-"»i"-l)d'r 3kT) dr J
h
e
r
e
w
e
h a u e
I
t a k e n
t
h
e e n s e m b
T
, (3.8)
tf=s£ In B, N'-Wy^S— . (3.17) of of where differentiations are such that T and V are kept constant. We have therefore
-which can also be obtained by integrating partially. At the same time Eq. (3.5) gives P=nkT-
fS<-
(3.9)
Therefore Eqs. (2.19) and (2.17) are the extension of the well known formulas Eqs. (3.8) and (3.9). b) If we refer to statistical mechanics and restrict ourselves to classical systems Eq. (2.16) can be derived using the expression for the distribution function in the grand canonical •ensemble' : 1
II
1
= -|^P' (r,,r )-n )dV,iiV , I
!
(3.18) in which f(5/3£ = £i?/dC since T is kept constant. Thus Eqs. (2.16) and (2.17) are verified using statistical mechanics as for classical systems, §*• Perfect Gas in Quantum Statistics As is well know, the number density of the molecules of a perfect gas is given by
8*
1554
Morikazu TOD A „=(
(4 1)
where i=p'l2m , (4.2) according as it obeys Bose (upper sign) or Fermi (lower sign) statistics. The pair distribution function g(r) can be calculated rigorously in this case, by using the quantized wave function lF(r) = V"" 2«*e "'*, and »(r) = if+(r)F(r), » = E a , « , . (4.3) * Then using the method given by Eq. (2.24) to (2.26) with the aid of Fourier inversion formula we obtain" I
i
,
»»(*<»•)-1) = =
± l | f e-""d'p
Eq. (4.4) expresses the fact that Bose particles attract while Fermi particles repe) each other. Therefore we obtain
l
8
W
-
1
|
f
' 4 i ( F ^ ? r r
and
_[d'p
-J
!
42 ( Jo e*'""TC «' Jo ^ n i j l n f l + Ce-""")^/^ Thus we get
(4.6)
(Vol. 19. • ^ = T jlndTCe-^W/A" .
(4-7)
which is the well-known expression for the equation of state. Acknowledgments The author is indebted to Emeritus Professor Takehiko Yamanouchi of the University of Tokyo for his continued interest and encouragement in the author's research fields. With the sincerest congraturation the author would like to dedicate this article to Professor Yamanouchi's sixtieth birthday. References 1) See. for example. J. O. Hinschfelder, C. F. Curtiss and R. B. Bird: MoUeular Theory of Gases and Liquids (Wiley, New York 1954). 21 See for references of the paper by T. Morita and K. Hiroike. Prog. Theor. Phys. 25 (1961) 537. which includes the references for the same but independent work by J. de Boer et al. 3) On mechanical and statistical mechanical derivation of the virial theorem, see M. Toda On the virial Theorem in Recent Problems in Physics (Iwanami. Tokyo, 194S). 4) L. Landau and L. Lifshiti: Statistical Physics (1951). 5) D. ter Haar: Statistical Mechanics (Rinehart. New York 1958). 6) T.L.Hill: Statistical Mechanics (McCnw H\[\, New York 1956). Certain parts of this text book should be corrected in view of the reference 3) above.
89
1965)
2095
Short Notes
J . P H I S . S O C . J A P A N 20
where a is an arbitrary constant. We then get
(1965) 2095 - 2 0 9 6
One-Dimensional Dual Transformation
!
H=Z ±- P?+ k^f-lQi+,-Qi)*, T
Q* .=0
i
+
(5) Morikazu T O D A where we have put Department of Physics. Tokyo University of Education. Tokyo _ L £ . (Received September 15. 1965) mi* a my In the theory of the lattice vibration of linear The system thus obtained consists of particles with imperfect crystals, we sometimes meet with different the masses m,*, m£*,---, TH.W" and spinas with the >* ™jv*i systems with the same frequency spectra. The force constants K,', Kt* . author found the following mechanical theorem in are respectively subject to the free and the fixed end conditions. This system is the "dual" of the this connection. Consider a linear chain of jV particles with original system, and viae versa. masses mi, ms,---, ms- if the force constant of The relation between the dual systems can be the spring between the (j-l)-th and the j-th particle summarized as is Kj, the Hamiltonian of the system is JL 1 " Ki (7) S= Z s — Z ¥l*i-tn-.$. (1) (ii) a fixed (free) end of a system corresponds We have assumed thefixedend condition for the to a free (fixed) end of the other and vice 0-th particle, ?fo=0, and the free end condition for versathe N th particle. The restriction thus imposed can The systems with the Hamiltonian (1) and (5) are be easily removed and the following results hold equivalent. Especially the frequency spectra of irrespective of the end conditions. the normal mode of vibration are the same, which The relative displacement can be checked with respect to special cases where ry=ui-u,-,, (2) the analytic solutions are obtained". The concept of duality can be generalized to the between the adjacent particle can be used as the generalized coordinate. If the conjugate momentum case of nonlinear force. The detailed account will be given elsewhere. is denoted by s;, we have (Bj-SF/Srf) =
m
1
m
11
m
a
n
d
r
!h
s
ri = Pi!a.
Si = ~aQi.
References 1) Progr. theor. Phys.: Suppl. No- 23 (1962). 2) to be published in Progr. theor. Phys, Suppl. (1966). (4)
90
Supplement of the Progress of Theoretical Physics, No. 36, 1966
H3
One-Dimensional Dual Transformation Morikazu T o d a
Tokyo
Department of Physics University of Education,
Tokyo
One-dimensional lattice with the nearest neighbour interaction is considered. If the interaction is harmonic, the system has its counterpart or the "dual" in which the mass of each particle is replaced by a force constant, the force constant by a mass and certain conditions are imposed. The systems thus defined behave the same and have the same frequency spectra. The concept of the dual systems is not restricted to those with harmonic forces. As an example, equivalence of a special anharmonic chain and a semi-relativistic chain is shown.
§1.
Introduction 0
In the theories of lattice vibrations one meets with similarity of expressions for the localized modes of a system and those of another. F o r example, the expression for the localized mode of a system with a single isotopic impurity resembles that of a system where a single force constant is changed.* In this case, a simple relation is seen to hold between these expressions. One of the aims of this paper is to make clear the similar relations which actually exist between systems which we shall call "dual" of each other. 5
In this paper the dual systems mass of a system corresponds to an of the other system and vice versa, are mutually equivalent in the sense
§2.
are defined in such a way that each interaction between nearest neighbours and the hamiltonians of these systems of canonical transformation.
Dual systems
Consider a chain consists of particles with masses mi, m%, ••; m . Between the particles j—1 and / , we assume the nearest neighbour interaction with the potential energy $ > ( b > w h e r e u, denotes the displacement of the j - t h particle. L e t p, — ?n,Ui be the momentum, then the hamiltonian H of the system is N
—
H=K+U
(2-1)
where K denotes the kinetic energy (2-2)
91
114
M- Toda
If the force f energy is
is acting from
right to the end particle N, the potential
ry=s^(«i-^-i)+/««.
(2-3)
W e may assume either fixed-end «o=0, &=?0 or free-end & = Q if / = 0 . Since and are canonically conjugate to each other, in terms of the Poisson bracket, we have [X„p>]=8„ .
(2-4)
t
N o w , the relative displacement ry=M/-«i-i
(2-5)
between the adjacent particles can be used as the generalized coordinate. Without loosing generality we may put u ~Q with 0
m=n,
u = r, + r , 3
Ui=rx+ri-\
2
i-r-j, •••
(2-6)
and consequently ,
K ^ ^ { , r ' + m.Xr + rd + --- + m (r + r +--- + hy+---} ft m
l
i
I
1
(2'7)
The momentum s, which is conjugate to r, is given by s, =
= m,(?\ + r + • • • + rj) + m, (.h + h + — + r ) + ••• t
+1
m
+ m„(r, + r + — +r ). 2
(2-8)
N
Therefore Sj—sjt, = m, ( h + h H s« = THN U
hf,) = w i , ,
(2 • 9) (2-9)'
N
or pi=Sj-S
M
0 = 1 . 2.-.N-1),
p„ = s„.
Thus the kinetic part
and the potential part
constitute the hamiltonian.
r and J , are mutually conjugate: s
(210)
92
One-Dimensional
Dual
Transformation
115
tr*.
(2-13)
It is now clear that we can exchange the roles of the generalized coordinates and momenta. That is to say, we may introduce the new momentum Pj and its conjugate coordinate Qi by r = P /a, J
i
S,= -aQ,,
(2-14)
[Q,, P.] = « / , . .
(2-15)
where a is a constant which can be chosen arbitrarily. If we choose a = l , the transformation from (r, s) to (P, —Q) means simply a rotation of (r, s) coordinate system by the angle —n/2. B y the transformation (2 14) we get
)+/— |+S-/-CO/ .-0>) +-^-
+
(2-16)
Actually in some special cases, the summand of the first and the second term can be interpreted respectively as the kinetic and the potential energy of physical systems. W e have thus obtained two systems, one given by Eqs. (2-1) to (2-4) and the other by Eqs. ( 2 1 5 ) and ( 2 1 6 ) . These systems are equivalent; they constitute a set of dual systems.
§3.
Ki,
5
Harmonic systems '
If the particles are joined by elastic springs with KN, the hamiltonian can be written either as
H =i S - ~ - ^ + Sy-i- ^d & * ^ * ^ * , - i 2mj
force constants i f , ,
«o=0
(3.1)
or as tf=S-^PH2^«?*.-Q,)*, j-i 2mJ i-i
Q
1
w +
,=0
where for brevity's sake the external force is assumed zero. masses m* and the new force constants Kf are such that -X-=^-, Jhja
*7=|p.
(3-2) T h e new
(3-3)
mj
Thus we have two systems equivalent to each other: T h e system with masses my and force constants Kj is equivalent to that with masses mf and force constants Kf, the displacements and momenta of the former being u, and p and of the latter being Qi and P . it
t
93
116
M . Toda
The relation between these equivalent, or dual systems can be summarized as ' 1
(i)
K mf
(ii)
a fixed (free) end of a system corresponds to a free (fixed) end of the other and vice versa.
1
= m Kf
= K m? = m Kf
1
2
2
= -=a\
(3-4)
Schematically, these relations can be expressed as (fixed) x ^ - m
^ - m
1
-^m (free)
1
w
*JlL *K^... %Kl_
m
m
m
x
(fixed)
The dual systems thus defined behave the same, and especially the frequency spectra of the dual systems are the same. Examples: (1) Simplest example is a mass m attached to a spring K. tically, the system
Schema-
(fixed) x - ^ - m ( f r e e ) is equivalent to the one ( f r e e ) m * - ^ - X (fixed) 2
if Km* = mK*( = a ).
T h e proper frequency of these systems is /
=v K*/m*
.
(2) Masses m, and m are coupled by a spring with the force constant K, and both ends are free; s
K m, wzj The dual system in this case consists of a mass m* and two springs Kf and Kf with fixed ends.
The relations to be imposed are m, Kf = Km*= m^Kf
(3 - 5)
The angular frequencies to are the same: „.
=
( - U - L W = \ Wi m / 3
(*? + * ? ) _ . m
(3-6)
M4
One-Dimensional
Dual
Transformation
117
(3) Localized mode of an infinite chain, with equal masses m and equal springs K except for an isotope with the mass ?n (^<,m), is given b y ' !
0
with OIL—V4K/m . T h e dual system consists of equal masses m* and equal springs K* except for a spring K*. T h e localized mode i n this case is given b y !)
2 § ^ - l V"K*
K* I /
with at = v 4iC""/m* .
(3-8)
T h e relation is
mK* = Km* = m Kt.
(3-9)
a
M a k i n g use of these relations we can easily verify that o)i = a>*,
(3 10)
w — w*.
T h e vibrational frequency spectrum of the dual systems are the same. W e may verify this using other examples, for instance, with respect to the maximum frequency a>r. or the optical frequency of a diatomic lattice, and the localized modes when the analytical expressions are known. T h e case of an infinite chain without impurity is a special case of the example (3), where we have only to put m — m, with the consequence that the maximum frequencies of the dual systems are the same: a> — u>*. (4) If there are two light isotopic impurities of mass m on neighbouring lattice points, the symmetric localized mode is given hy* a
L
a
}
T h e dual system i n this case consists of particles with the same mass and two neighbouring springs K* differing from others, and has the pulsating localized mode 4)
^ = „
?
^ . /
2
/ ^ - l
.
(3-12)
T h e relation between these systems (3-13) or K _ K* m m m* " m
_K* K*
(3-14)
9S 118
M. Tocla
implies that (Jh=wt and w = w* . other localized modes.
§4.
The same situation holds with respect to
Anharmonic systems
The equations of motion for the system defined by Eqs. (2·2) and (2 · 3) are . _ aR _ pj
Uj- -
-
-
ap;
aaR
1>j= -
Uj
-- ,
mj
=f/J~(Uj-Uj-1) -f/J~+1(Uj+1-UJ -fohN.
(4·1)
These are equivalent to those derived from Eqs. (2·11) and (2,12):
7-1= aR =
aS
- 1- (51- 52), m1
1
N - 1),
5j= -
aaR = rj
-f/J~(rj) - f
(j= 1, 2, "', N)
(4·2)
These equation may be written in terms of Q, and P j making use of Eq. (2·14). In the case of an infinite chain consisting of the same mass m, we have (a=l)
.
Pj =
1 m
- ( Q j-I
+ Q } + I - 2QJ, (4·3)
Therefore, if the second equation can be solved as
(4·4) where """ the inverse function of f/J~, is assumed to be single valued, then the equation of motion is reduced to
(4·5) As an example, we may note the anharmonic chain with nearest neighbour interaction
96
One-Dimensional
Dual
Transformation
119
f O W . J a v V + r ! -r >
(4-6)
0
where =
3
r„ is a constant. n , . / ? | r I. Since
F o r small r, ji^rjj = (K/2)?-
Q = 4' ( P ) = roKP/VP'
+ rl
and for large >-.
(4-7)
can be written as !
OiK*-Q*)P'=Q rl
(4-8)
the inverse of E q . (4-7) is
If we rewrite as mr„ = Mc/r,
r K=c,
(4 -10)
a
the equation of motion takes the form d
MQi
=- t2Q -Q - -Q,+{) Y
l
l
1
(4-11)
which is an equation partly relativistic. Thus it has been shown that the anharmonic chain with the interaction given by E q . (4-6) is equivalent to the semi-relativistic chain. If there is only a mass, the semi-relativistic oscillator with the hamiltonian H= i/MV
r
+ ? P - Mc> + ^-Q>
(4 • 12)
is changed by the canonical transformation Q-*P>
P—u
(4-13)
to the anharmonic oscillator with the hamiltonian M=
+ r,K {Vu^+rJ
-r„}
(4• 14)
where the parameters M, c and r are replaced i n accordance with E q . (4-10). References 1) 2) 3) 4)
c. f. Prog. Theor. Phys. Suppl. No. 23 (1962). E. W. Montroll and R. B. Potts, Phys. Rev. 100 (1955), 535. M. Toda, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 20 (1965), 2095. S. Takeno, S. Kashiwamura and E. Teramoto, Prog. Theor. Phys. Suppl. No. 23 (1962), 124.
97
JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OP JAPAN, Vol. 22, No. 2. FEBRUARY, 1967
Vibration of a Chain with Nonlinear Interaction
Morikazu TODA Department of Physics, Faculty of Science, Tokyo University of Education, Tokyo (Received September 27, 1966) Vibration of a chain of particles interacting by nonlinear force is investigated. Using a transformation exact solutions to the equation of motion ate aimed at. For a special type of interaction potential of the form d(r) = 4-e-"'+Dr+const., (a, b>0) 0 exact solutions are actually obtained in terms of the Jacobian elliptic functions. It is shown that the system has N "normal modes". Expansion due to vibration or "thermal expansion" of the chain is also discussed. found by computer analysis that nonlinear system tj 1. Introduction Our aim here is to study a simple mechanical have "normal modes where a normal mode is model, a chain of particles. We assume that defined as motion in which each oscillator moves interaction is limited to the nearest neighbors, at essentially constant amplitude (energy) and at and that the interaction force is nonlinear. a given frequency". It is therefore anticipated Recent studies on nonlinear oscillator systems that nonlinear systems will admit analytic soluusing perturbation methods" and computers tions. Here we shall show that we have actually indicate that they have many properties in common analytic solutions. Thfise solutions reduce to the with linear systems. Thus J. Ford and J. Waters" normal modes in linear limit or in the limit of 11
98
432
Morikazu
small amplitude, and cover all the modes of the linear chain. Though the system treated in this paper is a particular chain, it seems that a wide scope of nonlinear systems is susceptible to analysis and solutions to the equation or motion may not necessarily be incredibly complex. Existence of normal modes implies nonergodic character of the system and the nonergodicity of nonlinear systems might have a wide range of validity. The complete solution to a nonlinear system is not just a sum of normal mode solutions. To answer the problems of an approach to equilibrium, of the capacity of a system as a heat bath, of heat conduction and of other interesting problems which have connection with the ergodicity, the behavior of the complete solution must be investigated. The complete solution which satisfies an arbitrary initial condition is not given at present. In § 2 the method of dual transformation -" is described. This method also serves in classifying the type of nonlinear interactions. Jn § 3 a system with a special type of interaction is treated. The normal modes are given explicitly. This system exhibit '-thermal" expansion, which is shown to be in agreement with the result of conventional method in the limit of small anharmonicity. 1
§ 2. Dual Transformation We are interested in the vibration of a uniform chain of particles with nonlinear interaction. The equation of motion for the n-th particle in the chain is H
mu,= - (S'( „ —n„-i)-+-(&'(""+1—u.) , (2.1) where in stands for the mass of the particles, 0(r) the interaction energy between adjacent particles as a function of r. the mutual displacement, and jj'(r) its derivative with respect to r. We consider displacement of particles along the chain, that is, londitudinal displacement. The mutual displacement r„ is defined by
(Vol. 22,
TODA
ticle, which we assume to be subject to a given condition. Though the equation of motion (1) does not include the boundary conditions explicitly, it does implicitly. We impose the boundary condition that the displacement of the 0-th particle is a given function of time, i.e., «o-r (/) (given) (2.4) and assume the force /(/) applied to the jV-th particle. The potential energy U of the system can be written as 0
tf=Sd(r„)+2r„/(0
(2.5)
and the kinetic energy as 2 (6
•HMWJW
->
We use the mutual displacements r. as the generalized coordinates, whose canonically conjugate momenta are given by s = dKldu (n=0,..-,N). In lerms of s„ the kinetic energy is n
(2.7)
31
K=-^~ E ( * . - ! . « ) »
(2.8)
where we have put s« = 0 . (2.9) The Hamilton's function is H(r„ i„)—K-\-U, which yields the canonical equations of motion of the form +1
r.=-r— = — (Zs.-s._i — J.+O . os„ m
(2.10) (2.11)
The set (s., —r.) can be regarded as that of general coordinate and momentum, which furnishes the dual transformation described in a preceding paper.* Consider next the case where eq. (2.11) affords single valued solution, which we shall write as 1
(2.12)
r. = —-x(s*)
r„ = u.—u„-i (2.2) In general ^ is also a function of /((). Equation We consider the chain to be of finite length and (2.10) then gives the equation of motion for the label the particles from 0 to JV £lfc=0,- • ,N). dual chain of the form The kinetic energy or the system is then given (2.13) ^-KsH) = -2s.+i.-i-r-J-+i by (2.3) Thus the equation of motion takes the form quite similar to the linear case. Alternately we 2 „~0 where for convenience we have not taken aside the may write eq, (2.13) as part responsible for the motion of the 0-th par-
^„)^-2S„+S„_,+S„
t l
(2.14)
99
1967)
Vibration of a Chain with Nonlinear faieractiott
4J3
with (2.15)
O a Therefore the equation of motion is (mass m=l)
If the applied force / is constant or if no external force is applied, we have
— V = — f>(2s„ —J,-,—J„ i) . +
r'(i,)i =-2j. + j„_, + j„ , . n
(2.16)
+
We see that the characteristics of the nonlinear interaction is now reflected in the functional form of x(Jr). Therefore we may classify the type of nonlinear interaction by the form of the function xThough the above treatment assumes finite length of the chain, we may treat travelling wave solution. Physically [his is accomplished by choosing appropriate input and output, or r (t) and /(f) at the both ends of the chain. c
(3.5)
«+». It is shown in Appendix I. Lhat the travelling uave solution for eq. (3.5) is of the form (3.6) where 1 —i + (3.7) [sn'^K/t) f" E Z(u)=l dn'udu u (3.S) Jo K In the above formula sn and dn represent the Jacobian elliptic functions : K and E are the complete elliptic integrals of the first and the second kind. These are all of the same modulus which we shall write k. The complete elliptic integrals are
I}-
11
§ 3. Nonlinear Chain As an example of nonlinear interaction we shall treat the anharmonic potential of the form t
^(r)=-^-e- '+or+const. (a,b>0) b
(3.1)
The two terms imply repulsive and attractive forces respectively. The parametersare so chosen as the minimum of the potential is just at r=0. or f[0) = 0 .
(3.2)
We assume the case of no external force, and then eq. (2.11) is •_
Mfr.)
=-a{l-exp(-MJ •
(3-3)
which yields
- = - > ( • +
s
f
i
Vl-^sin'fl ' E=£(£) = l
Vl-ft'sinWfl .
(3.9) (3-10)
The Z-function has the periodicity of 2K, Z( +2K)=Z(M) , (3.11) and v and X represent the frequency and the wave length respectively. The modulus k is responsible for the amplitude of the wave as will be shown below. Given the wave length X and the modulus k, eq. (3,7) gives the frequency a. From eq. (3.4), (3.6) and (3,8) we have U
M - ( - i
))-#])•
(3.12)
If the modulus k is very small, we have jniiSsinH ,
1
E
k j '
1
k Z(H)S?—sin 2u ,
(2.13)
Therefore if it
oik' . I 2rtn\ • sin ( ait H I ,
oiSz2V~r~ sin-y- ,
j—ab.
(3.14) (3.15)
Thus if the amplitude of the wave is small, our solution (3.6) reduces to that of the linear case with the force constant j. For sufficiently small * or small amplitude of the wave, we have the wave, for the original chain,
100
Morikazu
434
(Vol.22,
TODA
By adjusting appropriately the end conditions r for the 0-th and f(t) for the A'-th particles, cyclic boundary condition can be realized to yield the fi "normal modes" in the sense that they reduce to the N normal modes in the limit of small amplitude. We consider the ensemble of the chains. If each normal mode is excited in each chain, it will exhibit expansion because of the anharmonicity. If the amplitude is small we may expand the righthand side or eq, (3.4) as 0
Since the time average of s* vanishes, the time average of r„ is, to the first approximation,
F,=-^7-77.
(3-18)
in which we may use the zero-th approximation for s„. In the zero-th approximation in turn we have r =—j»/afi and the chain reduces to a linear chain with force constant j=ab. Therefore in this approximation the equipartition of energy gives (£ = Boltzmann const.) B
B
Z.—:
r^rr.^Z"
(3.19)
Thus it is shown that r7=^-k T.
(3.20)
B
On the other hand if we expand ip'(r) for small r we have
Therefore eq,
(3,20)
can be written as T.^kBT
(3.22)
This is in accordance with the result which is given by the conventional method of statistical mechanics. Appendix I. The following relation can be verified easily: sn\u + v - J J ! ' ( K - I > ) -
I--
———
—
.
(Al -1)
dv l—k'sn'usn'v where * denotes the modulus of these Jacobian elliptic functions. Since !
!
dn'u= l - * i n u ,
(AI-2)
if we define the function ,du l(H)=j <SAn
(AI-3)
and use its derivatives l
s'(it)=dn u ,
E"0)= —2k'snucnudnu ,
(AI-4)
101
1967)
Vibration of a Chain with Nonlinear Interaction
4
we have
By simple transformations we easily arrive at eq. (3.6) in the text. The same conclusion can be drawn by using the relation to the ^-function (tf,=i!,)
and the relations
3s*
B
'
fl.(0)
L *<(<>) J U w J
i
rf,(»+w)^t»-iv)[^tO)] =[*t{i')'J-t&MftMt"
.
(Al-8)
Appendix II. We shall here treat the wave with the shortest wave length. This wave exhibits the character of stationary wave as well. Consider the mode rtn=J+2i,
rpki.t=4—2x ,
(All-1)
in an infinite chain. Here A denotes the average value of r„ and ± x represents the displacement of each particle from their average positions. The equation of motion for a particle is seen to be of the form (mass m = l) M
J
x= {e- +">-e-'" -'"} .
(AH-2)
a
or *=-a'sinh 2fct,
(All-3)
with 11
a'—ae- .
(All-4)
The solution of the above equation is e
±i».
= e
dnKValTct.k)
(All-5)
where k is the modulus, and 1 c —V I - * '
(AIL 6)
1
If there is no external force, J represents the natural expansion of the chain as it vibrates. In this case J is given by the condition that the average value of j„ is zero, or ^= - V^=0, dr o
(AD.TJ
o
However e-»-=cl
dn'(Va'bct)dt j - ^ ^
= c
c
^
(AH-8)
where K and E are the.complete elliptic integrals of thefirstand the second kind of modulus k. We have therefore e-o'c— = Q . K
(AlI-9)
102
436
Morikazu Ton*
(Vol. 22,
The coefficient of r in (All-5) is therefore JWbc^^cTb^.
(AIL 10}
This wave has the wave length J=2. On the other hand eq. (3.7} gives, for 1 — 2, the coefficient of (in eq, (3.12) 2A-,= V ^ / / J .
CAIM1)
51
Further, since we have the relation
l
•^l_ dn (2Ku!- K) = V{^k'/dn'(2Kv!) , ks
r
(AH-12}
C we see that (he wave treated here is in agreement with the special case 2 = 2 of the wave given by eq. (3.12). 113. References 5) H.B.S. Jeffereys: Mathematical Physics (Cam1) J. Ford: J. math. Phys. I (1961) 387. bridge University Press, 1956). 3rd. ed., Chapter. 2) J. Ford and J. Waters: J. math. Phys. 4 (1963) 25. E. T. Whittaker and G. N. Watson: Modern 1293. 3) M. Toda: J. Phys. Soc. Japan 20 (1955) 2095. Analysis (Cambridge University Press, 1927), 4 th 4| M. Toda: Progr. theor. Phys. Suppl. 36 (1966) ed.. Chapter 20-22.
103
J O U R N A L OF T H E P H Y S I C A L S O C I E T Y O F J A P A N , Vol.
23, No.
3 , S E P T E M B E R , 1967,
Wave Propagation in Anharmonic Lattices Morikazu
TODA
Department of Physics, Faculty of Science, Tokyo University of Education, Tokyo (Received May 31. 1967) Analytic solutions to the equation of molion in anharmonic one-dimensional lattice are given. Wave-trains and solitary-waves which propagalo in the lattice arc studied with reference to the limiting cases of the svstem of hard spheres and to the continnm limit. g 1. Introduction In a preceding paper" the author gave exact solutions to the equation of motion in a lattice of particles interacting with nonlinear force. The adopted interaction potential between adjacent particles is of the form.
solutions are stable with respect to small perturbations, the system is non-ergodic. A slep to approach this problem was given by the numerical calculations by Zabusky and Kruskal.' They studied the so-called Korleweg-de Vries equation, or the long-time asymplolic behaviour of long waves in anharmonic lattices, and observed that ^R^/fe-w+aJt+consl. (A, a. 6>0) (1.1) solitary waves or "solitons" pass through one where R is the distance between the particles, and another without losing their identity. Thus we see A, b and a are constants. If natural distance that the solitary-wave solutions are stable. On between the particles is denoted by D, (i(R) is the oiher hand Ford and Waters" had shown that rewritten as the standing normal modes are stable. It seems likely that nonlinear interaclions do not guarantee jK*M-4- e-'f-^ + ofR-D)-const. (1.2) the ergodicity of the system in general. b 1
and if we expand d-(ff) in power scries of R — D § 2. Equations of Motion we get Let usfirstconsider a uniform chain composed N)connected by p(R)=const.-|- — ( R - D ) - — (ff-D) -! . or jV-f-1 particles(n=0.1, 2, ;V springs which exert nonlinear force. We as2 6 (1.3) sume that the panicle n = D isfixedat the origin, Therefore iT we keep a*=finiLe and take the limit .V.. -!). ir the natural length of a spring is denoted by D, the equilibrium position of the .i-th particle b->Q, a—'co, we obtain the harmonic case. On the other hand if we take 6-»:o we get the limit is nD when there is no external force. Now the of hard sphere interaction. Thus the adopted kinetic energy K and the potential energy U of the potential have wide applicability. The aim of this system arc given by paper is to extend the treatment of the preceding paper, to the case where uniform strain is present (2.1) and to the solitary-wave solution. In addition, the hard sphere limit and the continuum limit will be given. Ford and others' showed by numerical cal- where m stands for the mass of a particle, X the culation and perturbation method that the equipar- position, X„ the velocity of then-th particle, #(K„) tition of energy does not take place among oscil. the potential energy of a spring as a function of lators coupled by nonlinear forces, and further the distance that there exist "normal modes", which means the R^X.-X,-, , (2.2) non-ergodicity of the system. Recently Saito between adjacent particles, and F the external showed that some correlation functions do not vanish after a long lapse of time, which indicate force acting on the /V-th particle. The generalized momentum j-„ which is canonthat the system does not reach the state of thermal ically conjugate to R„, is defined by equilibrium. 1
1
11
1
n
11
If the "normal modes" or the exact analytic SOI
s„ = dLISR» ,
(2.3)
104
Morikazu
502
(Vol. 23.
TOD*
We can therefore remove the restriction that the where L denotes the Lagrangean, L — K—U. system befiniteand use eqs. (2.11) to (2.13) also Since" fljjr.=J»—J.+i , (2.4) for an infinite chain. Actually we can derive eqs. (2.12) and (2.13) directly for this case. Since the Hamiltonian of the system is given by the equation of molion for an infinite chain can be written as (2.5) with
(2.14) subtracting the same form of equation for mX*-, from eq. (2.14), we obtain
the equations of motion,
,
m
mR,=a{2e,-*t''*-'» —e-"*.-i-*>—e-*u «+i- ) . (2.15)
R*=3HI3s, and j.= - 3 / / / S « , , are
If we introduce D' and a' related by mJ?. = 2 i , — , *„=-$•(«„)+*•.
i
(2.6)
J
As in the preceding paper we assume the potential of the form (2.7)
b which yields
(2.16) a eq. (2.15) turns into eq. (2.13). Alternately, if we introduce a' and j/„ by - ,it„-i > 5l±Z- _ a eq. (2.15) yields e
6
l
=
(2.17)
i
-(&'(«)="{e-""'- "-11 (2.8) ~ - T ^ - = - — C 2 > . - 7 w - J - « . ) . P.") dt a +y« m In the presence of the constant external force f%' of each spring which is seen to be equivalent to eq. (2.12) after putting is given by the equation i»=0, or e
-l|D'-B)_
y. = d$.ldi.
(2.9)
_
(2.19)
§ 3. Wave Train and Solitary Wave As in the preceding paper," we obtain the wave a'^o-i^O). (2.10) train, the solution to eqs. (2.12) and (2.13), of the We note a'—a means the uniform stress exterted form on the chain and D'—D the uniform strain given thereby. btm \ Now. inserting eqs. (2.8) and (2. ID) into eq. (2.6) -Hir.-D'i we rewrite the equations of motion as a'blm\_ \ \ Al\ mR„ = 2j,—J.-i—J.+i, 1 (3.2) e-« -- ''=(o'+j )M. J ' where we have defined a' by
e
K
D
t
2
U
=
)
n
where JC and E are the complete elliptic integrals of thefirstand the second kind respectively.
We may eliminate /(„ to obtain —
[2fc—fc-t—J.+i) , in or. alternately, eliminate j . to obtain
(2.12)
-J.
,,
D
/7i/t.=(i'(2e-*<.- ''—e-""
'—e-* u i » + i - * ' i [ .
So far, we have been considering the case of a finite chain to clarify the nature of the forces and especially the strain given to the system. In the case of a finite chain the uniform strain is clearly caused by the external force F, which, however, is only implicitly included in eqs. (2.12) and (2.13) through a' and D'.
' . . .
E
dn'udw—— ,
(3,3)
and f is the frequency given by » ~ v f { - v - . i r <»> A as a function of the wave length A expressed in terms of the number of particles. The constants a' and D', mutually related byeq. (2.16), are the measure of the uniform part of the stress and the strain in the system. The wave form and the +
105
Wave Propagation in Anharmonic Lattices
1967)
503
amplitude depend on these parameters and the the maxima get sharper and minimaflattertill the modulus it of the elliptic integralsand the Jacobian wave turns into an equidistant succession of elliptic functions. In Fig. 1 we show the function 3-iunctions. f(x)=dn'(2K.c)-E/K for A ' = 0 . 9 9 2 . For small The behaviour of the function f(x) for large k indicates the solitary wave in the limit k-tl, /(x)=l^-cos2x. For large k (,k-*l). zf—>co. Keeping a=2K[A constant, we take the
Fig. 1. /[j) = dn!{2Kj)-£/Kasafunctionori, limit A—>l. and get the solitary wave
for #=0.992 where it is the modulus.
we obtain the hard sphere repulsive core. In this limit, D gives the diameter of the core cr '.he (3.5) shortest distance of approach. Keeping D' or
St — — '— tanh (an—,5r) , b -nn„-j>'. _ t j.sinh n-Sech (an-,5r) , (3.6) where j} is a constant given by 1
1
e
joTb . . p= Y —• sinh a .
(3.7)
b
6
<J'
(4.1)
finite, we take the limit 6 - > ™ u'->0. We have also to take the limit k-'\ to keep motion in the chain. By eq. (3.4) we have
The fact that eqs. (3.5) and (3.6) satisfy eqs. (2.12) 2X/A S\-V and (2.13) or the eqs. (2.11) can be verified directly. (4.2) V m \ sn 2 The wave form of the solitary wave is illustrated in Fig. 2 by giving sech' (on) as a function of an. Since in the limit k-*l, we have sn x-»tanh x, cn jc^sech .v, we obtain sech (a/j) !
2
10/
*-i 2A v
(4.3)
2
m
Thus, to keep u=const, we have to put 4K
b= AA
(4.4)
and further
\ _ •—i
1 1
i
0
r
1 2
z
i
i
3
4
Fig. 2. sech (nn) as a function of an.
2
a=tnA (uA) b .
an
sin 2JT'X
The velocity of the solitary wave is given by a V a which depends on the amplitude through a and on the strain through a and D .
(4.5)
On the other hand, we have the well-k-rtoww trigonometric expansion of the Z-function (4.6)
where
m
q tr-*K'l* , =
K=K(k) , X'sXfVT^F) .
For the limit k-tl, we have § 4. Hard Sphere Limit ==l-e , E = T /2K<1 . The range orthe repulsion force of our potential is characterized by Ijb. Taking the limit b-too, Therefore for the hard sphere limit !
9
(4.7)
(4 8)
106
J04
Morikazu T O D A
(Vol. !3,
is shown in Fig. J, in which K, is also shown. In Fig. 4 the diagram of the motion in the chain is shown in the case or A—*. The motion in , (4.9) general is such that the n-th particle is moving to where /(x) is a periodic function of x with period the right with the velocity v{A— 1)J. while the n+1 to (n+/i —l)-th particles arc moving to the I, and left with the velocity — >A. When collision takes r i - 2 * (0<x<\) (4.10) place the velocities of the colliding particles are ' 12|*|-1 (-l<Jt<0) interchanged. The velocity (see eq. (2.4)) The motion of the solitary wave in the case j.=f>.-<„+i)/m , (4.11) of hard spheres is very simple. In this case «->0, ZmuAd "
*h = -
IT mvAA
,2
,
ST* " H9
B
3K
-v
A
B C Fig. 3. Hard sphere limit, A=4. a) The velocity X. of the n-lh particle as a funciion of I. b) The dislance Jt. between adjacent particles as a function of f. -9+1
X -nO n
Fig. 4. (X, i) diagram in the hard sphere limit, showing the time evolution of the system, for A=i.
107
Wave Propagation, in Anharmonic Lattices
1967)
505
A-*oo. A panicle is moving to the right while X(x,t) = -^x~-?-te h£-{x-a). (5.8) others are standing still. This is the motion of D o D coins when they are placed equidislantly on a with smooth table and a coin is fillipped from the left. It should be noted that the motion in the hard c* = c>*(\-b4+^ . (5.9) sphere Jimit is very simple. For instance if two solitary waves collide, they go through each other where a and J are arbitrary constants. AID without any disturbance. Any (X, r) diagram stands for the strain BXjdx at x= + co. We have also the exact solution to eq. (5.6) composed of straight lines represents the feature of the possible motion. In this sense, a kind of R(x, 0 = 0' +— scch — (i-ci) , (5.10) "superposition of motion" holds in the hard sphere b D limit. where n
!
§5.
Continuum Limit
D' = D+A
When the wave length A is very large we may anticipate the continuum limit. In this limit, the density p , the sound velocity c , the coordinate x specifying the position of the n-th particle and the wave length 2 are given by 0
Equation (5.2) is the special case Of the equation X -c,\l+ X.)X„ tl
= i*X.„,
l
, (|f|
a
p,—mlD, c-DVablm,
x-nD,
i = AD. (5.1)
It is easy to get the continuum limit. Denoting the displacement by X(x, t), we obtain from eq. (2.14)
which appears in manyfieldsto describe phenomena in hydrodynamics, shallow water waves and plasma waves. By the asymptotic transformation proposed by Gardner and Marikawa. (5.12) 'A'=2C;(£,T) + 0 ( O ,
and pulling X„ - e.'(l - DbX,)X =c * ^ IX
0
X„
(5.2)
"(£. r)=— . 0? (5.13) The fourth derivative X can not be ignored. o = s'l2c,' . If this term is ignored, the so-called overtaking phenomena takes place. An approximate solution we get the so-called Korteweg-de Vries equation to eq. (5.2) can be obtained in the form Ki-rWHj-f oH;;;=0 . . (5.14) IIXI
!
!
(5.3) where q is a constant and ;=x—ct , D* 12* \-\
(5.4) (5.5)
Zabusky and Kruskal" studied this equation using computer. They showed that the solitary waves or solitons are stable; that is, when solitons collide, they pass through one another unaffected in size, shape and speed. Soliton, or the exact solitary wave solution to eq. (5.14) is given by
H ( l i t - «•) sech' (.{£—rr)/r] , (5.15) Using this solution we see that the nonlinear term with DbXJC,, on the left hand side of eq. (5.3) is of the same order of magnitude as one of the terms £ = n>,-f (itj—n„)/3 , (5.16) included in D'X,„, on the right hand side. f = ;v'12/(n -n .) Similarly in the continuum limit we get We shall show that the eq. (5.15) can be derived R„-c*[R„-b{R,'+iR-D)R„}]=c>~ff„„ . directly from eq. (5.8). Since the solitary-wave solution of eq. (5.11) corresponding to eq. (5.8), (5.6) written in the form of eq. (5.12), is D' — ]Sit—CD J„=C '— I „ « . (5.7) X"=r<x+/itanh (x—ct) , D
^ 5
}
2
1)
Now, for the solitary wave, we have the exact solution to eq. (5.2), which takes the simple form
(5.17)
108
506
Morikazu
wilh constants r and and *=B*{\2,
(5.18)
we have
(5.19)
TODA
(Vol. 23,
the waves in connection with the non-ergodic character of nonlinear systems, in tbe harmonic limit, while sinusoidal wave trains are stable, we have no stable solitary waves in the lattice. On the other hand, in the hard sphere limit, while solitary waves are stable, we have no stable wave trains. Between these limits it seems that the waves of special wave forms can be stabilised in virtue of the nonlinearity of the interaction forces.
Therefore we have to put Acknowledgements The author wishes to express his sincere thanks Since we are assuming |<|-<1, we get fromeq. (5.9) to Professors E. Teramoto and H. Matsuda for stimulating discussions and comments. Thanks are also due to Professors T. Tatsumi, T. Kakutani, and N, Yajima for inspiring conversations =(•{«..+("»-«-);?} (5.:i) on hydrodynamical aspect of the problem. The Therefore most part of the present work was done during the author's stay at The University of Kyoto from Oct. 1966 to March 1967, being financiated by the (S.22) Japan Society for the Promotion of Science. Thus we see that eq. (5.19) coincides with References eq.(5.15). 1) M. Toda: J. Phys. Soc. Japan 21 (1957) -131. 2) J. Ford: J. math. Phys. J (1961) 387; J, Ford § 6. Concluding Remarks and J. Waters: J. math. Phys. 4 (1963) 1293. After Zabusky and Kruskal" solitons are stable. E. A. Jackson: J. math. Phys. 4 (1963) 551. 686. This fact, in turn, indicates the stability of the 3) N.Saitoand H. Hirooka: J. Phys. Soc. Japan solitary waves given in S3, which propagate in M (1967) 167. the nonlinear chain. It is important to examine, 4) N.J. Zabusky and M. D. Kruskal: Phys. Rev. by computers or by theories, the stability of Letters 15 (1965) 240. •f="~-
5
20
(- >
109
JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
VOL.
26, SUPPLEMENT, 1969 1968
PROCEEDINGS OF THE INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON STATISTICAL MECHANICS
Mechanics and Statistical Mechanics of Nonlinear Chains Morikazu TODA Faculty of Science, Tokyo University of Education, Tokyo, Japan
I would like to point out certain facts concerning the motion in nonlinear one dimensional lattice. Especially I want to discuss the recurrence phenomena observed by Fermi-Pasta-Ulam (FPU) in computer experiments. 2 ) On the other hand, the asymptotic behavior of nonlinear lattice is described by the Korteweg-de Vries equation (KdV), which has been more thoroughly studied by synergetic approach than the nonlinear lattice. ) ' The ccncept of soliton and the explanation of the recurrence phenomena of KdV in terms of solitons will be ex ended to FPU case. Schematically, I intend the following: nonlinear lattice (FPU)-----continuum (KdV)
"'"recurrence phenomena/ 1. As for the nonlinear lattice it has been found convenient to use the equation of motion such as l ) Sn= ;
fJ,
fJ= lab 2 sinh L
Ym
with (2 )
represents a solitary-wave pulse, which we may call the (lattice-) soliton for the reason to be shown below. The solution of the form
e±b"-I=~.!!:....S a dt2 n, with (3 )
rand BIA are functions of It and p; there are two cases: r= lab 2 sinh.!.... cosh L m 2 2
cosh.!.... , 2
2
Y
.
BIA= cosh (1t/2)/cosh (pI2) .
This gives the state in which two solitons are running in opposite directions. at the lattice boundary is included in it. (ii)
2
2
BIA= sinh (1t/2)1 sinh (p/2) .
}
(4)
The reflection of a soliton
2 sinh..E.. cosh ~ r= Ylab m 2 2
fJ= lab 2 sinh.!.... cosh L .
Ym
( 1)
e±b,· -1 = sinh2 It sech 2 (ltn - fJt) ,
log [A cosh (Itn-fJt)+Bcosh (pn-rt)] ,
represents a two lattice-soliton state. (i)
mrn= ±a(e±b'n-l+e±b'n+1-2e±b'n) ,
where Tn is the mutual displacement r'=Y'-Y'_I, Y. being the displacement of the nth mass. a and b are positive constants, K=ab being the linear spring constant, a= ± bl2 the nonlinearity constant used by FPU.2l The solution of the form
•
}
(5 )
This is the state two solitons are running in the same direction . For small It and p. it reduces to the two soliton state of KdV. 2. For the wave travelling to the right we transform into a frame of reference moving with the velocity co=v'ablm h, where h is the natural length of the spring, and write
i;=x-cot.
(x=nh) •
11:
T'=
2' feo(ay/au)t •
u= ± -
1
(aulay)Y••
11:
235
I
(6 )
110
236
Morikazu TODA
where y(jr ,l)=y,{t), y. = dyldx; a„ and a, are con-recurrence can be expected if the solitons move as stants. Assuming f to be small, we get the KdV independent entities. If we use the periodic conequation ' dition 0
K
,
with
2
itH ft/a r«= Ac —= ,2froVa„ , ,— • (16) ^=(A /12^i[a./a,! . (7) The coefficients in the above transformation have Zabusky and Kruskal found, for 3 = 0.0222, been so chosen as f = x at r=0 and the initial con- = 1, Tji — iOAIir, while eq. (16) gives rj, = 40/jr. The descrepancy seems to be due to the fact that when dition y,\,=D=a sinjrJ:, [ 8 ) solitons interact they accelerate. 3. In the case of nonlinear lattice, if we assume of a progressive wave travelling to the right is the progressive wave with the initial condition eq. transformed into the initial condition for u: (8), the recurrence time in the above approximau,=o=a. cos i £ . I 9 ) tion, is given by eq. (6), or t =TiiHirl2)ec<,ia,jau). It is convenient to normalize the length in such a After some replacement we get way that N masses are included in the unit length: . _ _3 N<* x = nlN. £=I/»&p , /OI. (10] It has been shown useful to consider the eigen- where fz=2/©> is the so-called linear period. FPU used the fixed boundary condition: ' value equation" i
f
K
1
1, 1
y,\,=a= sin xx , y,\, —0 , yo=yn=0 . 6tfV«'-|r/-A)r ' =<>, (t/=-a) . (11) TheeiBenvalues2are independent of time, though In the linear case, a standing wave is a superposiu evolves with time and splits into solitons, each tion of two progressive waves, the amplitude of each being the half. Therefore, for small nonof which has the form" u,=u+A secti'{(Z-c,T}ir } . (12) linearity we may put a,= l/2 for FPU case. Then we get The speed of the /th soliton is given by =B
(
l
l
s
,
l jtL=06N - la" , which is to be compared with the empirical result In calculating h we may use U at r = 0, for which due to Zabusky:" we assume eq. (9), and for largest solitons the exttln= lA2N'- 'la" (/v-=16~64) . pansion ci=u+A,!3 ,
A,= -2{h+a) .
K
(13)
3
(/|,> =- |,=p=-a. + ^ - V 0
References 1) cf. M. Toda: J. Phys. Soc. Japan22 [1967) 411; 23 (1963) 501. 2) E. Fermi, J. R. Pasta and S. M. Ulam: Collected Papers of E. Fermi (1965) Vol II p. 977.
114)
U
to obtain
3) ef. N.J. Zabusky: Proc. Symp. Nonlinear Partial
[1=0, 1,2, ••-) •
(15) Differential-EgaotiimjlAcadernicPress. N.Y. 1967). Since the differences Ac of the speeds of successive 4) C. S. Gardner, J. M. Greene, M. D. Kruskal and R. M. Miura: Phys. Rev. Letters 19 (1967) 1095. solitons are a constant in this approximation, the DISCUSSION The result given earlier by me (Proc. Conference on Mathematical Models in the Physical Sciences, ed. S. Drobot, Prentice-Hall, 1963, pp. 99-133) showed /j (r = I.42/V -™/(««) - . The N dependence was estimated from three runs [N—Xd, 32, and 64) and it was suggested (p. 112, above reference) that iV and not fF was the dependence on N. Here a is the maximum amplitude of the standing wave at r=0, y\ —asin-x, y,| =0. If we assume the N"Haa} dependence and use the data for /V=32 and N—64, (ora = ]/4) in the table on p. 112 we see that the constant becomes: ,
i
l,s
,
i
t
m
at
0
0
2
!
! !
!
^=82:145/[32}" [1/4)"=0,401 jV=64:341/(64)'(l/4]"=0.333
Ill
Mechanics and Statistical Mechanics of Nonlinear Chains and nol 1.42 as indicated in the above paper. These new results compare favorably with the result (given in my paper at this conference for progressive wave initial conditions a ] namely l^lL^6" "- 'AN IH a )->l =0.31 « " K | - ' " = 0.44Af ' («o)-" , Ci4=0.7! is the constant in !«lt = AI3.) The value, 0.44, for the fixed boundary lattice is smaller than Prof. Toda's result of 0.6. Note, this scaling law also applies to strong excitations; that is, where solitons may be 4 or 5 lattice intervals wide and the continuum approximation is questionable. The importance of Prof. Toda's resull should be emphasized, for it provides us with a procedure for studying the interaction of lattice solitons, that is exact stationary solutions of the coupled nonlinear differential equations of an exponential lattice. In the representation given in an earlier paper his equation (exponential lattice) can be written as: Sn — ll+tTS,j6, S, and the "cubic" equation can be written as S„= [l + iS,)'' i, 5„. Thus, for small amplitudes the results should be comparable and, since the KdV was shown by me to be applicable to the latter, then (in the same order expansion of square root) it is applicable to the former. Also, for people engaged in numerical analysis and numerical simulation of physical systems, these exact solutions should provide a wonderful test for numerical integration algorithms. p
!
,l
1
1
a
r
!
J
3
J
e
!
:
J
A. S C O T T I : If one can construct solutions which correspond to different initial conditions (corresponding to a set of positive measure on the energy surface) of the type just discussed by Prof. Toda, one could settle the problem of ergodicity. Is this the case 1 M. T O D A : I think yes, for the mode! I described, I found family of solutions which differ by the value of some continuous parameters. The solutions therefore cover the domain of positive measure on the energy surface.
112
174
Supplement of the Progress of Theoretical Physics, No. 45, 1970
Waves in Nonlinear Lattice
Morikazu
T O D A *
1
Department of Applied Physics, Faculty of Science Tokyo University of Education, Tokyo In this article waves in nonlinear lattice or in nonlinear medium are studied. One of the aims is to seek for the point of view to deal with the great majority of phenomena related to nonlinear waves in general. For one dimensional nonlinear lattice analytic and computer-experimental treatments have been developed. It has been found that a certain kind of pulse-like naves (solitons) is the fundamental motion in nonlinear lattice vibration. If two or more solitons collide, they interact nonlinearly, pass through one another and, when they separate, return to their original forms. Thus solitons are conserved and behave like particles.
§1.
Introduction
The problem of wave motion in nonlinear media is interesting not only as purely mechanical problem, but also i n connection with many physical phenomena such as shallow water-waves, plasma waves and heat conduction in crystal lattices. Since nonlinear phenomena have infinite variety compared with linear cases, it seems quite important to find the way to extend our pattern of thinking as to make it possible to understand the essence of nonlinear world. Vibration of a system of particles joined by harmonic springs can be described by superposition of normal modes which are mutually independent. For instance, if we excite a normal mode, its energy is not transferred to Other normal modes. The system of harmonic oscillations never reaches the state of thermal equilibrium, and is non-ergodic Although the harmonic oscillator models give good results for the problems such as the specific heat and other equilibrium properties of crystals, the nonlinear terms ignored in these models have been considered by many people to play an essential role in the problem of approach to thermal equilibrium. However, since the nonlinear terms make calculation insurmountably complex, it is usually assumed that the nonlinear terms guarantee the ergodictty of the system and its approach to thermal equilibrium. Fermi, Pasta and U l a m ( F P U ) " intended to verify this expectation by computer experiments. But contrary to their expectation the one-dimensional nonlinear lattice showed recurrence phenomena. Ford, ' Jackson ' and others further examined the same problem, and it was clarified that one-dimensional nonlinear lattices marvellously sustain the characters of linear lattices. 1
3
*> Present address: Institute for Optical Research, Tokyo University of Education.
113
Waves in Nonlinear
Lattice
175
Now, one-dimensional nonlinear lattice can be considered as the model of nonlinear continuous medium, which can be obtained as a limit of long wave length or of small distance between particles of the lattice. If the deformation of the springs is small, the Hooke's law or the linear term w i l l suffice. So for a little larger deformation, we may write the force of the spring as [linear term] + [nonlinear term]. When the nonlinear term is absent, i n virtue of the superposition principle, we can analyze the general motion of the system in terms of suitable fundamental motion. A s such, we usually use normal modes represented by sinusoidal waves. I n the case of continuous harmonic medium, where dispersion phenomenon is absent, since arbitrary waves are propagated with the same speed keeping their initial wave forms, we can also take, for example, a suitable set of pulse-like waves as the fundamental motion, and express the general wave as the superposition of such pulses. If the nonlinear term is regarded as perturbation, the expansion i n terms of the normal modes yields the so-called secular terms which increases indefinitely with time. If we try to avoid such a kind of fault, as i n the theory of nonlinear oscillations, we are led to unreasonably complicated analysis which lacks any sound mathematical basis. In place of such perturbational methods, some Other ways must be sought for in order to develop new pattern of thinking essential to nonlinear problems. Although any concept cannot, of course, be almighty as to cover all the nonliner phenomena, the concept of soliton,*' which w i l l be described below, seems to have very wide applicability at least i n the case of one-dimension a I waves. A soliton is a pulse-like wave which travels through nonlinear media without changing its wave form. Its speed depends in general on the height of the pulse. When two solitons approach, they interact, pass through each Other, and return to their initial forms. Thus soliton behave like stable particles and seems to be the fundamental motion i n nonlinear wave propagation. §2. 2-1
Finite
Equation of motion of nonlinear lattice
lattice
First we consider a finite uniform one-dimensional nonlinear lattice, which consists of N particles of mass m connected by nonlinear springs. We assume that the lattice is fixed at the left end, label the particles as M==1, 2, N from left to right and assume pressure p applied on the right end particle (n=Nj. If the potential energy of a spring is denoted by
+
.
(2-1)
114
176
M . Toda
where y, denotes the displacement of the n-th particle measured from the equilibrium position for p—0. Naturally y„=0, and the mutual displacement of adjacent particle, or the elongation of the n-th spring, is given by
r,=y.-y.-i,
(2-2)
or conversely
y.=n+r,+—+r,.
(2-3)
The momentum 5, conjugate to r , is, by definition,"
where T is the kinetic energy
T=±-^-yl
(2-5)
with
y.=h+h+
—+r,.
(2-6)
Thus it is seen that
my, — s, -
,
=0.
(2-7)
Since the pressure p can be considered to be due to the potential energy py«, the hamiltonian of the system can be written as H=
S ( s . - O ' + S t > ( r . ) +^>r.}.
(2-8)
Therefore the canonical equations of motion are given by
r, = ^-(2s,-s.- -s,^'), 1
s.= -{
(2-9) (2-90
If we eliminate s„ we get mr'.=4'(r.- ) + # ' 0 , ) - 2 # ' ( r . ) , I
+1
#(>> i>=—# +
(2-10) (2-100
which are equivalent to E q . (2-1). On the other hand, if E q . (2-9') is solved for r . to yield r
"
=
" i "
x
(
i
"
)
eliminating r , from Eqs. (2-9) and (2-11), we get
(2-11)
115
Waves in Nonlinear
Lattice
177
-§-ay&) = i _ , + i - , - 2 s . . ar
(2-12)
This equation can be interpreted as the equation of motion of a linear chain of particles with "displacements" s. and "momenta" z(s'.). In effect, we have interchanged the roles of r . and s„ and E q . (2-12) describes the motion of the "dual lattice"." If we further introduce S. = ^sjt,
(2-13)
E q . (2-12) can be written i n a more convenient form: XGS.) - S.-> + S
M
- 25..
(2 • 14)
Though the above treatment assumes finite length of the lattice, if we write n—N/2 i n place of n and take the limit N-*°°, we get an infinite lattice for which all the above equations are applicable. 2-2
Exponential
lattice
In what follows we shall adopt the potential function which has been found to be quite appropriate and convenient. This is of the form' 1
$(r)=-f-(e--"-l)-r-flr, b
( » 0 )
(2-15)
where the arbitrary additive constant has been chosen in such a way that 0(0) =0. Since r = 0 represents the natural state of the spring, ^ ' ( 0 ) = 0 . For small \b\ we may expand the right-hand side of E q . (3-1) to yield *(r) = ^ - | W - . - ) .
(2-16)
Thus, for small displacement the spring obeys the Hooke's law with the force constant K=ab. If we keep K=ab finite and take the limit b^O we get harmonic system. If we put r—R—D and take limit b^>°° we will get the system of hard rods of diameter D where the distance between the centers of adjacent rods is represented by R. If the one-dimensional lattice is subject to a constant pressure p, its effect is equivalent to that of the additional term pr in the potential energy (cf. Eq. ( 2 - 8 ) ) . That is, we have only to replace <j>(/) by >r
*('") +pr=-je~ + = 4- ->" e
where
(a+p)r + t I
+ const
V-l-const,
(2-17)
116
178
M- Toda /
a =a+p,
(2-18)
and -
d
= r > -
r
= j l
0
g
J -
. )
(2
19
represents the contraction of the nonlinear spring due to the pressure. Therefore, rewriting r and a' as r and a we can include the effect of the constant pressure in our formalism. I n what follows, we w i l l not explicitly deal with the pressure. In this and the following chapters we want to simplify our notations by replacing r, and t by dimensionless quantities: br. -* r., •J^-t—t. » m
(2-20)
T h e n the equation of motion (2-10) reduces to f. = 2(T'' - e-'-' -
(2-21)
W e may call this lattice the exponential lattice. Now, let us introduce v- by * r " - l = ?„
(2-22)
/ - „ = - I o g ( l + ?.).
(2-23)
or by Equation (2-21) yields + . -2 ..
- C - log(l+ .) -
V +1
5
V
(2 • 24)
Further if we introduce s„ = Jij„*fr, we have r „ = - I o g ( l + s".)
(2-25)
and we get the following equation, which corresponds to E q . (2 -12):
jUog(l + i „ )
=5„_
T
+ s*, - 2 s . .
(2 • 26)
In the right hand side of the above equation, the integral constants have been set equal to zero, which is possible for an appropriate definition of s„. Alternately if we define S* = \sJ&, we have
r , = -log(l + X )
(2-27)
e-'—l=S..
(2.28)
which implies that
117
Waves in Nonlinear Lattice
170
Then E q . (2-26) yields ;
log(l + i .) -
+
- 25.
(2-29)
and from E q . (2-28) we get r. = 2 5 . - 5 _ , - 5 . „ . n
(2-30)
In the above equations the integration constant has been chosen appropriately, so as to give the simplest expressions for the relation between r , and S,. N o w , we shall describe some properties and particular solutions of our nonlinear lattice.
2-3 Expansion due to vibration It can be shown that in general motion in the lattice gives rise to expansion (if £ \ > 0 , and contraction if £ < X J ) . W e have to show that the average of r, is positive. The force on the n-th spring is /. = -
(r.) =
-1=5?.-
(2-31)
The average of the force must vanish if the lattice as a whole is at rest. So, using E q . (2-22) we have
^=7^—1=0.
(2-310
However the same equation yields r . = - l o g ( l + *.) —
(v.-W+"0.
(2-32)
Therefore we see that for small oscillation r~.=U
(2-33)
which indicates that the lattice expands as it vibrates. If we assume thermal equilibrium, the law of equipartition of energy can be used to estimate the effect of thermal motion i n the weakly nonlinear lattice. Since in the usual units, the 'force constant of the spring is K=ab and the elongation is r./b, the equipartition of energy can be written as (2-34)
where k is the Boltzman constant. Using E q . ( 2 - 3 2 ) or r . = —JJ,, we find that Tjl^ib/ajkeT, and therefore that a
£-£*7\
(235)
118
180
M- Toda
This gives the thermal expansion of the system and is in accordance the result given hy the conventional statistical mechanics.
§3. 3-1
with
P a r t i c u l a r solutions
Soliton
In this section we describe particular solutions of Eqs. (2-21), (2-26) and (2-29) for r., s. and S.. First we note the solution which represents a soliton, e~'— 1 = fi'sech' (an +
fit),
(3 1)
s.= - £ t a n h ( < m + / K ) ,
(3-2)
5, = log cosh(art + 0r) +const,
(3-3)
tf=sinh*.
(3-4)
where
The velocity, 0/a, 3-2
Collision
increases with the height of the pulse. of two
solitons"
The state with two solitons can be represented by 5 . = l o g { c o s h ( « 7 i - ^ ) +B c o s h G t f i - r J + 3 ) } +const,
(3-5)
where £, r and B are functions of * and M, and 8 is an arbitrary constant. While E q . (3-5) gives the state with a soliton when it represents twosoliton state when K^TP. There are two cases. One of them is the case two solitons are running in the opposite directions, and the other is the case they are running in the same direction. (i) The solution representing the state with two solitons running in the opposite directions is given by 0 = 2sinh-|cosh-|-, r=2sinb-|-cosh-| , B=cosh(*/2)/cosh(/'/2).
(3-6)
For t—* — °°, the asymptotic form of the wave is 1
e-' - 1 = & sech (can and for t-*°°,
it is
ft*+A),
i = 1,2,
(3 - 7)
119
Waves in Nonlinear
Lattice
181
5
e-'- - " 1 = $ sech v%n - $,t -h),
(3-8)
where 2 E
•
2 (3-9)
-'=T/£^.
In the ahove asymptotic forms » = 1 and 2 represent two solitons. (ii) The state in which two solitons are ranning in the same direction is described by /3=2sinh-|-cosh-^-, r—2 sinh-^-cosh-^-. B=sinhCA:/2)/sinhCV2).
(3-10)
Asymptotic forms for /—>±°o are also given by the same equations as Eqs. (3-7) to ( 3 - 9 ) .
3-3
Wave train
There is another type of particular solutions which represent periodic wave or wave train. This can be written as 51
!
1
tr'--l ^=( 2 ^ v ) [ d n { 2 ( v r + ^ - ) x ) - ^ ] ,
(3-11)
where the frequency and the wave length A satisfy the dispersion relation
^
, \ K
~
1
' ' K )
(3-12)
•
In the above formula sn and dn are the Jacobian elliptic functions, and K and E are the complete elliptic integrals of the first and the second kind respectively. These are a l l of the same modulus which we shall denote by k(0
sm:=sn(x, !
E=E(k),
k),
dnx =Vl
The function d n ( 2 r . K ) — E/K 1, and its Fourier expansion is
where
— k'sifx=dn(x,
k).
is a periodic function of x with the period
120
M
182
-
T o d a
K'=K(k'j,
k'= VT^F.
(3-14)
W e see from the above formula that the average over a period of the right hand side of E q . (3-13) or of E q . (3-11) vanishes. This implies, as easilyseen from the form of the function e~ ', that the lattice expands as a whole: r „ > 0 . This is in accordance with the argument in § 2 - 3 that the lattice expands in general when it vibrates. 1
If the modulus k is very small, K' is very large and we may use approximation for that
the
expi-xK'/K)—£716,
snx—sin.r.
(3-15)
Then Eqs. (3-11) and (3-12) reduce to
r
.^-J^lcos( ,r+^-), 0
a>=^2sln~. A
(3-16) (3-17)
Therefore, for small modulus k, the wave train reduces to sinusoidal wave whose amplitude is proportional to k . W e see that the solution (3-11) contains a l l the normal modes of the linear lattice vibration as the limit of small amplitude. In the same limit, we have 1
S P ^ t t ^ M ^
(3-18)
M
,.=i.-^cos( ,r+^-). 0
3-4
(3-19)
Relation between the wave train and solitons
If the modulus k approaches to 1, the amplitude of the wave train or the height of the spikes gets larger, and the wave train takes the form of a sequence of pulse-like waves. This can be understood if we note the identity
d
" '
(
2
^ - f ^ ( - w ) * J -
h
1 ^ ^ - o | - w
(
3
'
2
0
)
so that the wave train can be expressed as < T ' - - 1 = S f sech
!
AO)-2$v
(3-21)
121
Waves in Nonlinear
Lattice
183
with K'A
0 = -#v.
'
"
(3-22)
K'
The right-hand side of E q . ( 3 - 2 1 ) represents a sequence of infinite pulses at equal intervals of A, and with a downward shift of 2j3v. Each pulse is a sech -wave and, as is seen in the next section, it is indeed a soliton: The wave train is a sequence of solitons progressing equidistantiy. These solitons are mutually interacting, not independent of each other, and their speed is given by the dispersion relation of the wave train (Eq. ( 3 - 1 2 ) ) . 2
If we take the limit
§4. 4-1
in E q . ( 3 - 2 1 ) , the wave
W a v e t r a i n and e l l i p t i c ^ - f u n c t i o n s
Wave train in terms of t?n
The elliptic t?-function, &n(,x), has the period of 1 and satisfies the relation"
where
* W G 0 =
Comparing E q . ( 4 - 1 )
,
f
(
2
f f i
r
•
C4-3)
with E q . ( 2 - 2 9 ) , we find a special solution of the
form ^ l o g ^ r - - ^ ) / ^ ' where y = l/A,
1
] ,
(4-4)
or
)I=
1+
^ [^i?r- l|'
m
This solution represents the same wave train we have been discussing i n the preceding section. W e can show this by using the relation between the ^-function and the Jacobian 2-function, or zn-function:
122
184
M . Toda
4-1)
, = v
S.=5.
~v-
7
where Z ( w ) is related to dn by Z(tt) - H d n * « -
.
(4-8)
Therefore, - - 1 = 5 . = ( 2 & 0 "[dn
e
- - § - W - J|]
2
(4 • 9)
coincides with E q . (3-11), i.e. the wave train described in the preceding section. N o w , to see the amount of elongation due to vibration we take a part of the lattice which contains JV particles such that TV is a multiple of the wave length A. In other words, we think A to be, or very close to, a rational number and N includes an integral number of the wave length A. Then we have r +i — r-,; that is, the lattice is cyclic. The length of this part of the lattice is H
r + r + - + r =(2S -S ,-S ) 1
z
N
1
<
+
2
( 5 * r — 5nr+i)
( 2 5 , - 5 , - 5 , )
(5D
+
••• + ( 2 S „ - 5
W
_ , - 5
W
+
1
)
Si)
= log
= JVlogC. We have used the fact that N/A with the period of 1, so that
(4-10) is an integer and i?o is a periodic function
It is therefore shown that the average length of the spring is given by ?=logC.
(4-11)
For small amplitude ( ^ ^ 1 ) , expanding the right hand side of E q . (4-5) i n powers of k (cf. Appendix I ) , we get 2
1
logC^-g-sin ^. io A
(4-12)
123
Waves in Nonlinear
Lattice
185
Thus we have verified the fact that the lattice expands when it vibrates. Equation (4-12) is in accordance with the result using Eqs. (2-33), (3-17) and (3-19). 4-2
Decomposition
of a wave train
£ ( a 0 is defined in product form as 0
2
* ( x ) =tf.(x, q)
1
1
fi (l-2q '- CQs27ix+q"- ),
(4-13)
where *G7) = i i ( W ) .
(4-i4)
The parameter q is related to the modulus k by the relation ,
q=e** >*>
(4-15)
N o w , since ( 1 - 2 ? , cos 2iez + ? , ) ( l - 2 g , c o s 2 » ( x ± i ) ± ? ? ) = l - 2 ? i C O s
Anx+qi, (4-16)
J
i?o(2x, ) can be written as M2x,
(4-17)
V
where tpitf) is a functional of q. This identity gives the following decomposition of a wave train into two wave trains: S. [vt —
=
log t? (vi - - - , qj + const 0
or, in terms of e~'*—1, !
e
!
~ : - 1 = {2K(k)v} [dn
+
fdn
jalrf--^jjKik),
2
- ^
i) - - g g - ]
- 1 ) X W , *} -
where the moduli k and i are related by
,
(4 • 19)
124
186
M . Toda
Equation (4-19) shows that the wave train with the wave length A can be decomposed into two wave trains, component waves, each with the wave length 2A and progressing at the distance A. This means, conversely, that wave trains of the same form, with the wave length 2A and set at a distance A, can be superposed to yield a wave train. The speed of the wave train is determined by the dispersion relation of the resultant wave and not by that of the component waves. In general, the speed of a wave is controled by the presence of other waves. This is one of the characters of nonlinear decomposition and superposition of nonlinear waves. Each of the component wave with the wave length 2A can be further decomposed into waves each with the wave length AA, and so forth. Or, more generally, we can decompose a wave train into three, or four, or into any integral number of wave trains. This can be verified by a extension of E q . (4-17), that is, by the relation 9$ (Ix, cf") = - ^ ^ p - n
(4-21)
Using this relation we get
£(*) K(K)
(4-22) with K(JT> _ K(x') lK(k) K{*) '
(4-23)
This decomposition means that the wave train with the wave length A can he considered as a superposition of I wave trains each with the wave length lA and set equidistantly at the distance A. If we take the limit l^-oo we see that *—»-l and E q . (4-22) reduces to E q . (3-21) as it should. A wave train can be considered as a superposition of pulse like waves, which, as will be seen in what follows, are actually solitons. 4-3
Solitons and wave trains in a ring {Cyclic boundary
condition)
Though we have treated a wave train as if it is i n an infinite lattice ( — o o < « < ™ ) , we can consider such a periodic wave as a wave in a ring ( 0 < n < J V ) whose length is an integral multiple of the wave length, i.e. N/A — integer. Therefore, we can superpose or decompose a wave train under
125
Waves in Nonlinear
Lattice
187
periodic boundary condition in a similar manner as we have done in an infinite lattice. W e have only to renew the labels appropriately; that is, in place of the labels ( - , - 1 , 0,1, - , N N+l, •••), we have (»;N-1,N,1, •••,;v,i,-0.
W e consider a ring of N and r i = n , or r .=r.. w t
particles n = l,2, —,N.
n = 0 means
n—N,
Ht
The solution representing a wave with only a spike in the ring may be called a soliton under the cyclic boundary condition. Such a soiiton is given by & = i o g [ i f c ( , . ( - - j ) j {ca/N)
}•">],
«T—1 = l2K(Kj,r[dn^2(,,t-j^K(Kj,Jt
— f § - ] ,
(4-24)
where the modulus is written as ie and the frequency as v„ which is given by (4-25) t
s
n
N
If we set two such solitons so that they are separated from each other by the distance N/2 apart, a wave train with two spikes in the ring is obtained. The modulus k of the wave train is related to the modulus of the solitons by E q . (4-20), and the frequency or the speed of the wave train is given by E q . (4-6) with A^N/2. In general, from the solutions for an infinite lattice, for instance E q . (4-9), we can make the wave trains in the ring. In the limit of small amplitude, they reduce to the normal modes of the ring in the harmonic limit. Thus the wave train with, say m spikes, may be called the m-th "normal mode" of the nonlinear ring. However, the nonlinear normal mode has the peculiar character that it can be decomposed into other normal modes as stated above: If the number of spikes is a multiple of some integer /, it can be decomposed into / wave trains, and it can be decomposed into as many solitons i n the ring as the number of spikes present. Thus it is seen that the nonlinear "normal modes" are not the fundamental motion, but they are superposition of solitons. Therefore the solitons are to be considered as the fundamental motion of the nonlinear lattice. A soliton i n the ring has a spike where r,<S) (lattice contracts) and a tail where r „ > 0 (lattice elongates). It is given by E q . (4-24). However, we shall study it for a large ring ( J V ^ l ) . It is convenient to use E q . (3-21) with A — N for such a soliton. If we want to keep the width aT'^K'N/nK finite for N^l, we have to assume the case K/K^l or the case where the modulus k=I. Thus for N^l,
126
188
M . Toda
the soliton can be approximated by ,
e
-'.-].=g'aech C^-ttn)-2ft.,
( - ^ < « ^ ^ )
(4-26)
where @=2Kv. However for the limit k-*l, since s n x ^ t a n h x , the dispersion relation (3-12) yields (a=2K/N~) fj=2&=sinh«,
E/K—Q,
(4-27)
which is the dispersion relation for the soliton, its speed being 0/a—slnha/a. The first term of E q . (4-26) represents the spike where the lattice is contracted and the second term represents the tail where it is elongated. The total change of the length of the ring can be evaluated using E q . (4-10) or (4-11). In the limit stated above,
and therefrom ^ | A ^ ( M ) _ « | . The change i n the length of the ring is ^ S r . = -Wlog C=
( 4
.
2 9 )
(a=2K/N)
2a\(^^-J
-l}
(4 - 30)
which is always positive. It is therefore shown that, although the spike of the soliton represents compression of the lattice, the trough gives small (—1/.ZV) but non-negligible contribution to elongation, and as a whole, the soliton gives elongation of the lattice. In the case of infinite lattice the infinitesimal elongation i n the infinitely long trough gives rise to a finite elongation of the lattice given by E q . (4-30). So we must note the fact that soliton expressed, for instance, by Eqs. (3-1) to (3-4) implies no elongation formally, it should be complemented by the total elongation R given by this equation. §5.
Continuum l i m i t
(Korteweg-de Vries equation) If the wave form varies slowly compared with the distance between particles, the continuum limit is generally valid. W e may apply the operation rule =/C«+D
to r(n,t) = r.(t)
and rewrite E q . (2-21) as
(5-D
127
Waves in Nonlinear
189
Lattice
If we neglect higher order derivatives, and higher powers of r, we can rewrite the above equation as
V 9(
2 8n
2 9n ^ \ dt
2 &n
2
dn)
The operators here are to operate on all the terms on the the wave which advance to the right, we have 3
\dt
right.
+ 2sinhi--?__^J-WO 2 dn 2 dn/
Thus for
(5-3')
K
or, if we expand sinh, 9 , 9 V9r dn
1 d" -\r4-\=Q. 12 9K* 2 3n/
(5-4)
(For the wave advancing to the left we have to change n by — n.) If we recover the usual unit to see the effect of potential parameters, looking back E q . (2-20), we get /m_dr_ dr_ V ab dt dn +
1 &r __ ft _Sn 12 dn 2 dn
=
(c. c\ ^
0
3
J
Now, we introduce
3
where r> & W
3 1 1 0
du , du , d u ^ ^ are constants. Then E q . (5-5) reduces to + s2
"ft
»8e
=°
f
c-
( 5
'
7 )
(
'
8
with ~~2j^N'
'
"
W
5
)
9
Equation (5-7) is the Korteweg-de Vries equation ' which is used to describe shallow water wave, plasma wave and nonlinear lattice waves. K d V equation has been discussed using various scales, which correspond to suitable choice of the constants a, (3, M and N. Let us use the units for which
u = w . + A sech a (f - cr),
(5-9)
128
190
M . Toda
where
This can be derived quite easily as a hmit of the lattice soliton given by E q . (3-1) using the transformation described by E q . (5-6), and some modification to include « „ , the uniform strain at infinity. In a similar manner, we can derive the state with two solitons of K d V equation from E q . (3-5). Further, corresponding to the wave train in the lattice we have the wave train of the K d V equation: CS-11)
t
u=u„+Aci\ a(£-c-i), where (_k is the modulus of the cn-function)
+
^ * -
i (
2
- i r ) '
8
This is called a cnoidal wave. ' Equation (5-11) approaches to a soliton, E q . (5-9), as the modulus k approaches to 1. It has been shown very useful to consider (Schrodinger type equation)" 6 6 ^ ^ - ( I 7 - W '
J
the eigen-value equation
=0
(5.13)
for the K d V equation (<»=1), where (5-14)
f / = - M ,
since the eigen-value X, are independent of time, though u evolves with time according to the K d V equation:" - ^ - = 0. at
(5-15)
Such a invariant property of the eigen-values may be used to predict the number and the height of solitons which w i l l emerge out of the initial wave form. Z
If the initial wave t/(f, 0) is very large, or if 8 is very small, there will be many eigen-values, and these may be evaluated by means of the W K B method, or by the "quantum condition" where i A 2 5 * replaces K: /
J - | ^ = ( 7 i + 5)27r lzF V
O = 0 , 1 , 2 , -••)
(5-16)
129
Waves in Nonlinear Lattice
191
in which the momentum p is given, in terms of energy, by
p=V2(E-U).
(5-17)
Therefore the number of eigen-values between E and E + dE proximated by
dn . dE -dE= f f . dE 2nV\2tf J p
can be ap-
(5-18)
J r
For instance, if {/(£, 0) is maximum at £ = 0 and symmetric with respect to 5= 0, such that I7=-C7«#Cf),
(5-19)
where E7 is the maximum value at £ = 0 . Putting 0
*(£)=*•
—jf-=*(*>
C5-20)
we have
Since the height of the soliton with the eigen-value .i^cT is equal to 2\E\, we put
and write the number of solitons between i} and ij + di} by
= 0.
(,^2)
A=
f(ji)dii. W e get
(5-23) 10
This is i n accordance with the result given by Karpman. ' For example, if the initial wave is !
Jj(f,0)= -i7„sech AS we get 2
48V ' A n d the total number of solitons is
Whereas the exact eigen-values in this case are
(5-24)
130
192
M . Toda
,
*.= - 6 a « ( - | — « ) * .
(5-27)
U^efpip+n).
(5-28)
where we have put
If Ut is very large, the total number of the eigen-values —V Uo/Gtf/a, in accordance with the above result.
§6.
is
N—p/a
Recurrence phenomena
Studying the K d V equation by computer-experiment, Zabusky and K r u s k a l " found recurrence to initial state. This phenomenon can be interpreted as follows. 1
Consider the initial wave of the form K| _o=Acosjif. T
(0<£<2)
(6-1)
W e take the cyclic boundary-condition « ( f ) = « ( £ + 2). Assuming A much smaller than V 12j*, we expand the potential U= — w| -o as
to be
T
U=-Acosi£^-A+^-F
(6-2)
to obtain the approximate eigen-values 2. - - A + in + }) V123" An*.
(6-3)
The solitons associated to these eigen-values travel, interact as they collide and pass through one another. If we neglect the acceleration during interaction, solitons w i l l travel independently. The velocities of solitons in the above approximation form an arithmetical series with the common difference Je-tyl&At.
(6-4)
When these solitons move i n the region of length 2, there comes again the state with the same mutual situation as the initial state after the time interval _
r r
K
2 _
_ 0.364
~ ^ ~ ^ n V A T ~ ^ M
,v •
C 6
"
5 )
This is the recurrence time in our approximation. If we put A=l, £=0.0222 we get the recurrence time T =4X)/n, which is to be compared with the experimental value r = 30.4/jr observed under the same condition. The discrepancy w i l l be due to the change in speed of solitons during interaction. In actuality, solitons were rather close to each other and therefore not mutually independent i n this experiment. B
s
131
Waves in Nonlinear
Lattice
193 11
Fermi, Pasta and U l a m " found the recurrence of the nonlinear lattice. " In this case computer experiment was done under fixed-end condition. The relation between the K d V continuum of length 2 to the lattice of length 2N, can be obtained if we refer to E q . ( 5 - 6 ) : v
=-b,
!
!
p ^ - i , A - l , 5 =1/12JV .
(6-6)
Denoting by y, the displacement of the n-th particle i n the lattice, we assume the initial condition ;y„Uo=-Bsin^-
(6-7)
with fixed ends. The stationary wave thus generated may be approximated by the superposition of two progressive waves travelling in opposite directions, v.|,= =-|-sin^-.
(6-8)
0
which corresponds to &y,
nbB
.
,~ ~^
umr-*-~-^m**.
(6-9)
Therefore if we put
A=--^-
(6-10)
E q . (6 -7) takes the same form as E q . (6-1). Therefore the recurrence time of the lattice is, referring to Eqs. ( 5 - 6 ) , (6-6) and ( 6 - 5 ) , given by 3
2N yab/m
3iV " , x b *y/B m
f R
ll
where t —2N/Vabjm is the time necessary for a wave of extremely long wave length to travel the lattice of length 2N. Equation (6-11) is to be compared with experimental results, which reveals that ' L
13
3
0.4JV "
r f i
t J
«
where a=bh/2 is the nonlinearity constant used F P U , h represents the natural length of a spring, B/h is the initial amplitude measured i n units of h. W e see that theoretical expectation (6-11) is very close to experimental results (6-12). Appendix Formulas of elliptic
I functions
Calculations involving elliptic functions are sometimes annoying because
132
194
M . Toda
of the lack of suitable tables of formulas. Here we summarize those formulas, which seem appropriate to be listed in connection with the present calculation, including some integrals.
a)
Complete elliptic integrals: V'l-J&'sin'fl
dx £>'(l-x Xl-A .r ) ' I
£=£(*)
,
=
1
Vl-esm'edd
^(^)->log .
4
,
(*-i)
vl-k*
K(kT) =K', b)
E(_k!)^E',
k'=V\-P.
Jacobian elliptic functions:
sn
=
u sin tp — sn (u, A),
cn w=cosy = cn(w, A), l
s
d n « = Vl — k sn w = dn(w, A), sn(w, 0) = s i n u , c n ( « , 0) = cos« , s n ( « , 1) =tanb «, cn(w, 1) = d n ( « , 1) =sechw ,
d sn u — cn u dn u , du d du c n w = — sn u d n ( i , d
du
dn
1
M =
—
9_
k sn « cn u ,
~
no+ifz
Waves in Nonlinear • d
n
dn d,=
(
^
rc\ , 2ir A M
=
^
+
q"
-—^—-z ^
)
-
T
f=
c
x . ? . T + ^
u
Lattice
o
I mzX \ s
l i 2 ? r j «
( ^-j,
rCOS
( ^ ) ; S s e c h ^
r
(
„ - / )
2KK'
z « ) = 5 ; ( d n ^ - f ) ^ (
2rc ^
q"
. ( mat \
K -^i sin(nim/K) K . - i sinhCTiTrX'/K) '
k}
1
1 +
f
+
k
l k
i
+
" ) '
^ 1
Z(u + v)+Z(.u-v)-2Z(u)
2
= - 2k
1
1
sn u cn u dn u sn u Z>(w,
1
dn (a+w) + dn ( H - v) - 2dn u = 3
W)
D(u,v),
2
{ d n ( « - r - f ) — dn (u —v)}dudv=log D(u, v), 2
!
t
l
D(u, v)—l—k sn vsn u Elliptic
2
2
= cn' v+sn vdn u
.
^-functions:
0 , 0 + 1 ) = 0 . 0 ) ,
* C * | r ) = / ^ ' ' * * ( f I "7") '
!
= l + 2SC-l)V cos27r«x •=1
= VA t f i S * S ^ " ^ ' c o s h - ^ - ( 2 n + l ) x , 2
* A.
»-«
A
134
196
M . Toda
!
=#() n ci - '-v)
Mx)
(X-^Mm
9
I-l
= * (?) II (1 - 2 ^ ' " '
E
cos 2^r - "- ) 9
** » /"--ir \ - cosh-^-(/-x)cosh-^(/+x) ^.(ov^'cosh ^ r ) n ^ _ * *(s) = n ( l - 0 .
^io
£
g
l
?.(-^)=d *«-A, n
p.(Q)Tpi(*)T
b ^ j ^ J P
{Mx)Y
- [* (0)]
2
0
o
r
b
0
J
L t f l C
^ l*C^"J J J
2
=c|l+v ^-logtf„(x)(,
!
/=v ( ')=sn (2A^)MO)/C2^) , a
3
3
D 0 ) = l-(l-J-)sn (2A' -) 2
I
i
= cn (2Ay) + -|-sn (2itx). 2
D(u, v) = l
—
2
1
!
k sn u
K
2
2
!
r
r iog/j>(»,^)^=4A io 3
5
sn u = cn v + sn i;cln M , g
'
•
Appendix Another
II
expression for wave train
Rewriting E q . (3-11) for a wave train, we can easily verify that
135
Waves in Nonlinear
AU)
Lattice
197
'
where 2
!
2
D(ic,«) =cn ic + s n j r d n M , 2
2
D,Or) = cn je + - ^ - s n * ,
u ^ t - ^ J K . If we put r=logC with
then we have Z>(*, a). However, since we have (cf. Appendix 1)
W e see that the time average of r» is just f: \
(_r.-r~)dt = 0.
J period
Appendix Momentum a)
III
and energy of a soliton
Momentum T h e momentum of a particle in the lattice is given by my,~~s„-s. .
( A III -1)
+1
For the soliton in a ring as given by E q . (4-24), s, is cyclic,
-A-,,
4HT)
•*H — " J * — * V 7
Y
136
M
198
-
T o d a
^ K v . Z ^ . t - ^ K }
,
(AIII-2)
and therefore the total momentum vanishes: S / « i , = 0.
(Ain-3)
• -1
This can also be shown by the time average, y.dt~^s,dt
-
=6 •
For a large ring, we can use the approximation (4-26) form, s.=^e tanh (fit - an) - 2v, (fit -an)
( A TTI • 4) and its integrated ( A III • 5)
which yields S
my.~B
7
^ ~ ,
"
>
( A III • 6)
!
sinh \Bt - an — | j + codf— and the time average vanishes again:
J e
J
!
- s i n h ^ r + cosh f
(AIII-7)
The fact that the soliton we have been discussing has no total momentum comes from the choice of the form of s,. Without violating the equation of motion (2-26) we may add to s. a term which is linear with respect to n: s.-*s. + cn + S,
( A III • 8)
where c and 3 are arbitrary constants. Then we have an extra momentum — c for each particle, which means a translation of the whole ring along itself. This kind of motion is also seen in linear case, where we can superpose the motion given by the lowest mode t» = 0 to any other normal mode. The above mentioned term cn+S gives the same kind of superposition to our nonlinear modes. W e shall disregard this extra momentum in the following. b)
Energy The average kinetic energy of a particle in soliton is given as
Isinh'iSc + c o s h ' y l = 2^(acoth«-l).
(AIII-9)
137
Waves in Nonlinear
Lattice
Since there are N particles in the ring, v,N=()/a see that the total kinetic energy of a soliton is
199
(speed), and |9 = s i n h « , we
m h
T~2sinhffl(cosh«-^ -^-) .
(A HMO)
Now, as for the potential energy we have $(r„) = Or'- - 1 )
+7-..
( A III -11)
Since the average of the first term vanishes because of Eq. (2-31), we are left with the total potential energy ( A III-12)
•-1
which is equal to the amount of elongation in our units. therefore, from E q . (4-30)
CAHM3)
U^2a[(^^y~l]-
Appendix Partition
For a soliton,
IV
function
It is interesting to note that the potential energy l
«(r)=|(«- '-D+«r
(AIV-1)
affords analytic expression for the partition function Z of the lattice under the pressure p.
W e have 2m
T
W
2=( ^ ) V
(AIV-2)
in usual notations and Q=J~
-M->+><)i"dr.
e
(A IV'3)
In our case after simple transformations we get
where r is the r-function. W e see readily the relation between the averages of the potential energy and the elongation:
138
200
M . Toda
(A IV-5)
KUkT)
hgQ
(A IV-6) where iff stands for the di-gamma function. If the pressure is absent, we see that ar=W)
(AIV-7)
which is in accordance with E q . ( A III-12). References
1) E. Fermi, J. R. Pasta and S. M . Ulam, Collected Papers of E. Fermi (Univ. of Chicago Press, 1965), Vol. II, p. 977. 2) J. Ford, J. Math. Phys. 2 (1961), 387. J. Ford and J. Waters, ibid. 4 (1963), 1293. 3) E. A . Jackson, J. Math. Phys. 4 (1963), 551, 686. 4) N. Zabusky, Proceedings of the Symposium on Nonlinear Partial Differential Equations (Academic Press, N. Y„ 1967). 5) M. Toda, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 22 (1967), 431; 23 (1967), 501. 6) M. Toda, Proceedings of the International Conference on Statistical Mechanics, Kyoto 1963 [Suppl. to J. Phys. Soc. Japan 26 (1969), 235]. 7) cf. Appendix I, and A . G. Greenhill, The Application of Elliptic Functions (1892), Dover edition 1959. 8) D. J. Korteweg and G. de Viies, Phil. Mag. 39 (1895), 442. 9) C. S. Gardner, J. M. Greene, M. D. Kruskal and M. Miura, Phys. Rev. Letters 19 (1967), 1095. R. M. Miura, C. S. Gardner and M. D. Kruskal, J. Math. Phys. 9 (1968), 1204. 10) V. I. Karpman, Phys. Letters 25A (1967), 708. 11) N. Zabusky and M. D. Kruskal, Phys. Rev. Letters 15 (1965). 240. 12) R. Hirota and K. Suzuki showed recurrence phenomena using a nonlinear L C circuit: J. Phys. Soc. Japan 28 (1970), in press. 13) cf. reference 6), the discussion by N. Zabusky, on p. 236-237.
139
The Criterion for the Existence of a Gap in the Optical B a n d of a Disordered M i x e d Crystal
Morikazu Toda
Institute for Optical Research, Tokyo University of Education, Tokyo (1970)
M a k i n g use of the Rayleigh's theorem for an ocsillator-system the exact criterion of the existence and non-existence of a gap i n the optical band is given for an isotopically disordered mixed crystal of the type AB C\- . X
X
The
Saxon-Hutnei type theorem thus derived gives a possible classification of the optical spectra of mixed crystals into two types (persistence and amalgamation types).
51.
Introduction
It is known that the optical spectra of substitutional mixed crystals of the type AB C\X
X
can be classified into two types. The infrared reflection or
Raman spectrum of a certain kind of mixed crystals, including Na CI + K CI, contains only one maximum, whose frequency changes as x changes. O n the other hand the reflrction spectrum of some other mixed crystals, including Ga As^Pi-x,
has two maxima whose intensities change gradually as x changes.
We have thus two types of mixed crystals. Hence Matsuda and M i y a t a ( M - M ) called the former the amalgamation type (a-type) since the different
140
constituents seem to produce amalgamation effect, and called the latter the persistence type (p-type) because the two frequency-maxima, characteristic ot 1
the two pure crystals AB and AC, seem to persist i n the mixed c r y s t a l ' . It looks quite natural to hypothesize with M - M that i f there is no gap in the optical band of the mixed crystal it will be of the a-type and i f there is a gap it will be of the p-type. Although strict criterion will require detailed calculation of the shape of the frequency spectrum and the optical density of the optical band, the above hypothesis seems to work quite nicely. A direct examination of the optical bands of pure and mixed crystals by neutron scattering or other methods is necessary i n this connection. M - M investigated the criterion for the existence of the gap by making use of the Hermitian characer of the dynamical matrix for the lattice vibration. They proved thus the so-called Saxon-Hutner type theorem in the case of the substitutional isotopic mixed crystal. It can be stated as follows. The frequency range i n which the pure AB and the pure AC crystals have no eigen-frequency remains to have no frequency i n the mixed crystal AB G\_ , X
X
provided that the
force between A and B is the same as the force between A and C (including the forces beyond the nearest neighbors). The above is the sufficient condition for the existence of the relevant band gap for a mixed crystal. B u t it is also the necessary conditin for a random mixed crystal, because there is a non-zero probability for large domains to have pure AC
OT AB arrangements, so that i f the range has some eigen-frequencies of
either pure AB or AC crystal it has also some eigenfrequencies i n the mixed crystal. The above theorem was extensively studied by Hori by the so-called evap2
oration m e t h o d ' . The aim of this paper is to show a simpler method of proving the Saxon3
Hutner type theorem by making use of the Rayleigh's theorem ' for a system of interacting harmonic ocsillators.
§2. F r e q u e n c y B a n d s o f M i x e d C r y s t a l s First, let us consider the case where the optical bands of pure AB and pure
141
AC crystals overlap as shown in F i g . 1. Of course the number of eigenfrequencies of both optical and acoustic bands are the same and are of the number of atoms in the crystal. B u t , for simplicity, the bands are shown in the figure as i f there were only five levels (eigenfrequencies) in each band, which means that the number of atoms of each component were of the order of five or so. In actual we are thinking of a real crystal consisting of a large number of atoms. We can, however, use the scheme as shown in F i g . 1 with only a few levels in the following consideration. In F i g . 1. it is assumed that the mass Mc of the C-atom is smaller than the mass MB of the S-atom, so that the bands of a pure AC crystal are higher than the corresponding bands of a pure AB crystal: MB > Mc3
Now, the Rayleigh's theorem ' (for a system of interacting harmonic oscillators) is that, i f we replace one of the masses of the oscillators by a lighter (heavy) one, keeping the forces unchanged, then each of the eigenfrequencies shifts upwards (downwards) or is kept still, but in any case it cannot move beyond the original next higher (lower) eigenfrequency. The theorem includes the similar case where we change one of the force constants. B u t we are now interested only i n the case of changing the mass.
Opt.
Opt .
AB
Fig. h
AC
Frequency bands of the pure crystals AB and AC {MB > Mc)the optical bands overlap.
When
142
Starting from a pure AB crystal we replace a 5-atom on an arbitrary lattice point by a C-atom. Then, since we are assuming that MB > Mo, by the Rayleigh's theorem, all the levels are shifted upwards (some may be kept still), but cannot exceed the original next higher levels. So we get the level scheme as shown by the second column from left i n F i g . 2. T h e n we replace another fi-atom by C-atom, and so on. The shift of levels will be as shown in F i g . 2. W h e n all the fi-atoms are replaced by C-atoms we get the pure AC crystal. We could have started from the pure AC and proceed reversely from right to left i n F i g . 2. The dotted lines i n F i g . 2. indicate the fact that the optical band in this scheme is divided into two triangular parts by the dotted hues which step down to the right in this case from the upper edge of the optical band of the pure heavier constituent AB to the lower edge of the optical band of the pure lighter constituent
AC.
In the triangular parts of F i g . 2. we have no gap. The detailed level structure of the mixed crystal in this scheme depends on the process we substitute 5-atoms by C-atoms. If we made some ordered arrangement of B and C , say at 50 - 50 % concentration, we would have a gap or gaps between the dotted lines. We see also the fact that the gap of the ordered mixed crystal remains
opt.
opt.
pure AB
F i g . 2.
mixed crystal
pure AC
Level scheme for successive substitution of the atoms B by C. Overlapping case (a-type).
143
even i f the ordering is disturbed by replacing a considerable amount of B or C-atoms by C or fl-atoms in the ordered arrangement. This circumstance is shown in F i g . 3.
pure
Fig. 3.
ftB
ordered mixed c r y s t a l
W h e n ordered mixed crystal is formed we may have a gap.
However, for a random mixed crystal we have no possibility of a gap i n the optical band i f the optical bands of the pure AB and pure AC crystals overlap as i n F i g . 1. and Fig. 2., since there is non-zero probability for a large domain to have pure AB or AC arrangements. We have already mentioned about this case i n § 1. Thus we conclude that i f the optical bands of the pure AB and AC crystals overlap, the random mixed crystal has only one optical band and will be of a-type. Now we come to the case where the optical bands of the pure AB and AC crystals do not overlap. We can apply the similar argument as before. It will be seen that the level scheme i n this case necessarily has to take the form shown in F i g . 4. In order to fulfill the requirements of the Rayleigh's theorem and the condition that the optical bands of pure crystals do not overlap, the levels have to shift sometimes highly enough and result in a gap of the optical band of the mixed crystals. This level scheme can be clearly understood when we make an arrangement of match-sticks or the like to express the level scheme of F i g . 2. and raise the right end (pure AC) untill the overlapping of the optical bands of the pure crystals is taken off, keeping the triangular parts unbroken. The result of such a match-stick game will be the scheme of Fig. 4.
144
ODt.
common gap
opt.
pure AB
F i g . 4.
pure AC mixed crystal
Level scheme for successive substitution of the atoms B by C. Nonoverlapping case (p-type).
In F i g . 4. we have a common gap i n the optical band of the mixed crystals between the dotted lines indicated. Thus, we conclude that i f the optical bands of the pure AB and AC crystals do not overlap, the mixed crystal has a gap in the optical band and will be of p-type. Similar statements can be made with respect to the existance or nonexistance of a gap between the acoustic and optical bands. But this will not be so interesting as far as only the optical properties are concerned.
§ 3. C o n c l u s i v e R e m a r k s
Applicability of the above results is restricted to isotopic substitutional mixed crystals, since we have assumed that the forces between atoms are the same for AB and AC and that the crystal structures of the pure AB and AC
145
crystals are identical. But there has been no further assumption such as the near est-neighbor interaction. If we have sufficient data of the neutron-scattering or other experiments which give information about the band structure of lattice vibration, we can have direct test of the above-mentioned assertion on the mixed crystal. A n d , i f we have more detailed theory on the intensity of infrared absorption spectrum or of the reflectivity of mixed crystals, we may test the criterion for the demarcation of a and p-types of these crystals. B u t , at present, we have to rely on approximation, as M - M did, to compare the above theory with experiments. The above mentioned result can be expressed as follows: i f the optical bands of the pure crystals AB and AC do not overlap, the common band gap in the pure crystals remains as a band gap in the mixed crystal AB C\X
Z
(p-
type), and i f this condition fails there can be no relevant band gap (a-type). This is one of the cases of the Saxon-Hutner-type proposition.
References 1.
H . Matsuda and T . Miyata: Prog. Theor. Phys. Suppl. E x t r a Number (1968) 450.
2.
J . H o r i : P r o c . Phys. Soc. 92 (1967) 977.
3.
A . A . Maradudin, E . W . Montroll and G . H . Weiss:
"Theory of Lattice
Vibration i n the Harmonic Approximation" - Solid State Physics Suppl., 3 (1963) (Academic Press, New Y o r k ) .
146
Interaction of Solitons with Electromagnetic Waves MORIKAZU TODA Institute for Optical Research, Tokyo University of Education, Japan
Toda. M. Interaction of Solitons with Electromagnetic Waves. Physica Norvegica, Vol. 5, Nos. 3-4,1971. Analytic treatment is given for a one-dimensional lattice with special reference to the continuum limit. An electromagnetic wave incident upon such a medium will be scattered by elastic waves, and especially by solitons or the pulse-like fundamental excitations in the nonlinear medium. At some special frequencies, the electromagnetic wave will be transmitted without reflection if certain conditions for the occurrence of transparent solitons are satisfied. Morikazu Toda. Institute for Optical Research, Tokyo University of Education, Kyoiku University, Tokyo, Japan
INTRODUCTION The time-dependent behavior or irregular lattices and of nonlinear lattices has received much attention in recent years. The study of the effect of impurities implies the problem of scattering of waves by in homogeneity. On the other hand, in the study of nonlinear lattice vibrations, we have been led to the concept of a stable pulselike motion called soliton. When two solitons approach, they interact, pass through each other, and recover their initial forms. In this sense solitons can be said to be mutually transparent.
and has been attacked computer-experimentally (Ooyama & Saito 1970) as well as analytically (R. Hirota, private communication). However, we have here another very interesting problem of interaction between solitons and other wave-fields. If the latter are electromagnetic waves, they may provide the means to detect solitons by direct observation. In addition, this problem is closely related to the mathematical method of solving the famous nonlinear equation, the Korteweg-de Vries equation, which can be conveniently written as 8u
du
s
8u
+ dx = 0.
(1.1)
Now, we may ask about the scattering of waves by the inhomogenuity induced by solitons. The waves can be small disturbances coexisting with the solitons in the same medium. This is an interesting problem in connection with the stability of solitons against perturbations.
Gardner et al. (1967) found that if J. is the eigenvalue of the Schrodinger type equation,
The present work is dedicated to Professor Harald Wergeland on the occasion of his sixtieth birthday.
J. is independent of time even though u evolves with time according to the KdV equation. The
1
d'v + {l-u)tii = 0, dx 1
d-2)
147
204
Morikazu Toda
8h *r 13 1 3* \* wave v has been introduced for formulating the 8t eigenvalue problem and there can be other ways of mathematical manipulation to state the same thing. They pointed out, however, that Kay & Moses (1956) had developed the method of solving the with the abbreviation r = r(j,t) = r,(t). If we inverse scattering problem, that is, the method of neglect higher order derivatives and higher solving the above Schrddinger type equation for powers of r, the above equation can be written as u, using what is known about the asymptotic J_J M b^ 8_ 1 m 8 _(3_ behavior of the scattered wave ip. From this, 24 3j>) 2 8j \ ab ~S~iU Kruskal et al. reduced the KdV equation to a linear integral equation. \-il~m~ $ 18 1 8 \ +
+
r
s
"\y^b-87
The aim of this paper is to apply the abovementioned method to a more realistic problem, where is formally replaced by electromagnetic
SOLITONS IN NONLINEAR MEDIA As a model of a nonlinear lattice we think of the system of particles of mass m connected by anharmonic springs (Toda 1967CT, b, 1970):
~ 2
t ,
w
1
(2.1)
[-87
+
U W) (2.6)
r
Here the derivatives are to operate on all the terms on the right. Thus we have a class of motion expressed by .. 8r 3r •ab 8 i - 3 j +
dbj = a(2£- J-e- J-i-e-"^+'), d!
+
+
1 B'r b Br 24 W~^ W = °' r
(2
_ -
7)
We shall use the frame of reference moving to the right with the speed
where r, denotes the amount of elongation of the jth spring, and a and b are constants character(2.8) i n g the force exerted by the spring, a, b > 0, since the lattice should have the stable state where D stands for the natural length of a spring. r, = 0. By the Galilei transformation (n,r) -f <£,r), where We have obtained exact particular solutions of (2.9) the above equation (Toda 1967a, b, 1970). Among these we have a family of solutions each (2.9') r = cl , of which represents a soliton: we get -"->- 1 = sinh a • sech (aj-Bi), ( 2 . 2 ) 0
J
!
e
with ab
- 1
3x sinh a ,
2 ' 84
+
24 a?
1
(2.10)
(2.3) which is nothing but the KdV equation
where a is an arbitrary constant. Now, the above equation of motion can be rewritten as m^f+a
[ 2 sinhi -|r] V"J = 0. (2.4)
Further, for small disturbances, we may use the approximations, e 3
_tr
= x+^x , to yield
= \-br+ ^ r'and sinh x
In this continuum limit the soliton solution reduces to 4= -&.*mt U - ^ , ) . e u „ D b This is a compressional pulse, which will result in a change in the refractive index of the medium
148
Interaction of Solitons with Electromagnetic Waves where
and thereby scalier the electromagnetic wave incident upon the soliton.
-
g
~
g
q
(3.7)
Qe
denotes the change in the density e of the medium. At this point, we may use the LorentzLorentz formula.
SCATTERING OF ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
If we denote by y{x,t) the field of the electromagnetic wave, we have the following equation for the wave propagating in the ^-direction: to get iPv
I n'-l = const. 6
(3.8)
W-l)( ;+2) 30o n
(3.1)
where k denotes the wave number of light in vacuum, and n = n(r) is the local refractive index which may deviate from the constant value n , because of the soliton motion in the medium. Since the velocity of each soliton is very small compared with that of light, we can ignore the motion of solitons and assume that they are standing still while they scatter light incident upon them.
(3.9)
Thus, using Eq. (2.11) and replacing £ by x, since the soliton moves only slowly, we get
0
V(x) = - lixa} sech* OJC ,
(3.10)
with («i-l){«;+2) D
(3.11)
If we refer to the Lennard-Jones type interacFor the scattering problem the wave equation tion potential is equivalent to the integral equation (A,, — kn ) a
iy(x) = e"" *(*--OF(*>(*')dx'
3 2
<'>
where e""* represents the incident wave and the second term on the right band side is the (3.12) scattered, reflected and transmitted waves. V(x) stands for the scattering potential, which is so as to compare with our potential V(_x) = k'(n'(x)-rtl) (3.3) a *(r) = -r (e + 6r) 4-const. in our case, g(x) is the Green's function defined b by ab , ab' S const.+ - x - r 7(3.13) L o ( " £ +*s)iH*-AT m 6(x-x'), (3..4) we can express the parameters a and b in terms of and is, in the one-dimensional case, #o and D. Thus we see that _h-
1
irW = e'i*.'o/2,* .
abil = 360JD",
(3.5)
0
When there is a soliton given by Eq. (2.11), we will have a disturbance which will be proportional to the compression —r/D:
b = 21/D,
(3.14)
and In' f = -^-W-1)W+2)(|J , !
3rf\ _r_ de ja D
1
(3.6)
(3.15)
where we have introduced the wave length X of
149
206
Morikazu Toda
the electromagnetic wave by k = 27[1J...
1
(3.16)
Eqs. (3.10) and (3.15) give the scattering potential induced by the soliton. The result can be generalized for any disturbance including the case of many solitons. But we shall investigate the possibility of perfect transmission of the electromagnetic wave incident upon a soliton in the next section. POSSIBILITY OF A TRANSPARENT SOLITON
(4.1)
where a is an arbitrary constant (Kay & Moses 1956). In our case this can be attained when /1 =
1
=
V
:3
7[
V(n~- J) (1I~+2)
(4.4)
It is easy to show directly that this satisfies, with
Eq. (4.1), the integral equation (3.2) for the scattering problem. The incident wave as given by (4.4) is IfI(X) = elkox (x --+ - 00) ,
and the transmitted wave is
tan fJ
= 2akl(k' - a') .
DISTURBANCE TRANSPARENT AT ALL FREQUENCIES Now, following Kay & Moses, we can proceed a little more in seeking the disturbance which is transparent to all frequencies. Starting with Maxwell's equations for a plane wave, propagation in x-direction through an inhomogeneous medium (E and B are the electric and magnetic field intensities respectively),
(4.2)
In view of Eq. (3.15) this condition implies that the wave length should be chosen in such a way that
~
•
with the phase shift fJ given by
In the preceding section we have obtained the formula for the scattering of electromagnetic wave by the disturbance of the medium by the presence of a soliton. It will turn out that the Born approximation gives only a poor approximation for this problem. However, it is known that the incident wave shows reflectionless transmission if the scattering potential has the form Vex) = - 2a' sech' ax ,
lfI(x) = --=-k (iko-a tanh ax)e'k OX I o+a
aE ax =
iwB,
aB
.
(5.1)
n'(x)
ax = ,w e ' E
(5.2)
we apply the transformation (x --+ ,,), where (4.3)
in order to have a transparent soliton. Since the right hand side of this equation is of the order of unity for some realistic values of the refractive index no, the condition will be satisfied if the wave length of the electromagnetic wave is of the order of the atomic spacing D in the crystal. For example, if no ~ 1.3, the appropriate wave length is A. ~ 0.8D. And if no ~ 2.4, A. ~ 3D ~ 10 A for the usual atomic spacing. In the above transparent soliton, the incident wave will suffer a phase shift when passing through the soliton. Actually the perfectly transmitted wave is in this case given by
d" = dxl
(5 .3)
(5.4)
E(x) =
(5.5)
with
and
to get d'
+ (w' -
P(,,»
(5.6)
and 1 d'
([T'
Pc,,) =
"
(5.7)
150
Interaction of Solitons with Electromagnetic Waves 207
edge of the intensity and phase shift of the reflected wave and the knowledge of the frequency and asymptotic form of the localized mode of" P('l) = - 2a' scch an . (5.8) vibration. Secondly, concerning the harmonic lattice, we Since the transformation does not include the frequency o>, the above P{n) gives the disturbancemay ask for the distribution of isotopic impurities that gives the minimum reflection under the conwhich is transparent al all frequencies. However, it gives a divergent refractive index, dition that the number of isotopic impurities and their mass are both fixed. because it turns out that It is of course very important to investigate the tp{n) = c tanh an, (5.9) general feature of nonlinear media in order to determine the conditions for observing the mo~ [ " ~ -lanh«jjj (5.10) tion characteristic to nonlinear effect. in this case. Therefore pfn) = ^cjn vanishes, n(jr) diverges at if =.x = 0 . This is a rather unreal situation. But it is interesting to note that the ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS wave passes this singular part of the medium in a The author wishes to thank Professor Harald finite time. Wergeland, on the occasion of his sixtieth birthday, for his continued kind interest and encouragement in the author's research fields. FURTHER PROBLEMS As the simplest case, we may think of the disturbance of the soliton type in jj-coordinale given by z
x
c
a
:
In connection with the above treatment the author wishes to point out two further problems. First, we have the problem of a harmonic lattice with impurities. The impurities will reflect the wave propagating through the lattice, and if the impurities are located in afiniteregion of the lattice, we can speak of reflected and transmitted waves. As the inverse scattering problem, we may ask whether we can determine the distribution of the impurities and their masses from the knowl-
REFERENCES Gardner, C. S., Greene, J. M., Kruskal. M. D. & Miura, R. M. 1967. Phys. Rev. Letters 19, 1095. Kay. I. & Moses, H. 1956. J. Appl. Phys. 27. 1503. Ooyama, N. & Sailo, N. 1970. Progr. Theor. Phys. Suppl. 45, 201.
Toda, M. 1967a. J. Phys. Sac. Japan 22. 431. Toda. M. 1967b. J. Phys. Soc. Japan 23. 501. Toda. M. 1970. Progr. Theor. Phys. Suppl. 45. 174.
Received 22 October 1971
151
1972)
Short Notes
1147
interacting wiih Ihe screened Coulomb potentials has not been reported. However, we believe that there An Evidence for the Existence of should be also Kirkwood-Alder transition in that Kirkwood-Alder Transition system. We have lo admit lhat the physical interpretation of Kirkwood-Alder transition issiill vague. Miki WADATI and Morikazu TODA The most simple picture of Kirkwood-Alder iransiiion Institute for Optica! Research, Tokyo Kyoikttmay be thefollowings.When Ihe density is low, Ihe University, Shinjuku, Tokyo panicles are free lo move around. As the density is increased by applying pressure or by restricting the (Received December 14, 1971) available volume, the panicles hinder their movement Some lime ago, Kirkwood predicted the existence each other, andfinallyihey yield to make ordered of the fluid-solid phase transition in the system which arrangement. In our case, it can be shown thai the has pure repulsive forces. His prediction was rather weigh I of the latex particles may give rise to sufficient suspicious until the machine calculation confirmed it pressure. The charged latex panicle has ionic atmosfor hard spheres. The results of the two methods, phere around it. which extends the order of the Debye Monte Carlo method by Wood et al, and Molecularlength lo screen Ihe charge and is called ihe electric Dynamics method by Alder et al., agree well and the double layer in colloid chemistry. If we regard the transition is apparentlyfirstorder. ! More recently. latex particle wiih ihe electric double layer as a hard Hoover et al. observed the same kind or the transition(or soft) sphere, its effective radius should be considered for soft spheres (the inverse power potentials)." It as the sum or the actual panicle radius and Ihe thickness seems now thai thefluid-solidphase transiiion due to of ihe eleciric double layer, which increases wiih dipure repulsive forces (Kirkwood-Alder iransiiion, minishing ionic concentraiion. When ihe ionic conhereafter) is a well-established faci at least by com- centration is lowered, ihe particle gains larger effective puter experiment. Then, one of our next efl"ons radius. Therefore we can anticipate lhai ihe ordered will be the discovery of ihe existence or Kirkwood- phase will occur at low concentraiion of the laiex Alder iransiiion in nature. In this short nole. we panicle when we lower the elecirolyte concentrations. reporr an indication or iis existence. This is what the experiments have revealed. J. PHYS. SOC. JAPAN
32 (1972) 1147
1
For colloid chemisls. it has been known that the We have shown lhat how ihe order-disorder transisuspensions of mono-dispersed synthetic latexes show tion of Ihe latex panicles in electrolyte is attributed lo iridescent colors and the iridescent phenomena are the Kirkwood-Alder iransiiion. The effective hard attributed to the Bragg diffraction of visible light due sphere model is introduced in order to visualize the to the ordered latex particles. idea and more detail investigation wilt be necessary. The DLVO theory explains it as the so-called second At the end, we emphasize thai the experiments on the minimum of the total potential energy. However, suspension of mono-dispersed synthelic latexes will a series of experiments carried out by Hachisu el al." cast a new light to Ihe understanding of fluid-solid gave strong objections to DLVO theory. They studied phase transition. This work was initiated from the the conditions for the formation of the ordered phase interesting discussions wiih Professor S. Hachisu, Mr. by changing the ionic concentration and the latex A. Kose and Miss Y. Kobayashi. particle concentration. By lowering the ionic concenlraiion they could observe the ordered phase at surprisReferences ingly low conceniralions of latex particles, such as 0.01% by volumefraction,which corresponds to 2-3^ 1) See, for example, review article by J.S. Rowlinson 11
in spacing while ihe diameter of the latex particles was about 0.1f. in colloid chemistry, van der Waals force is believed lo extend at most 2.000A. Even if van der 2) Waalsforceis effective al the distances 2-}fi, the second minimum is too shallow to the thermal agita- 3) tions. Also they observed ihe ordered phase in organic solvent where Ihe van der Waals force between ihe latex panicles is considered to be negligible. Boih 4) experimental results lead us lo ihe conclusion thai the van der Waalsforceis not essentialforthe formation or the ordered phase. The suspension of mono-dispersed synthelic laiexes consists of the latex particles and the electrolyte. The ions of the electrolyte will screen the Coulomb force belween The lalex panicles, and the resulting force is of short range. Unfortunately, the machine calculation for the system where the panicles offinitesize are
in Reports on Progress in Physics (W. A. Benjamin
Inc.. New York, 1969). W. G. Hoover, S. C. Cray and K. W. Johnson! J. chem. Phys. 55(1971) 1128. E J. W. Verwey and J. Th.G.Overbeek: Theory of the Stability of lyophobic Colloids (Elservier.
Amsierdam, 194S). S- Hachisu et al.: Annual Meeting of Colloid and Interface Science, Gifu. Japan 1971.
152
J O U R N A L O F T H E P H Y S I C A L SOCIETY O F J A P A N , Vol. 32, No. 5, M A Y , 1972
The Exact iV-Soliton Solution of the Korteweg-de Vries Equation Miki W A D A T I and Morikazu T O D A Institute for Optical Research, Kyoiku University, Sinzyitku-ku, Tokyo (Received November 12,1971) The exact iV-solilon solution of the Korteweg-de Vries equation is obtained through the procedure suggested by Gardner, Greene, Kruskal and Miura. From this solution, it is shown that solitons are stable and behave like particles. The collisions are well described by the phase shifts. Explicit calculation of the phase shifts assures the conservation of the total phase shift. This fact turns out lo be a special expression for the constant motion of the center of mass. § I. Introduction Recently there has been a great deal of interest in the study of non-linear system. As a result, many authors have obtained the Korteweg-de Vries (KdV) equation" for a large class of nondissipative physical systems; magneto-hydrodynamic waves in a warm plasma, ion acoustic waves" and acoustic waves in an anharmonic lattice,* although the equation was originally discovered in the study of shallow water waves long time ago.
of the solution of Schrodinger equation, ip(x, i), is obtained. From the Gelfand-Levitan's study on a one-dimentional Schrodinger equation, the information on the asymptotic behavior of tp(x, I) is sufficient to reconstruct u(x, /) for any value of time. However, as far as we know, the explicit application has not been done. The main aim of the present article is that we derive an exact JVsoliton solution by the GGKM method and prove that the solution really describes the motion of fV-solitons.
Comparing with the derivation of the KdV equation, our understanding on the equation itself is still not complete. Quite different from the linear equation, it is well-known that the KdV equation has a pulse-like solution (we refer it as "soliton"). Zabusky and Kruskal" demonstrated numerically that solitons are remarkably stablethat is, when solitons approach, they interact nonlinearly, but return to their initial forms after afinitetime. By analytical consideration. Lax" discussed a two-soliton system and confirmed Zabusky and Kruskal's observation. His method of proof is rigorous and gives us a full understanding about the behavior of two solitons, but it does not appear that we can extend his method to the system of more than three solitons because of laborious calculations.
In § 2 we re-examine the GGKM method and modify it slightly in order to satisfy our boundary conditions. Assuming the reflectionless condition, we obtain an exact A'-soliton solution. In § 3, we show explicitly that this solution describes the dynamics of A'-solitons. Before and after a sufficiently long time, the solution is simply the sum of A'-solitons. This indicates that each soliton resumes its form after the collisions. The collisions affect only the phase part of each soliton. Therefore the study on the phase shift is required. The phase shifts are estimated from the exact solution and some general properties are derived. One of the remarkable result is that the sum of the phase shifts is conserved. In the last section, we show that this fact is related to the more general property of KdV equation; that is, the constant motion of the center of mass.
11
1
81
More recently, Hirota" has found an A'-soliton solution and proved that the solution satisfies the Throughout this article we consider the KdV KdV equation by direct calculations. However, equation in the form of eq. (2,1). The rescales his method is heuristic and it seems that we need of a, x and t make it possible for us to regard eq. a general method for more detail investigations. (2.1) as a general form. As a general method for solving the KdV equation, Gardner, Greene, Kruskal and Miura S 2. A'-soliton Solution (GGKM) proposed a following scheme; at first, We introduce the KdV equation and Schrodinger introduce a Schrodinger equation where the poequation in the following forms. tential energy u{x,t) is a solution of the KdV u,—(iuu +u, — i , (2.1) equation. Upon coupling the Schrodinger equation and KdV equation, the asymptotic behavior
r
I
II
u
1403
x
153
1404
(Vol. 32,
M. WADATI and M. TODA
At the beginning, we impose the boundary con- vanishes as \X\-HX> and satisfies the normalization dition, u(x,f)-*0 as |x|->t». The lengthy, but condition. Then eq. (2.6) gives straightforward calculation gives •p„(x, /)=c„(r) t v . x->-a, , (2.9) ^+WC.--W2j.=0 , (2,3) where where *,=—*m* and c.(l)=c„(0)e-"« ' (2.10) f3^ . + « . - 3 ( n + J ) ^ . (2.4) For l—k >0, the asymptotic form of
i
r
i
%
r
il
|x|->oo. For a discrete eigenvalue j „ < 0 , it is easy to show C(f)=0 and D(/)=0 , (2.8) because the corresponding eigenfunction r) R(x+y)+Kix,y)+\ ' i
u{x,i)=2^K(x,x) , (2.17) dx where the function K(x, x) is the solution of the Gelfand-Levi tan equation
R(y+z)K(x,z)
,
(2.18)
with R(x+yj = —[" b(k,t)
2 d'W <:'*"*•' .
(2.19)
Then the problem reduces to how to solve the Gelfand-Levitan equation, eq. (2.18). The genera! solution seems difficult to derive, but A'-soliton solution can be obtained by assuming b(k, i)—0. Under this assumption, the situation becomes identical to that of the re flection less potential wHich was worked out by Kay and Moses. We shall solve eq. (2.18) with 101
R{x+y)= S e.*M e'»»+» ,
(2.20)
where J
c,(()=c-(0)e-'"" '
(2.10)
K(x. v)= S/,(x,i)e'.' .
(2.21)
If we assume that K(x, y) has the form
substitution of eq, (2.21) into eq. (2.18) produces the N linear algebraic equations
154
1972)
1405
The N-Soliton Solution of the KdV Equation
(2.22) As Kay and Moses have proved, the system (2.22) has a nonsingular coefficient matrix whose determinant is positive for all finite X. Then the system (2.22) has a non-trivial solution (2.23)
J(x, t) where
m=
1+ 2«i 1+
S S W 2irs
z
C!(r)e'a*
sj-f ten
«i?M.«H+i» ££!ii i' ^ ....*»(,)««».... e
B
N+
(2.24)
2iy
and a
e. (r) 2
•e"i 'i>'
!
l + ^U 's' (2.25)
Only i-th column differs in eqs. (2.24) and (2.25). If we notice the relation
dx
(2.26)
«-i
substitution of eqs. (2.23) and (2.26) into eq. (2.21) gives (2.27) Then "('•'> = -2 — logJ(jr,f) .
(2,28)
For further discussions, it is convenient to transform eq. (2.25) into the symmetric form J ( J T , /)
=
2/Cl
«t+«
Jtl+KS
2*s
IS-(-IN
(2.29)
2tK Introducing new variables (2.30) we rewrite eq. (2.29).
155
1406
M . W A D A T I and
4[*.r)=
ClCa
(Vol. 32.
M . TODA
e'i£i+'2t!
+
e'i*i 'w£H
+«
2x1 -^!-eWi£i
(1 + itN
i + ^LefjEi
... (2.3!)
CttCi
+
'-e**i*iv *i*i
where e; is written for Cj(Q) and is taken to be a positive constant. Equation (2.28) with eqs. (2.30) and (2.31) is the solution of the KdV equation and is essentially the same as what Hirota has obtained. Itshould be remarked that J(x, l)^""*^ gives the same solution u{x, I) for any functions «(/) and 0C).
splits apart into A'-solitons in the limit of |f]->oo. Without losing generality, we can assume *l<*S
(3.1)
Atfirstwe consider the case of '->(». Weobserve the solution from the coordinate which is moving at a constant velocicity c.. In this coordinate system, the variable is rewritten as § 3. Asymptotic Behavior of the Solution 1< <7V, (3.2) In the preceding section we have derived a special where solution, eq. (2.28) with eqs. (2.30) and (2.31). u»=c<-c. . (3.3) In this section, we shall prove that the solution The quantity fi has the following properties. (
r
fi.<0 =0 >0
l£f
(3.4)
(3.5) < . m > f „ - l n > • • • >'n
+
ln>0
e.»<e.*-l< • • - < f . ™ i < 0 +
fOT
fl>m
,
for
n<m
.
i
as (-too ,
(3-6)
If we approximate the diagonal elements for /
1 + ^ «*•**•-*•»... — e 2*( Mi
(3.7)
the common exponential parts are taken out of the determinant. J
J(i,t|^De"i'. »» 1
C i ClCi 2*i m + «
c,c„ e".£. ici+ir» etc.
2to
Si +
-^*- < t „-.„„„ e
Sii-e"p.n«-——i»"
t
e'w^n-'Kii"
t ! + *r„ i
In
N
+
!
CnC/J
,
1 + -^-e '-f. - gggaa- e,i.+'.
Jt„-f-tw
e'n'"
+
,
N'«-->^'
,
.-^-e »«e»-'.*i.'i*'/
2*. (3.8)
156
1972)
1407
The N-Soliion Solution of ihe KdV Equation
Here we have abbreviated (i, j) elements (i >/) in the determinant because of the symmetric property of the matrix. Further use of eq. (3.4) in the limit of j-»o= gives (it; i-i
tt+fii
2M
c,c,
CsT. ICl + *ii
2*.
(3.9) 1 +
±tt_ ..i. e l
0
which simply reduces to
1 2.! 1
ni+n.-. 1
2*1
ti+lC.-l
+
t._i-i-
1
1
]
ti+'i 1
2K,
I
1
e".t,
1
*»+*. 1 2t.
2I,_I
= l+^-«^i*i
for
n>2
(3.10)
for
n= l
(3.11)
If we notice lhat the determinants which appear in eq. (3.10) are estimated through the identity 1
1
JCI—/i
x,—ft
_1_
1
=
(_n»»-u/i!i:
_]
xt—yi xt—yi
1
n (^-JT,) n (x-^)
Xi— v.
1
-JA atft-ft)
x —y.
(3.12)
t
1
x.— y, x.—yi
v.
we arrive at !
+
* r , r)= n e '.«.-..".4.*[l + A t f V - ] ,
(3.13)
where
._, in(n-mjp 1
-4,'= II e j - ^ ii M-ij} i f. into-*i)V s.*=~ nc.'-i^——
,
(3.14)
(3.15)
157
1408
(Vol. 32,
M. WADATI and M . TODA
and especially +
At =l
and
Bi+ =
(3-161
2«i
The superscript plus indicates the values at f—lido. Since we are observing the solution from the coordinate which is moving at a constant velocity c« and eq. (3.13) holds for any »(]
u(x,l) =—2£icSsech (K„f
r
+ d„-*} , r->ta
(3.17)
where 1
(3.18)
The summation in eq. (3.17) should be interpreted in the following sense, lim u(x, r)=limii(x—cf) , s
1
=—Zt„ sech |>„(x—c„r) + o,*} =0 if c=ifc„ .
P. 19)
if c=c„
Similar argument is possible for the case of t—•—co and we arrive at !
!1
u(i, t) ——2 2ic sech (i =,-l-S -) , n
n
where ,V=^-]ogB
n
n
The relative phase shift 5„ is only the function of jti(I 0 (3.26) ,.i jtj + ei (3.21) and fi.v= S i c g 5 * - » < i .
(3.22) and especially
(3.27)
Also we can show an important property 2i«
(3.23)
The superscript minus indicates the values at f-* —oo and the summation in eq. (3.20) has the same meaning as that of eq. (3.17). Therefore we have proved that the solution really splits apart into A'-solitons in the limit of [/)-*<». This implies that the solitons are stable and resume their forms after the collisions. The forms and velocities of solitons are conserved and we can identify each soliton in the particle sense. The collisions are analyzed by the phase shifts S,* and fi„-. Then we shall further investigate the properties of the phase shift. The relative phase shift is defined by
2S.=0,
(3.28)
1-1 or equivalently +
s <s»= S V •
(3.29)
Then we have proved that the sum of the phase shift (the total phase shift) is conserved. These results are general, and if n-dependence of i* is given, more detail analysis will be possible. It is interesting to notice that the values of c , that is, the initial condition for c('), do not affect the proofs. § 4.
Discussions
We have obtained the important nature of the $^4,*— ?*- . (3.24) collisions among A'-solitons; the total phase shift The common term log (c, /2':») is cancelled and is conserved. In this section we shall show that we obtain this fact is a special expression of the more general theorem; the constant motion of the center of mass. Before we proceed to the proof, we shall derive = S i o g ( ^ ) ^ 2 i o g ( ^ ) . some lime-invariant quantities which were first (3.25) discussed by Miura, Gardner and Kruskal. If s
111
158
1972|
The N-Soliton Solution of ihe KdV Equation
we assume thai the solution of the KdV equation, u(x, t), and its derivatives vanish as tx|— >. it can be shown that
1409
the center of mass moves at a constant velocity, ^ - p - = constant . (4.11) at (4.1) fj i i how that we can obtain eq.
,K
— \ u{x, f)d.r=0 , 3i }-„ from the definition of the KdV equation, eq. (2.1). This indicates u(x, t) dx=constam .
x
o w
w
e
s h a
s
(3.29) from eq, (4.11). Consider sufficiently large - For < - T < 0 , we have
T
(l
(4.2)
«(*. = " n=l 2 «
*
' % S » r * « - * V l , (4.12)
and
Similarly we also obtain J" «H*.r)o>=con«uil.
(4.3) ( J l / » < * - "
d l
),=-
4
I * ' - 1
' <
4 1 3 )
These time-invariant quantities were already de- where rived. Actually, it has been proved that the KdV t„£„-=(i-- . (4.14) equation has infinite number of time-invariant Substitution of eq. (4,13) into eq. (4.9) gives quantities. Introducing a new functiony(x, t) defined by ?=—42 . (4.15) yjx,
0=H(JT, 0 ,
(4.4)
., ,, „ .,, equation ,. we rewrite the KdV
In the same way, for r >7">0, we have 1
,
E
l
!
+
v.-Jv +J'»«=0 , (AS, ( ) = _ 2 2 * . s e c h « r „ ( j - c » f - s , ) , (4.16) where we have assumed that y,, y and y„, and vanish as »co. From eq. (4.5), we obtain l
u
X jf !
s
s
(j"_^U,0d^=-42*-^),
y(x,,)6x=3\-
(4.17)
where
==3j" u*(x,t)dx
!„;, + =fl.*. (4.18) =constant . (4.6) On the other hand, direct integration of eq. (4.9) On the other hand, we have the following relation. yields
irSl^'^^iML"^"^ = *-jy
(O(,,0d,) -(j^.™,., )d,) i
(
i
»(Jc',0d*'|
={h-l,)P, (4.19) It is lo be remarked that eq. (4.19) holds for any xu(x, t)dx . » ' * ts and I,. 3t}- . Thefirstterm of eq. (4.7) vanishes if it(x, t) and Substituting eqs. (4.13), (4.15) and (4.17) intoeq. u„(jr, /) approach to zero faster than l / i as |x|-> (4.19) we obtain co. Then - 2 2 <««.-=0 , (4.20) ,, 4.7
j f e I) dx = - ^ | "
/) dx .
(4.8)
From eqs. (4.6) and (4.8), we obtain a new timeinvariant quantity. =
xn(^,()dx=constant. (4.9) •"J— Therefore if we define the center of mass (cf. Appendix) as follows i xu (x, t) dx Xt«-fc= , f~ ' t)dx ' J-u
Xl
(4.10)
1
which reduces to 2tj„+=2o„-
(3.29)
Whileeqs. (4.9) and (4.11) hold for any time /, eq. (3.29) is true only in the asymplotic region. However, since the solution splits apart into solitons rapidly as the conservation of the total phase shift may be a useful notion in the study of the KdV equation. The velocity of the center of mass is estimated from the A'-soliton solution to be
159
1410
(Vol. 32,
M . WADATI and M. TODA
-4 2 « A
die df
-4 2 t , (4.21)
tr
where m denotes the mass of a particle in the chain. On the other hand, since r„ is the change in length of each spring, if we denote by Da the natural length of the spring, p( ,r) = -mr.(r)/O , (A-7) expresses the excess density of the chain caused by the wave motion. Therefore, we see that n
2*. The velocily of the center of mass is given as the average velocity of A'-solitons with the weight (, . Simple algebra gives
M=-^2 r*=constant , Do n — is the total excess mass,
(1.22)
Cl<-T—
0
(A-8)
x = 2 nOor,/ 2 r-> ,
(A-9)
c
which confirms that our definition is physically reasonable.
is the center of gravity, and
f=Mdx /dr . (A-10) Now, the equation of motion of the nonlinear chain we are considering can be reduced, in the The authors wish to express their sincere thanks continuum limit, to the KdV equation to Dr. R. Hirota for showing them his preprint on dr_ Q 3r _ Cob 3rdr . Co d*r . „ j ^_y_f_ the A'-soliton solution. dt Dodn 2Do dn 24D„ 3fi ' (there were some algebraic and typographic errors Appendix To show that x defined by eq. (4.10) actually in 4), where C denotes the velocily of wave in represents the center of gravity and thatdx /dr= the limit of long wave length, b stands for the const expresses the conservation of the total anharmonicity parameter and r(n, ') = r»('). By the suitable transformation momentum, we shall consider a chain of particles joined by anharmonic springs. D, r—>——It If we denote by y»(t) the displacement of the 2b nth particle and by c(r) the change in the length 24 . (A-12) of the nth spring, CDonDo—Cot—>x . r.=y.—, (A-l) Equation (4.10) reduces lo the KdV equation as then we have expressed in the text. Therefore we have jf N* fi r* 2 nr»= 2 n y . - 2 ("-l)y,- - 2 >.J , •««. >=fl "="] xudx %nD r (A-13) =JV«y —(/V —lW_t- 2 y~ 2f, *=n,-i (A-2) Hence, if y„—>0, for n—>±eo, so that References c
Acknowledgement
0
+
+
=(i
(
A
s
0
e
0
5
t
z
S
0
Kt
t
lim rt — y „ = 0 , dr
(A-3)
7-n=constant ,
(A .4)
we have 2 and (A-5) Thus, the total momentum of the motion in the chain is given by L
2 m^ =—m-~ 2 W » . .--» d/ al "=-~
(A -6)
1) D. J. Korteweg and G. de Vries: Phil. Mag. 39 (1895) 422. 2) C. S. Gardner and G. K. Morikawa: Comm. Pure appl. Math. 18 (1965) 35. 3) H. Washimi and T. Taniuti: Phys. Rev. Letters 17 (1966)966. 4) M. Toda: Progr. iheor. Phys. Suppl. 36(1966) 113. 5) N. J. Zabusky and M. D. Kruskal: Phys, Rev. Letters 15 (1965) 240. 6) P. D. Lax: Comm. Pure appl. Malh. II (1968) 467. 7) R. Hirota; The Annual Meeting of the Physical Society of Japan, Sapporo, Oct. 1971.
160
1972)
The NSolitcm Solution of the KdV Equation
1411
8) C. S. Gardner. S. M. Greene. M. D. Kruskal and 10) I. Kay and H.E. Moses: J. appl. Phys. 11 (1956) R.M. Miura: Phys. Rev. Lellers 19(1967)1095. 1503. 9) I. M. Gelfand and B. M. Levilan: Am. Math. 11) R. M. Miura, C. S. Gardner and M. D. Kruskal: Soc. Trans. Ser. 2. 1 (1955)253. J. math. Phys. 9 (1968) 1204.
161
JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN. Vol. 34, No. 1. JANUARY,
1913
A Soliton and Two Solitons in an Exponential Lattice and Related Equations Morikazu T O D A and Miki
WADATI
Institute for Optical Research. Kyoiku University, Hyakunincho. Sinzyuku, Tokyo
(Received June 12, 1972) Relations between a nonlinear (exponential) lattice, the Boussinesq equation and the Korteweg-de Vries equation are clarified and therefrom the exact solutions for the two-soliton state are given in each case for both the head-on and the overtaking collisions. § t. Introduction It was only several years ago that the "soliton" (stable solitary-wave pulse) was found in the computer study of nonlinear lattice." The discovery of solitons brought a new aspect to the research on the nonlinear phenomena and many works have been done since then. The search for the existence conditions of solitons in a system have been one of the main themes. The reductive perturbation seems to be the most effective method for this kind of questions." Generally, in the nonlinear dispersive system, we expect solitons due to the balance between nonlinear term and dispersive term. Another important problem may be how we can solve the obtained nonlinear differential equations. The "royal road" has not been found yet, but we have a very promissing method, the " inverse scattering method." Although more detail discussions on the mathematical foundation are required, we should remark that it gives, at least, exact A'-soliton solutions. Up to now, the method was successfully applied to the Korteweg-de Vries equation'- * (K-dV equation), nonlinear Schrodinger equation and the Modified Korteweg-de Vries equation." It is noted lhat a rather intuitive method of obtaining A'-soliton solution has been developed in a series of papers by R. Hirota." 4
51
the same direction. In this respect the Boussinesq equation will be a good model for the discussions of solitons in solid as we will see later. In § 2, we discuss about an exponential lattice, and as continuum approximation for this model, the Boussinesq equation and the K-dV equation are considered in S 3 and § 4, respectively. Solitons in the equations are very similar to those of an exponential lattice and it may be considered as a confirmation for the validity of continuum approximations. §2.
An Exponential Lattice
The equation of motion for an exponential lattice can be written as* s
Bjr,=a(2e~ '—e-"»+i—*r***-i) , (2.1) where a and b are constants (a*>0), and m is the mass of the particle in the lattice. This is equivalent lo log ( H - S . / ) = A ( S . . , + S „ - 2 S . ) . m fl
(2.2)
+1
We have ihe following relations between r. and S. £>-"— l=SJa
r.=
(2.3)
.
(Sn.,+^,-25,) .
(2.3')
m
It is convenient to introduce a function 0 which is defined by B
At this stage it seems desirable for us to clarify the fundamental properties of solitons. Especially, the study on two solitons is important since we know from the previous works' that the A'soliton collision is described as the successive collisions of two solitons. For this purpose an exponential lattice .*. " is the most suitable because of the clear physical meanings and the unnecessity of continuum approximations. Other advantage of ihii model is diat we Iiavo solitons running in the opposite directions as well as ones running in 51
8
1
1
18
* r, represents the change in length of n-lh chain in the lattice. The equation can be written as mr„ = a'(2e- < "-'' -e-i'r«+i-i-'i—e-«r»-i-r'i), where a' and r are now constants relaied by a' = oe-»''and jprMnnrfl-1 =SJa". r' can be interpreted as ihe " uniform strain " given to the lattice by a constant external force. The following calculation can be easily extended so as lo include this external force. l
1
r
1
162
19
/! Soiiion and Two Solitons
1973)
tog if*
Therefore the extra-mass or the mass of a soliton, M, is
(2.4)
Equations (2.2) and (2.3) are rewritten as
M=m (2.5)
ab
(b) Two solitons We have a solution of the form**
(a) A soliton We have a solution of the form* #.= 1-Me'—« . -4,t>0 , which represents a soliton 4o/>
2
(2.14)
ms
Thus the momentum is the mass times the velocity; P=Mc. (2.15)
(2.6)
(30
^ jbD .
l
1
,
,
,
(2.7)
(2.8)
where E; and Ai are positive constants. We can assume E I > K Z without loss of generality, proof:
where S=log /I.
+ /ltt> i+ s>"- h+h" , (2.16)
L.H.S. of eq. (2.5)
proof:
m Ipi'Aift+pVAifi + Uh + fa'A, ab + (pi-fcpMiWt+h'AiAitffi +p ?A A f f ']!{l+A f -rA,f2+A f ) , (2.17)
L.H.S of eq. (2.5) = ] + -^-sech* -^-(tn-^r+S), Aab 2
= 1-
R.H.S of eq. (2.5) = l+sinh* £ - sech* y (in
1
l
a
l
l
!
l
3
3
R.H.S. of eq. (2.5)
•
Therefore
s
is the solution if 2
1
=l+4^sinh -*-^i/ +sinh ^--A,/, I
m
2
(2.9)
+ jsinh'yfci+KiMj+sinh'y (n-n)
The speed of the soliton is c=$-D=c„sinh
(t/2)/(«/2)
X AiAz J /i/i+sinh' y • A A,f?f
(2.10)
s
with
sinh^y./lj^/./s
ab m
co = ±
(2.11)
where D represents the natural length of a chain. Next we consider the momentum of a soliton. Let
t
s
x/(l-Mi/i-Mi/i-M>/i) . where we have introduced notations (2.18)
Then the displacement of the n-th and
mass. y„ satisfies
f =f f , 3
l
2
Thereforeft,is the solution if
my»=J. — J»-i .
(2.12)
a.
4o6 . , . Kt m 2
Therefore the total momentum P of a soliton is p= £
mj
>,
=
J
„ _ .= ^ £ . -
J s
,2.13)
f=l,2
(2.19)
and i
The displacement for n->±ia is given as my*=S,—Sn_i^0 n-Kfl , m -t H i n-> co b * We may put
-^-(fl -W -4sinh*4GO 2 («i-*») i
t
(2.20) Upon using eq. (2.19), we can rewrite eq, (2.20) as follows;
,(,=cosh \--n-J~t+S\ . which gives the same results." But ihe form oreq. (2.7) is more suiiabie in generalizing to many soliton problem.
AxA .
* ' Instead of this form wiih three constants A\, A
a
n
d
w
e
i
u l
™'J P ^„ = COSh (in-01+0")+ Bcosh ( r ' n - j'f+ o'). 5 1
which gives the same resulls for ihe two-soTitOfl stale
163
(Vol. 34,
M. TODA and M. WADATI
20 A 3 -- (COSh 1/4('<1-'<2) )2A 1 A 2 rlor cosh 1/4(.<,+K2)
tl tl
tJ1P2<
0
,
m e-· r . - l = 4ab
for t--> +
(2 .21) _(Sinh 1/4('<'-'<2) r A s. - )'A 1 A 2 ,or sinh 1/4(.<, +'<2)
tl tl 1-'11"2
> 0
1 PI'sech' T(,<,n-p,(+o,+) , (2.24)
00
where .
As ol+=log-
(2.22)
A2
Next we observe the solution in the region
Since we can attach ± sings in taking the root of "2n -P,t=0. the above equations for PI an P2, we have four
Similar argument leads to the expressions
tl 2~ab-. '<1 1-'1= _smh--.
m
P2=2 / ab sinh
Ym
e-·r.-l =~p22sech21.(.<,n-p2(+02-)' 4ab 2 (2.25) for (-->- 00 , where As _ 02 =Iog-,
2
~2_ . 2
A _(Sinh 1/4('
I 2.
Al
and
Case (ii), (+-) . lab-·
fh=2 ym smh
e-·r.-l
'<1
T'
2
for
(-+ 00 •
,
(2.26)
where
As= (COSh~(~I-'<2t)'AIA2 . cosh 1/4('<1 +K2)
Summing up the results, we conclude that the asymptotic forms of two-soliton solution in this case are
02+=logA2 .
e-·r.-l =~ Pi 2sech 2) . ('
2
for
(-+- 00 ,
(2.27)
with ol-=Iog AI, and _ As 02 =Iog - , Al and
m
1 2 for t-->+oo ,
p.- 'r,,_l = - Pi 2sech 2-(Ki n -{3i t +Oi+)
=~
4ab
(-->- 00
(2.28)
with
!1=e"' '}>!2=e. 2
As A2
01+= Io g - .
From eqs. (2.5), (2 .6) and (2.17) we obtain
m 2 sech 2 -('
(-->-00 ,
where ol-=logA I . In the case of t-->oo, we have !1=e""t!2=e"2 . Therefore
4ab
fQb.smh "2 , P2=-2 ym T
The cases (- -) and (- +) are not discussed here since they are the inverse collisions of the cases <++) and (+-) respectively. (c) Collision of two solitons We consider the case (i) where the solitons are running in the same direct:on. Since '<1>K2>O, we have P,>P2>0 . At first, we observe the solution in the region '!"='
Then, as
=~ P2 2 sech' 1. ('<2n -P2t+02+)
and (2.23)
The relative phase shifts are given by 0,==<5.+-01-= log ~ A,A 2 = log (Sinh 1/4(.<1-.<2>-)' < 0 sinh 1/4('<1 +'<2) , As 1),==02+-02-= -log -->0 .
A,A2
(2.29) (2.30)
164
1973)
21
A Solium and Two Solitons
Thus we can conclude as follows. As (->—co, ihe solution breaks up into two solitons situated in such a way that the slower soliton is in front and the faster at the rear. At r—» + co, the arrangement of the solitons is reversed. This implies that the solitons are stable in the collision process. While the time passes from - c o to oo, the phases are changed from Sr to Si*, corresponding to changes in the coordinates of the soliton centers. From eqs. (2.29) and (2.30), we can see that the faster soliton moves forward and the slower one shifts backwards in collision. As the phase shifts Si and Si have same magnitude and opposite signs, the center of gravity is in constant motion as discussed in the previous paper." The change in the coordinate of the soliton is smaller for the larger which indicates that the faster soliton is scattered less that the slower one. Figure 1 shows a typical example of the space-time trajectories of two solitons which are running in the same direction.
collision. The asymptotic forms of the solution are derived by the same way as given in the case (0. 1
e- '— 1 =
!
ft
4ab
1
sech — (tat-$t+ilt-) 2
for r->-co . =
ft'
4ab
sech'
hjte-fctA-m
2 for r-> + co ,
(2.32)
{=1,2 ,
with S,-=]ogA
!t
fc-=Ieg
3,+=log^ At
and &+=log A, . The relative phase shifts are
5,=a,+-ir = log —'¬ A, A
s
Next we consider the case (ii) where the solitons are running in the opposite directions. In the case (^s<0
/cosh i/4 (.,-.,) y cosh 1/41*,+10/ AiAt
Fig. 1(a). The space-time solitons in the case (i). center of gravity of two solitons.
(2.31)
(2.34)
We can describe the soliton-collision process in this case as follows. As co, the solution breaks up into two solitons situated in such a way that one soliton is at n — — oo and the other St n= oo. At l->co, the arrangement of the solitons is reversed. This indicates that two solitons approach each other and begin to interact nonlinearly, but at last pass through to resume their original forms. When they pass through, they attract each other and each soliton moves forward in the moving directions. As in the case (i), the center of gravity is in constant motion and the change in the coordinate of the soliton is smaller for the larger i . Figure 2 shows a typical example of the space-time trajectories of two solitons which are running in the opposite directions. f
(b) The schemalical representation for this case.
165
2
2
(Vol. 34,
M. T O D * and M. W*DATI
U(x,l) which is defined by*
t
«(x.r)=(/,,(x,r) , (3.6) and assume the boundary conditions u(x, t) and its derivatives with respect to x and ( ->0 as x-»co , (3.7) we have a new equation Uu-U„-U„„-6[U„?=0 . (3.8) As in § 2, we look for the solution in the form of tf(*,()=log^*,f) . (3,9) The equation for
I
(W»-^«-^)-^.H^. -f4 !'™i0.-3 f« =O . (3.10) (a) A soliton We have a solution of the form 1
(
sS(i,/)=l+,ie"-f" - A,n>0, which represents a soliton u(x,0=W«-yVW
(3.11)
!
4
= (1/4K sech (l/2)(tx-P(+S) , (3.12) (b) The schematical representation for this case.
with
p-'W+A-'. (3.13) The speed, the momentum and the mass of a This section begins with the derivation of the soliton are given respectively by [ Boussinesq equation from the equation of motion c=J . (3.14) for the exponential lattice, if the wave form F = varies slowly compared with the distance between xuix ,)dx= < 3 | 5 ) particles, the continuum approximation is - p generally valid. We may apply the operation and rule M=j" u(x,t)d-x=n . (3.16) e*W'/( )=/(n±l), (3.1) Therefore, again we have the relation toV(n, t)=r (r) and rewrite eq. (2.1) as § 3- The Boussinesq Equation
j~r
n
n
P=Mc . (3.17) m-— = la( 1-cosh — \er . (3.2) It is interesting to observe the similarities di' \ 3n) As afirstapproximation to linear wave equation, between eq. (2.8) with eq. (2,9) and eq. (3.12) with eq. (3.13). Especially, there is a simple we retain terms up to 0(3 (br)jdn') and correspondence in the dispersion relations. From 0{3Hf>ryidti ), and we have the relations (3.4), we see that ir
>
!
s
3t
L 3"
1
12 3n'
2 3n'
' J (3.3)
Changing variables t^jB^-tL, v m
<
3
I
8
>
If we expand eq. (2.9) /
x=-v T2nandu=—±-(br), vi (3.1)
we obtain the Boussinesq equation
we obtain, by using the relations (3.18), ,
which is eq. (3,13). H,i—Ui,—Hmr —6(M ),, —0 , (3.5) (b) Two solitons where the subscripts B and L denote the variables We have a solution of the form in the Boussinesq equation and an exponential * The function U(x, ij corresponds to S{x, i) and lattice respectively (wo have omitted these sub- eq, (3.6) to eq. (2.3'). We can easily see that eq. scripts in eq. (3.5)). If we introduce a function (2.2) yields eq. (3.8) as a continuum limit. !
166
1973)
A Soliton and Two Solitons ,
,
i) = l + / l , e i - ' i + A e W i ' Br-]agA 5r=log A +A,e"i*'2'—''i h" . (3.19) where n, and At are positive constants. We can and assume Ki>lt without loss of generality, 5i =log 4, The relative phase shifts are given by proof: L.H.S of eq. (3.10) ^ii/fi = (?l -M -*:i )(^/l4-44/ A) -ice r 1,; o + {fc-*z -K )(A f2+A,A f,f ) L ( 3i+w -(t +f ) -ui+«)' J (3.25) + f(ft-ft) -(ti-':!) -(*i-*i)'l' i-4i]/i/' • u
+
+
!
!
,
1
s
l
2
1
s
s
! i
!
J
1
s
1
i
,
+
o =5s -o - = -log - A =
where we have used notations
s
/i=exp(t x-ft() ,
(=1,2
f
(3.20)
and
(3.26)
For the case (ii), we have
/•=/./• • Therefore Mx, t) is the solution if
IV(.Y,
fit*—?+*t*, tel. 2
-a,>o
1
f)=— i sech — bnX—&t4-3t~, 1
K(
4
2 for r—>—co ,
(3.21)
and
2
(3.27)
s
= — J E , sech - - (tiX-ft'-W) 4 2 for /—>co . !
(^I+W -(EI + ^)
Z
(3.22) Again we see a similarity between eq. (2.20) and (3.22). In fact, the expansions of sinh functions with Ihe relations (3.18) give eq. (3.22). We have four cases depending on the choices of the signs of B, and Bz- In the same way as in § 2, we have two independent cases.
where
J»-=log —, Ai
Sr=[ogA,,
_
A, A\A
S,=d,*-dr=\os
{Bt-BzY-^-Kzf-^-^Y IjSi+W'-ln+wl'-lti + i.)'
A
A !
' '
(3.29)
(3.30) a=5+—s-= — log ——> o AiAi In the estimations of eqs. (3.25), (3.26), (3.29) and (3.30), we have used the inequality 1
=
o,+ = log
and
Case (i)
A
(3.28)
-(*.+«)*
Case (ii) 0
<
a
2
(gi-W-^-^'-f-ri-ti)' ((^l-l-^3 ) -(t -^-^ ) -( ,+f )• ^ !
!
i
1
^
l
'
S
which can be proved in regardless of the signs of J _ (ft-A) -<«1-^-I*.-*^ , , ft and Bz. (f3.+W -((, + E ) - ( M + ) ' ' ' Then we can conclude that the scattering process of two solitons in the Boussinesq equation is (c) Collision of two solitons The way of calculations to obtain the asympto- exactly same as that in an exponential lattice. tic forms of the solution is the same as those given Again, Fig. 1 corresponds to the case (i) and Fig, in g 2. Therefore, we only write down the results. 2 to the case (ii). For the case (i), we obtain §4. Korteweg-de Vries Equation H(X, I) = — n^sech* -y (iiX-pV+3r) It we assume that the wave is progressing to the a
S
I
!
2
L [ Z
for t—>—oo , = -^secb* - k ^ - f t r - i - ^ ) 4 2 for r->co , where
(3.23)
right, eq. (3-3) may be reduced into"" _m_ Br_ ab dt
+
dr dn
(3.24)
o 2
f
Br ^ 1 d ' r _ dn 24 dn'
0
(4.1) Changing variables
167
24
[Vol. 34,
M. TODA and M . WADATI
We have a solution of the form
ab
,
l
1
(4.2)
we obtain the K-dV equation H,+-12WU +H,„=0 . I
(4.3)
i
,,
,
3
where m and Ai are positive constants. We assumeii>
The subscripts K in eq. (4.2) refer to the variables a i ( n W ( V i + W i W +*i(«»'-A) in the K-dV equation. However, we do not X(A f +A,A,f f ) + [(x +K ){(x,+ :i) write down those subscripts in most cases. We introduce a function U(x, r) which is defined by -(ft-MAAlA/s , L
s
1
1
l
s
l
l
l
«(*,<) =
!
!
3=K*
u(x, l)=[« /li/l+'iW!+(('i+rM
(4.9')
!
l
i
S
3 1
+("i-^)'A A^f,ft+K A,A f fz The same equations as (3.14)-(3.17) also hold for + 'i A A f f ']l(\ + A f + A / + A,f,r this case. (4.14) We discuss the parallelism between a soliton in the K-dV equation and one in an exponential It is readily shown that lattice. Comparing the relation (the subscript L -i-faJcHSif+ir) refers to the lattice and K lo the Korteweg-de u(x, /)=—i^sech 4 2 Vries case) (4.15) for i-t—co , ftA=ei*i—At'* , = 4- 'i sech — we see that 2 fax-ftr+i,-+) for r- • + oo (4.16) x =K*bD, (4.10) where 1 Sj-^Iog Si =log^ sr= log A, 1
!
2
l
l
2
I
i
s
l
1
1
!
K
+
If we expand the dispersion relation for anand exponential lattice with respect to t as
s
+
a =log At . The relative phase shifts are s
9 ^ = 2 . / ^ sinh 4^V m 2 we obtain, by using the relations (4.10)
=fc+_a,-=log A _ = log f'5!=fL < o , AtAt W f «
5l
(4-17)
which is eq. (4.9'). (b) Two solitons
&=&••—&-=: — log
/Mi
=-&>0
(4-18)
168
1973)
A Soliton and Two Solitons
25
Therefore, we conclude that the collision process in the K-dV equation is the same as the case (i) of References an exponential lattice and the Boussinesq equation. 1) N.J. Zabusky and M.D. Kruskal; Phys. Rev, Letters IS (1965) 240. § S. Concluding Remarks 2) T. Taniuti and C.C. Wei: J. Phys. Soc. Japan 24(1968) 941. In the proceding sections, we have obtained one and two soliton solutions of an exponential lattice, 3) CS. Gardner, J.M. Greene, M.D. Kruskal and R.M. Miura: Phys. Rev. Letters 19 (1967) 1095. the Boussinesq equation and the K-dV equation in 4) M. Wadati and M. Toda: J. Phys. Soc. Japan a unified way, and found that all of them are in 32(1972) 1403. the similar forms. Especially, we have shown 5) V.E. Zakharov and A.B. Shabat: JETP 34 explicitly that the collision process of two solitons (1972) 62. has the same properties in three models. 6) M. Wadati: J. Phys. Soc. Japan 32(1972) 1681. The remarkable difference between the Bous- 7) R. Hirota: Phys. Rev. Letters 27 (1971) 1192, and preprints. sinesq equation and the K-dV equation is that the 8) M.Toda: J, Phys. Soc. Japan 22 (1967) 431; 23 former has solitons which run in cither directions, (1967) 501. but the solitons run in the same direction in the 9) M.Toda: Proc. Intern- Conf. Statistical Melatter. In this respect, the Boussinesq equation chanics, Kyoto. I96S. J. Phys. Soc. Japan 26 may be a better model for solitons in solid than (1969) Suppl. p 235. the K-dV equation, and more detail discussions 10) M.Toda: Prog, theor. Phys. Suppl. 4S (1970)174. on the Boussinesq equation will be required. Acknowledgement One of the authors (M.W.) is partially supported by theSakkokai Foundation.
169
JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN, Vol. 39, No. 5, NOVEMBER, 1975
Backhand Transformation for the Exponential Lattice Miki
WADATI
and Morikazu
TODA'
Institute for Optical Research, Kyoiku University, Shinjuku-ku, Tokyo 'Department of Physics, Faculty of Science, Chiba University, Chtba
(Received May 14, 1975) A Backlund transform a tioa associated with the equation of motion for an exponential lattice is found. It is shown that recursive application of the transformation provides an algebraic recursion formula for the solutions. Using the recursion formula, two-soliton solution is obtained and a method for constructing A'-soliton solution is presented. It is also shown that the fundamental equations of inverse method and conservation laws can be derived from the transformation. g 1. Introduction In the present paper we study a one-dimensional exponential lattice" with particular interest in the applicability of Backlund transformation extended to discrete lattice. The equation of motion for an exponential lattice in a dimensionk^i form is
exponential lattice. Using the transformation we obtain ooe-soliton solution and a method for constructing A'-soliton solution in $3 and 4, respectively. Recently the relationships among Backlund transformation, inverse method (or inverse scattering method) and conservation laws were pointed out for nonlinear partial differential equations." In §5 and 6, we show - 5 - = = x p { - ( Q - Q „ _ ) ) - e x p { - ( e „ - 0 . ) ! , that the fundamental equations of inverse method and conservation laws can be derived from (1.1) Backlund transformation as the case of nonin which Q„ denotes the displacement of the linear differential equations. n-th particle from its equilibrium position. In Although Backlund transformation given in terms of the relative displacement of adjacent eqs. (2.1) and (2.2) will be valid for wider particles, boundary conditions we discuss, in most cases, r.=Q.-Q.-, , (1.2) the problems under the boundary condition the equation may be rewritten as fi,-»constant as |n|->co . (1,4) dV We may consider that eq. (1.3) with the boun-TjT =2exp(-rj-exp(-r )-exp(-r,„,). dary condition (1.4) is equivalent to eq. (1.1). (1.3) Exponential lattice has served as a useful guide §2. Backlund Transformation in the study of nonlinear differential-difference A Backlund transformation for a partial difequations. ferential equation of second order in two inSince Lamb" applied Backlund transformation dependent variables is a pair offirstorder partial to obtain 2na pulse solutions of the Sine-Gordon differential equations that relate the dependent equation, there have been a series of successful variable satisfying the given equation to another applications to nonlinear partial differential dependent variable which satisfies the same (or equations; the Korteweg-de Vries equation," another in wider sense) partial differential equaModified Korteweg-de Vries equation" and non- tion of second order. We extend the idea to a linear Schrfldinger equation. ' However, there differential-difference equation. Then, for the has been no publication on Backlund transfor- equation of motion for an exponential lattice mation for nonlinear differential-difference equa- which is second order in time, we try to find tion. This paper is afirstsystematic report on a pair of differential-difference equations of first the subject. order in time. In §2, we present Backlund transformation Backlund transformation for eq. (1.3) Is inassociated with the equation of motion for an troduced as follows; s
n
1
1
n+1
1
1196
170
Backlund Transformation for the Exponential Lattice
1975)
1197 (2-1)
- f - ( G . - Q : - . ) = -4[ex {-(e;-e.)}-exp{-(e;- -e.-,))], P
1
Dl
4z < « - & ) = -
1
- [»:pi-(e- -c;))-exp (-(e.-e;-)}].
(2.2)
+I
where ,4 is an arbitrary constant. Il is easily verified that r„=Q„—Q„-i and r'„=i2;—Qi_, satisfy eq. (1.3). If we impose the boundary condition Q. and Q'„ -»constant Backlund transformation is rewritten as follows.
From eqs. (2.1) and (2.2), we have
^a._^ p{_( ;_ .)} eK
C
(2.3)
as \n\ ~* co ,
e
at
L p _( ,- _,)} eX
(
Q
Gi
A (2.4)
We notice that the suffixes of right hand side are less by one than those of left hand side. Descending the expression one by one and using the boundary condition, (2.3), we obtain d
(2.5)
-^=^exp(-(Ci-(?„))- ]+^-[exp{-(Q.-e;- )l-y]. C
1
where (2.6)
c = exp(-(G!„-Q-J}. Similarly, we obtain at
=A[exp{-(Q'„-Q„))-c]
+ - 4 - r « p { - ( e . i - Q l ) } - —1 • AL c _J
(2.7)
+
Equations (2.5) and (2.7) give Backlund trans- For definiteness, we set formation for eq. (1.3) with the boundary conz=e-" , w>0 (3.5) dition (1.4) and also for eq. (1,1). The extension of our discussion to other cases is straightforward and will be omitted. § 3. One-Soliton Solution Substituting eq. (3.3) into eq. (2.5), we obtain We note that eq. (1.3) admits the trivial *6(n+lHsft(n-l)=(z+ y-)#»> . (3.6) solution, (2„=r= constant , (3.1) Also, substituting eq. (3.3) into eq. (2.7) and which will be referred as the "vacuum solution'', using the relation (3.6), we have One-soliton solution can be obtained from the m , ^(tt-1) _
w h e r e
(3 3)
fc
a
n
a r b j t r a r y
r u n c t i o n
Q
f (
(3.3). Equation (3.7) with the asymptotic form (3.8) reduces to
where : = ^ e x p ( C - „ - Q l J ^ e x p ( r - r ' ) . (3.4)
^( )=^( -l)+|Jg + - ] ^ . n
n
(3.9)
i
7
)
172
1975)
Backlund Transformation for the Exponential Lattice
need this kind of solutions to construct fV-soliton solution as will be seen in next section. We note that both regular and singular solutions have the same finite asymptotic values. Before we proceed, we try to rewrite the solution in a rather familiar form.'." From eq. (3.3), we have - p f - ^ - G U J ^ ^ g M
. (3.26)
Equations (3.6) and (3.11) yield
1199
e x p { - ( G ; - Q i - » = l - f - ^ - l o g , I K B + l ) - (3.29) t
d
Of course, after we know the explicit form of ^(«-|-l),eq. (3.15), it is easy to prove eq. (3.29) by direct calculations. § 4.
Method for Constructing .\-Sol it on Solution In this section we shall obtain an algebraic recursion formula for constructing a ladder of solutions. For the purpose, consides a sequence of Backlund transformations (Fig. 1);
l(fr+l> = - ! K » ) + ( * + y - ) # » + ! ) T
= K n + 2 ) - - i - ^ + y ^ ( n + l ) , (3.27) (
and ^(n+l)=-tfi(n+l)+-i-(z+ i-)V(n+l) . (3.28) Substituting eqs. (3.27) and (3.28) into eq. (3.26), we obtain
Un Fig. 1. Diagram for a sequence of Backlund transformations giving the relation (4.12).
-—(Gr-G^^J^AIexpl-^-G^W-expl-te^i-e™^}] ,
(4-1)
-j^^fijMfliteS^^ at
(4.2)
.
-^(G^-G^J^^texpl-lG^'-ffi'lJ-^pt-fG^-G^,))] ,
-|-<e?MP5^H^
•
(4.3) (4 4
->
Here we impose the boundary condition; <
0
l
,
a
G - i=r ° =constant , @S^=f^= constant , Q'P„=f =constant
i
, Q'. £=r"*>=constant , (4.5)
and Q'°l+Q«i>^Q
(4.6)
Then, we have 0 >
-|-(G, -G?i,)=r,£Mpl-(e^-G^
(4.7)
•J^t^H^i)"^
(4.8)
£ (t?."-OSii)-*itexpI « ^ ^ ® H ^ * I ^ r ^ ^ where
(4.10)
173
1200
tvi.
WADATI
and
t =A e,xp(f'>-r<")=A exp(f"-f">) , l
l
M . TODA
(Vol.
z =A exp(f>-f'>)=A,exp( ">-f»)
l
1
t
39,
. (4.11)
T
Eliminaiing the terms with time derivative from eqs. (4.7)-(4.10), we obtain [z exp{-(Q'.'i,-Q^)}-z expM^ 1
1
+ [z exp f0—Qg!Q—X, exp (Q-Q?l)] exp{-Qi'"+Q™) t
1
+ [* exp(C?, i,-QL'i)-z,exp{Q^^ 1
which is equal to —Z,—1,-fZ,—z,—0 ,
as n - m .
Then, we find that the second-order transformation of a solution can be expressed in terms of the original solution and twofirst-ordertransformations of it; pttv,
r
r
'
l
,
J,,
1
P
W
^,exp(e , l -! )-!,exp(Q»: ~r" ) * ' " " 1
r
r
i
'
(4.12) Sinoe the starting solution Q£' is arbitrary, this relation gives a recursion formula to be used for constructing a ladder of solutions. For example, we can obtain two-soliton solution starting from the vacuum solution Q'"', Q
(4.13)
Let Q'„" and Q'„" be one-soliton solution and one-antisoliton solution, respectively; exptOg'-^z,
i6,(n + 2)
-
(4.14)
exp(Qi»-r«>)M = z! ±f 1^ L - ,, ft(n+2)
(4.15)
t
where ^(n, j) = S,exp(—nw,—rsinhw,) + C,exp(nWi+(sinhwi) ,
(4.16)
fliC,>0 .
(4.17)
and ip,(n, r) = fl exp(—n»,-(sinhw ) + C,exp(nwj + isinh»,) , 1
(4.18)
5
S C <0 . t
(4.19)
f
Substituting eqs. (4.13), (4.14) and (4.15) into eq. (4.12). we have ,
,
,
,
!!
exp(Q „^ -r " )=z,z -/ - ,
(4-20)
t
where ,
=2D,cosh[n(w,+ f,)+((sinhiv -rSinhH> ) + aj4-2Acosh [n(H-,-w,)+/(sinhH',-sinhH' )+o ] , (4.21) 1
A>0 ,
1
I
D,>0,
1
e « , _ ££.e«-.".> . =
t
(4.24)
B B
Z) '=-4BAC.Qsinh'^-(* -H. ), 1
1
!
I
D ' = -45.B C.C,sinh — (w. + w.) , ' 2 1
1
1t
1
(4.22)
_ e^^-^kLe'W,--^.
{4.25}
(4.23) ,. ' Since the function /„ given by eq. (4.21) satisfies c
174
1975)
Backlund Transformation for the Exponential Lattice /n+i/f.-i=/V+/-/.—•
1201
(4-26) respect to an auxiliary function which is introduced to relate a solution to the other. We shall show that this procedure also works for discrete problem. The special example where Q is vacuum solution was already mentioned 81
we obtain 1
exp{—(G.'"—
ff-'-i))—
n
2
= l+-^log/„, (4.27) ™ § dt' Keeping in mind eq. (J.3) we introduce an which is the known two-soliton solution. auxiliary function ^(n) in the following form, The usage of antisoliton solution in con. ( l_tn +0 \\ (5 1) structing W-soliton solution from Backlund transP< »-iJ"PI, ^" "-'J^„ + i) ' ' a
e x
u
+
<J
(
1
2
formation is common to the case of the Kortewegde Vries equation." Since we know that anti, . , ., . , soliton solutions play the similar role as antikink solutions of the Sine-Gordon equation, we conjeeture that jV-soliton solution can be constructed fromeq. (4.12) by the similar way as Barnard's."
S u b s l j t u
n
t i o n of eq. (5.1) into eq. (2.5) gives , ,, , ,.., a{n—l)(n) , (5.2) v
w n e r e
w
§ 5 . Derirationof InverseMetbodfromBacklund
e
^ve, used the abbreviations; a(n)=o„= y e x p ( - ( Q „ - ( 3 „ _ , ) | ,
Transformation
b
(
n
)
=
b
t
=
_±M=i. , 2
For nonlinear partial differential equations, it has been known that the fundamental equations
d
(5.3) .)
(5 4
t
i-Ac=Aex.p(.Q-.-Q'. )
.
m
(5.5)
of inverse method can be derived from Backlund
For the present purpose il is more convenient
transformation by linearizing the equation with
to work with the expression
- ^(G.+Q„-,-2Q:-,)=^[exp{-(Q'-G.))-exp{-{t?' _ -Q._,)H d
n
1
-i-[e tpi-(f2.-Q:- )}-exp{-(C?,. -Q;_ )H , J
1
I
1
(5.6)
instead of eq. (2.7). Substitution of eq, (5.1) into eq. (5.6) gives #1+1)
•P(n + \)
tpin-r-l)
^(n)
Equation (5.7) implies that tp(n)
#1)
tf>(n)
that is •p(n)=a(n)
(5.8
where F(t) is independent of n, but an arbitrary function of time r. This arbitrariness is associated with the fact that any addition of diagonal matrix to the matrix B does not change the equation for the matrix L, l,=[B,L] = BL-LB.
(5.9)
Then, we may take F=0, so we obtain y5(n)=o(n)#i+l)-a(n-l)#i-l) .
(5.10)
Equations (5.2) and (5.10) constitute the fundamental equations of inverse method first introduced by Flaschka."" The set of eqs. (5.1). (5.2) and (5.10) gives an alternative method to construct TV-soliton solutions,
175
1202
M.
WADATI
and
M.
TODA
(Vol.
tfm(n-l)^**"(n-l)4-tf*>M^
, (5.12)
^^o ) «f>( ) («.m i)_ «o( _i (Jf*i)( _i) . (n
=0
39,
n
i6
n+
a
n
)s6
(5.13)
n
Finally we point out that eq. (5.1) is similar to the relation, 1
w —m=~2-~\og
(5.14) !
which was used in tne theory of Backlund transformation for the Korteweg-de Vries equation. '" § 6. Derivation of Conservation Laws from Backlund Transformation Henon " and Flaschka" obtained constants of motion for eq. (1.1) under the periodic boundary condition. In this section we shall present a systematic way to construct conservation laws from Backlund transformation assuming the boundary condition; 1
1
Q„ and G'* -"constants
as tnJ-»oo .
(6.1)
We expand exp{—(Q'„—Q„t,)l in the power series of z, exp{-
(Q:-G, ,»=C £
e-jV
+
.
z=Ac
.
(6.2)
Substituting eq. (6.2) into eq. (2.5) and equating the terms of the same powers of z, we obtain a recursion formula for /?"; t=0 1=0
l-5-l = n.-J
with =
ijfgSMft, A"- !=0
arid
/•„ = £>„.
(6.4)
Formula (6.3) with (6.4) gives
/Vli=-P.
.
f.'l^-P.'+lP.-Aa'^P^+lP,} , /V? =P/-3P.Hl+4aUi(^U,+3AH2P„ P„-3) + 16cU.(o ,«+<J . !
1
+1
(6.5) On the other hand, substitution of eq. (6.2) into eq. (2.1) yields — [logic 2 z"/r )] = 4z[flUi £ z'f^'-al S rVtSJ . dj »=a • =<> 1
(6.6)
Again equating the terms of the same powers of z, we obtain
dt where ftSJ, is given by tog ( E z-A--'i)- 2 z ' A ^ i • =0
t=l
68
<>
176
1975)
Backlund Transformation for Ike Exponential Lattice
1203
Equation (6.7) is in the form of conservation laws and 2 ^'(k—l.l, •••) are constants of motion. Explicit forms of
are obtained from eqs. (6.3) and (6,8), for example,
0<J1, = / ^ - i (/^)'~ y = -Lp\-n+^r 4
2
( ^
+ 4 ^ ( ^ . i + n + -P„ i',-2) +1
,
+ 16oUi(oU»+y« . i) • +
+1
16.9)
Rev. Letters 31 (1973) 1386. 4) M. Wadati: J. Phys. Soc. Japan 3* (1974) 1498. momentum and the total energy of the lattice. 5) G.L. Lamb, Jr.: J. math. Phys. 15 (1974) The existence of an infinite number of conser2157. vation laws is the reflection of the fact that 6) M. Wadati, H. Sanuki and K. Konno: Progr. an exponential lattice is an integrable system. theor. Phys. S3 (1975) 419. References 7) M. Toda and M. Wadati: J. Phys. Soc. Japan 34 (1973) 18. 1) M. Toda: J. Phys. Soc. Japan 22 (1967) 431; B) R. Hirota: J. Phys. Soc. Japan 35 (1973) 286. 13 (1967) 501; 26 Suppl. (1969) 235; Progr. 9) T.W. Barnard: Phys. Rev. A7 (1973) 373. theor. Phys. Suppl. 45 (1970) 174; Physics Reports 18 C (1975) 1. 10) H. Flaschka: Progr. theor. Phys. 51 (1974) 2) G.L. Lamb. Jr.: Rev. mod. Phys. 43 (1971) 703. 99. 11) M. Henoo: Phys. Rev. B9 (1974) 1921. 3) H.D. Wahlquist and F.B. Estabrook: Phys. 12) H. Flaschka: Phys. Rev. B9 (1974)1924. 1
We find that - JJ O*" and JJ Df are the total
177
J O U R N A L of
T H E P H Y S I C A L SOCIETY O F J A P A N ,
Vol.
39,
No.
5,
NOVEMBER,
1975
A Canonical Transformation for the Exponential Lattice Morikazu TODA and Miki WADATI' Department of Physics, Faculty of Science, Chiba University, Yayoichi, Chiba ISO 'Institute for Optica! Research, Kyoiku University, Shinjuku-ku, Tokyo
[Received May 15, 1975} A canonical transformation which gives the relation between two solutions of an exponential lattice is presented. Using this relation a new solution can be obtained from a known solution. It is thus a discrete version of the Backlund transformation. § 1. Introduction flow of incompressible ideal Buid, in which new In this paper we apply the theory of can- Bow patterns are derived from known ones. onical trnsformation to a onc-dimentional non- For several non-linear wave equations, partial linear lattice, the exponential lattice. One of differential equations, we have Backlund transthe authors (M.T.), in the study of one-dimen- formations which allow us to find new solutional lattices, introduced the concept of dual tions from known ones. The canonical transtransformation, a canonical transformation, formation presented in this paper may be and successfully applied it to the exponential thought as a discrete version of the Backlund lattice." The aim of the present paper is to transformation." Let us begin with a simple comment. Conintroduce a canonical transformation which maps the dynamical space of the exponential sider a transformation of the sets of variables lattice to itself and allows us to derive new G={G„I and P={P.) such that solutions of the equations of motion from other P.=UQ)IUQ')+f.-,miUQ). (I-'a) known solutions. We have a similar but much PJ=MQ)lf.m+MQ')lf~.dQ) • (l ib) simpler situation in the theory of confoimal representation applied to the two-dimensional Then we readily see that 11
\± 12
f
f '
+
/—(QO )
.=-±v„ fjf?)
\
(i 12
f
/.«?) 1
f "
r
, i V / ,(G) / t
n(
1
= -yl/-^- (e')//-^(e)l +y{/ (G')//„, ,(Q))'. 1
B
(
(1.2)
Therefore, if we have a canonical transformation of the form (1.1), it will transform the Hamiltonian Bt& * J = 4 r E P.*+ 2 -£~k (1.3) * " /nti(u) to itself except for a constant term when appropriate boundary conditions are imposed. In § 2 we consider an infinite exponential lattice. Some relations to other non-linear discrete systems are discussed in § 3. Finally in § 4, we shall also consider a canonical transformation for an exponential lattice in its dual form. 1
§ 2. Application to the Exponential Lattice In this section we consider an exponential lattice with the Hamiltonian «m*j=4-
£ f„*+ B exp{-(G,-G.-,}| .
(2-1)
Referring to eq. (1.3), it is quite natural to ask for a canonical transformation which leads to the transformation of the form (1.2) with A(G)=exp (+G.I1204
178
1975)
A Canonical Transformation for the Exponential Lattice
1205
Thus we consider a canonical trans forma lion induced by the generating function «pMQ/HMI- i
wt§, G ' K S
exp M a M - & m < * t o / - ( M ] ,
where .4 and o are constants to be determined later by the boundary conditions. transformation is derived by the formulas" A
P.=~= ^ ' = - ^
e
The canonical
*P {-(On'-OJI + i exp ( - ( f i . - d . , ) ) - « * ,
= ^exp(-(0,'-Q )}+^-exp{-((2„. -G„')}-"^ n
M
1
(2.3a) (2-3b)
In the following, we treat an infinite lattice assuming the boundary conditions that Q„ and Q / both tend to constant values at infinity: G„-K?-=, , QJ^*QZ*. for n - . - ™ ,
(2.4a)
G.--G= . G„'—QJ
(2.4b)
for
Since then r*, and />„' both vanish at infinity, we have A exp f - ( G U - G - J K - j exp { - ( G - - G ^ ) f - n - O ,
(2.5a)
^expl-(Q '-OJ) + -jexp(He„-a/))- =Q .
(2.5b)
=
a
Therefore the constants a and /I are determined in terms of the values at infinity as a^AC+J- . AC
(2.6a)
C=exp(-((2:„-G__), ,
(2.6b) (2.6c)
We shall assume the case A>0. The other case ,4<0 can be treated in the same way. The difference between the total momenta JJ P, and JJ P,' is readily found from eqs. (2.3) io be ,
__E_(' ,'-P„) = 2sinhy((£?.'-e'-)-(Q.-Q-)l -
(2.7)
Thus we have jj P/= j j
P. + const . f
Next, we shall see the relation between E P„" and JJ P„ . I
(2.8)
From eqs. (2.3) we have
I
JJ (P/ + Q) = ^ Eexp{-2(Q '-G,H + - i - Eexp(-2(e. -G„')) + 2 JJ exp(-(C,„-Q„)| , (2.9a) n
JJ (/*. + «) W E « t p l
2(C„' GJ) I '
In virtue of eq. (2.8) we have therefore
(1
Eexp
{2(Q„ QL,)] I 2 2 exp {-(t?,'-Qi.,)] . (2.9b)
179
1206
M . T O D A and
n
M . WADATI
_ £ P , ' ' - _ i l _ / V = - 2 _ _ f Mp(-(G„'-K_,)}+2^jj_ r o
n
m
(Vol.
39,
exp{-(Q„,-G,)} + const . (2.10)
By the general theory, the transformed Hamiltonian is given as H'(Q', P')=H[Q(Q>, /"), P(Q', P'))+ ^ at
.
(2.11)
In our case, eqs. (2.1) and (2.10) yield the new Hamiltonian H'{Q', P')=-j JI...J6"* . S__exp{-(G.'-G;_,))+const .
(2.12)
This is the same in form to the original Hamiltonian H(Q, P) except for an additional constant. Thus the above transformation maps the dynamical space of the system to itself. In other words, if G and P constitute a solution of the equations of motion for the exponential lattice
^=-g-=A.
(2.13a)
A . = —^-=exp!-(Q -Q _,))-exp(-(G,. -Q.)} , n
oG„
n
1
(2.13b)
then Q' and P' give a solution of the same system e.g., (V=
(2.14a)
K' = -^ =exp(-(Q/-G;_,))-exp{-(G;. -Q.')|. r
(2.14b)
1
In this sense the above transformation is an extension of the Backlund transformation to the discrete lattice." As a simple example, let us start with the trivial solution G, = 0 ,
(2.15)
and show that we have the solution expressed by „
.
cosh Un + Bs)
,,,
with 0=sinh
(2.17)
t
and A=e~' ,
a=e' + e-'
(2.18)
To show this we insert eqs. (2.15) to (2.18) into eq. (2.3a). We obtain „ _cosh kfr+O+fr] cosh M"-i) + 8t) ,„,„,,_„ '~ cosh( ^)"" cosh( n+M '-°
P
+
(
in+
6
+
e
m (
2
1
9
)
t
From eq. (2.3b) we obtain a ,...cosh[<:(tt+l)+6T] cosh (m+Bt) s
n h(
i n +
3
cosh(,»t+pV) cosh [ifn + IJ+M )
= :inh ' ' ' - ' i cosh («7i+pr) t
s i n l 1
W" + Q+ffl] I cosh[t(ii + I)+jS/] |
, '• '
n 20)
180
A Canonical Transformation for the Exponential Lattice
1975)
120
Thus eq. (2.16) is Lhe solution, which expresses a soliton. Indeed, we have «*iit exp(
tf>> CP H ,_wshMn+l)+M cosh^n-U+ffl] (Q„ 1sosh^+W c
o
s
h
(
t
n
+
_•
w
^sinh't-sech'frn+fJr) .
<2.21)
This soliton progresses lo the left. IF we change the sign of A, we have a soliton propressing to the right. If we start with a one-soliton solution the transformation given by eqs. (2,3) adds another soliton to the solution yielding a two-soliton state. In general, the present transformation will add a soliton to the solution. 31
g3. Relations to Other Systems Since r*„=dQ„/dr etc., eqs. (2.3) can be written as &=A exp {-(C„'-G„,}+J- wp { - < & , - & - , » - « , A
(3.1a)
Q.'=A exp { - ( G . ' - G J R ^ exp { - ( G „ , - G „ ' ) H a .
(3.1b)
+
l)
These are extended equations of those treated by Kac and Moerbeke. The transformations between the ft, variables and the QJ variables constitute the following formula: Q:-
/
G.'
\
G:.,
/ \
/
G,
\
0.«
If we take the differences of eqs. (3.1), we have 1
| ( G , M - G . ' ) = ^[exp ( - ( Q ^ - Q - J l - e x p ( - ( G , ' - Q . ) | ] .
(3.3a)
^•(G.'-GJ^texpt-IO^.-G/H-expt-tC-cS^,))! .
(3.3b)
We can eliminate the factors A and \/A by which is an equation discussed by Kac and shifting all the C's by —log A. Further, if we Moerbeke" and by Moser." introduce the variables If we put t~!«;=Q„^-Q»' . <3.4a) exp(-f„,)-o=r«. (3.8a) 1
&.=G/-G. • eqs. (3.3) are unified as ^-=exp (-f, ,)-exp (-£,_,) . +
&
A b
)
exp ( - ^ „ „ ) - o ' = K. w
e
(3.8b)
h a y e
(3.5)
1 j ! ^ y _ p> I -\-a dr j , ^ =/.-/.•. •
i
( 3
9 a )
n
n
This equation was also suggested by Kac and Moerbeke." d-9b) There are many equivalent or closely related non-linear systems. For example, if we write express a ladder circuit as discussed by , , _. , , „ Daikoku et al. flj=exp(-;,/2) , (3,6) we have from eq. (3.5) g 4. Dual Expression y
+
g
w h i c h
n
da, __ I ^ , _ , j dr 2 '* ' a
a
a
j j. ' 3
In this section we express the canonical transformation introduced in § 2 in terms of the
181
I20S
M. T O D * and M.
(Vol. 39.
WADATI
dual variables. In a one-dimensional lattice. For definiteness, we consider a semi-infinite when we interchange the role of the particles lattice extending to the left: n = — co~N. Aswith that of the springs connecting adjacent suming |j _Q (4 2) panicles, the resulting lattice is called dual to the original one." The transformation to the •—~ dual lattice is performed by choosing the rela- we write tive displacements Q„(r)^r„ + r -,+ • • • (4.3) mr
n
r„=0„-e„-,
(4.1) for the displacement of the n-th particle. The Lagrangian of the system is"
as the general coordinates. L=\
1
(/,+',_,+ •••)'- I
lexp(-r,) + r,}
(4.4)
and the momentum cojugale to r„ is given by =
= £ (f,+r _ +---) . or. j - " J
(4.5)
1
We note «,= i & = i p,,
(4.6)
and
p
= 0.= . .
(4.7a)
tg=rg+r„^-i
=6.=r,.
(t.7b)
The Hamiltonian is now given as H(r, s)= E f s,-L •— —™ n
^y^^EJ^-^.J'+yV+^E^lMpt-O+rJ.
(4.8)
As the generating function for the canonical transformation we introduce m.r,f)=A E exp {Oj(r)-fi/(r'H — 7 E'exp (Q,'(r')-0 ,(r)} f— i—» )+
+ ff E (e/('')-Q,(r))-o,Q '(r') .
(4-9)
K
J™
—
where / i , a and a, are constants, and 10a
&(r)='- +r _ + . . - • J
J
v4' )
1
,
Q/(r )=r/+rj'-i+ • • -
(4.10b)
The canonical transformation is given as , = -^-=A E exp(C? (r)-Q/f')) + 4- I 3
J
ejt
P W^WHft*^HC*^W» '
(
W
"= J
j / _2*i ,4 £ exp(Q,C)-0/V)) + — "jj'exp{Q,'(r')-C? *,(r)}-(W-''+l)n + « , Sr.' !=" ^ i=« =
=
)
1
4
Ua
< ' '
(n^JV-1) (4.11b)
182
1975)
A Canonical Transformation for the Exponential Lattice
^'-—p^.^AtxpiQArt-QAr'n-t
+ C-i •
1209
<4.11c)
In the limit as n->—co, we assume that the lattice is at test, so that /\->0, or lim (s„-j„ ,)=0 , +
lim ( i / - ^ . i ) = 0 .
(4.12)
exp [ Q : „ - C 2 - J - - 0 .
(4.13)
That is to say A exp (Q-„-Q'-Jl~
Q
We now go over to an infinite lattice by letting W->co and assuming Q„->0: limj = lim (s„—s„, )=0 ,
(4.14a)
lim V = lim
(4.14b)
iv
1
jf. jMJ .
Thus we have Aexp(Q.-QJ) + j^exp{Q„'-Q„)-a
=0 ,
A exp (Q_-{2_')-a+ai = 0 .
(4.15a) (4.15b)
From eqs. (4.13) and (4.15) we have
a,=AC ,
(4.1fib)
o=^C+-^ ,
(4.16c)
C=exp(-(Q'_.-Q_J).
(4.16d)
AC
The total momentum of a part of the lattice from n^ — N, to iV is P= "f
(s«-S,+iJ+«.
(4.17a)
After the transformation the total momentum of the same part becomes P'= %
(A'-JU.I + V .
(4.17b)
Making the difference of these expressions, we take the limit N, N,->co to find P'-P=4-(^p(e„'-Q.)-exp(Q'.„-l3.J)=conts . A
(4.18)
Further, the expressions for the kinetic energies are found from eqs. (4.7) to be s'
(J.-^.O'+^-V ,
% W-s'„ Y+\ „-' 2 •>=-* 2 l
l
(4.19a) .
0
We take the difference of K and K' and insert eqs. (4.11) to find
(4.19b)
183
1210
M . T O D A and
M . WADATI
(Vol.
39,
K+ £ exp{Q„(r)-Q, ,(r))=K' + "f' exp{Q',.,(r')-Q '{r')}+R(N , N) , r
••••Ml
n
"-"n
(4.2
t
where R(jV,, JV) depends only on the boundary values at n— — N and N. On the other hand, since c
QAr)= £ r, ,
Q„'(r>)= jj r„'
(4.21)
we have from eq. (4.11c) E
r.=
(4.22)
JJ r.'+log
where V tends to zero because of eq. (4.14b) in the limit as #-><». Now, in the limit as N N-im we obtain the transformed Hamiltonian S7
H'(r', j')=ff[r(r', j-), s(r'. sTfi = £ 4-( ~-- "i)'+ S (expf-rJ + r.J+const , J
t
(4.23)
so that the lattice is transformed to itself by Combining eqs. (4.28) and (4.29) we have 1 tbe above canonical transformation. If r. and j„ constitute a solution of the canonical equa^+1=—I^P (Qn'(r')—wp (C-ifr')! . lions of motion (n=—«wco) (4.30) f„=—=2j.-s„. -J, , , 3S.
(4.24a) which yields
j.=—~-exp(-r.)-l ,
(4.24b)
1
t
or,
S-'-^-lMptQM-expfQ^.MH+s:..
(4.31)
We shall verify that we have the solution or the equation of motion of the dual lattice , ...... „ ,. , , , ~ J.'=p"{tanh (jtn+0/)—1} (4.32) -^-log(l + j „ ) = j „ . + j , - 2 j . , (4.24c) with 1
( 1
then the transforms, r„' and j„', express another possible motion of the lattice satisfying r.'=-^77-=2j/-j|,-i~j; i . +
t h a l
J
i
(4.33)
n
/->0 accordance with eq. (4.14b) io the limit as N-n». Equation (4,32) expresses (4.25a) soliton (cf. eq. (4.25b)) a
1
StP
* '—
,8=sinh K , N o l e
—pwn ( r ') 1 or,' * " ' K
(4 25b)
ri
exp ( - 0 - 1 = ^ = 0 ' s e c h (*n+0l) . (4.34) To show that eq. (4.32) or (4.34) satisfies eqs. (4.28) and (4.31), we start with
— log(l + j/)=<- +<*.-2V (4.25c) at exp(r.')=(l+^ sech (tn+^)!" As an example, let us choose the trivial solu_ cosh' (tn+fr) tion cosh hrfn+lJ+pV] cosh [*(n—l) + Bl] ' (4.35) r =j.=0 , G_„=G..=0 . (4.26) 1
6
1
I
1
n
w h i c h
Then we have
, (Q-'+Q'^
A=e ?
,
y
i e l d s
«p(e.')=Jim
(4.27)
n^xpir/) cosh ttcn+Bt)
^m^WMXW) + ^-expiQ:-,(r'))-«=0 ,
= e
t
(4.28)
1s „ ' - ^ . = - 4 e x p ( - Q . ' ( r ' ) } + ^.exp(0.'(r')}- . 1
-cosh[ (
a
U s j n g
| h i sf o r m u [ a
w
e
n +
i)
+ M
,, ,,, '
( 4
-
3 6 )
find
exp(G(._)-exp(CUi)=e-'WanhUn +fl/)+ l) . * (4.37) t
W
P
(4.29) Thus eq. (4.31) is satisfied with
184
1975)
A Canonical Transformation for the Exponential Lattice
1211
39 (1975) 1196. 4) For example, E. T. Whittaker: Anafyiical Dynamics (Cambridge Univ. Press, 1972); H. Goldstein: Classical Mechanics (AddisonWesley, 1950). References 5) M. Kac and P. van Moerbeke: Advances in Mathematics 16 (1975) 160; J. Moser: to appear 1) M. Toda: J. Phys. Soc. Japan 20 (1965) 2095; in Advances in Mathematics (1975). Progr. theor. Phys. Suppl. 36 (1966) 113. 2) M. Toda: J. Phys. Soc, Japan 22 (1967) 431; 6) J. Moser: preprint from the Courant Institute of Mathematical Sciences. 23 (1967) 501; Progr. theor. Phys. Suppl. 45 (1970) 174. 7) K. Daikoku, Y. Mizushima and T. Tamama: Japan. J. appl. Phys. 14 (1975) 367. 3) M. Wadati and M. Toda: J. Phys. Soc. Japan yt=e- .
S**==—2/9 .
(4.38)
We have already seen in § 2 thai expQ„ given by eq. (4.36) satisfies eq. (4.28).
185
Supplement of the Progress of Theoretical Physics, No. 59,1976
1
Development of the Theory of a Nonlinear Lattice
Morikazu
T O D A
Institute for Applied Physics, Faculty of Engineering Yokohama National University, Yokohama 233 (Received April 17, 1976)
An extensive account of the exact theory of wave propagation in the one-dimensional nonlinear lattice with exponential interaction between nearest neighbor particles is given. A brief review of the development, useful particular solutions, the general method of solving the equations of motion and the relation between the discrete lattice and the continuous Korteweg-de Vries system are given, with some future aspect of the problems of nonlinear lattices.
§ 1.
Introduction
In this article the author wishes to present the problems related to wave propagation in nonlinear lattices with special emphasis on the one-dimensional lattice of particles with the nearest neighbor interaction of the exponential type (the exp-lattice or the Toda lattice). The development of the theory of the nonlinear lattice will be briefly reviewed in §§1 and 2, and the characteristic features of waves will be presented in §3 by showing particular solutions to the equations of motion for the lattice. In §jj 4 and 5, general theory of the exp-lattice will be followed by the general method for solving the equations of motion. If one takes the continuum limit under certain restrictions, one sees that the time evolution of the wave can be approximated by a partial differential equation which was found by Korteweg and de Vries to describe shallowwater waves ( K d V equation). In §6 the relation between the exp-lattice and the K d V equation will be discussed. In the final section, some remarks on further problems will be presented. 1-1.
Nonlinear
lattice
The equations of motion for the one-dimensional lattice of particles with nearest neighbor interaction can be written, when no external force is present, as •g
( » = - . ! . 2,
)
186
2
M. Toda
where y stands for the displacement, m„ the mass of the «-th particle, rf>„ the interaction potential between the «-th and the ( « — l ) - t h particles, and d>' its derivative. We shall mainly be concerned with a uniform lattice n
B
m
^aW
=
~
*'C*M-1 - ^ 4 -
(1-2)
If the interaction force is linear with respect t o y , that is, i f l'(r) = w , where K is a constant, then E q . (1'2) represents a system of harmonic oscillators. Such a system has normal modes, and its natural motion can be expressed as a superposition of these normal modes. When nonlinearity of the interaction force is introduced, transition of energy between normal modes will be allowed in general, and the system might become ergodic. Fermi, Pasta and U l a m ( F P U ) , around 1953, wanted to test this numerically for one-dimensional nonlinear lattices. ' They assumed different nonlinear terms of the interaction force, cubic, quartic, and a broken-linear interaction force. These led to qualitatively the same result: Contrary to their expectation these nonlinear lattices returned to the initial state, showing only small tendencies to sharing of energy among normal modes. Since it is usually believed that nonlinearity will lead the system to the state of thermal equilibrium which is characterized by the equipartition of energy, F P U ' s finding of the recurrence phenomena gave a severe shock, which gave rise to extensive study of the problems of nonlinear lattices. r
1
1-2.
Recurrence phenomena
F P U ' s result was re-examined by others and the recurrence phenomena were found to be quite general to one-dimensional nonlinear lattices. Some of the results were summarized by Zabusky as follows. ! Consider a lattice with the interaction potential of the cubic nonlinearity, 2,
3>
4
^=M *+
<
1 ^
f
(
l-3)
where K stands for the force constant and a the nonlinearity parameter. If both ends (w=0 and n=N) are fixed, and the initial state is the lowest linear mode, that is, the initial condition for y (i) is such that n
7 n
(0)=Ssin'^,
then the recurrence time t
g
_ tR
~
where t
L
> (0) = 0, o
(1-4)
is given empirically by 3 2
PAN ' 4MB
(linear period) stands for
(1-5)
187
Development of the Theory of a Nonlinear
Lattice
t =%Nf4rThn~
3 (1-6)
L
which is the time for a wave of extremely long wavelength to travel the harmonic lattice (a = 0) of the length IN. It is to be noted that the recurrence time t goes to infinity i n the limit of N—*-oo as well as in the limit of | a | B—»0. Perturbational approach to weakly nonlinear oscillator system was developed by F o r d ' and by Jackson. ' These studies indicated that the F P U system failed to show energy-sharing because of an unfortuitous choice of the number N of the particles in the lattice. They chose N= 16 and 32. Energy sharing occurs only i f the unperturbed frequencies oj —2-JK/m sin (krr/2N) satisfy resonant condition of the form R
2
3
k
h
where the nj. are certain integers determined by the particular coupling used in the perturbational treatment. If the resonant condition (1-7) is satisfied, energy sharing might take place. But even in this case, the system would not be ergodic. We shall not enter the detailed arguments, and leave them to the references. The recurrence phenomena will be approximately valid i n general for non-zero but small value of the nonlinearity parameter | a | , provided that the initial state is reasonably smooth, and the total energy not too large. The simplest motions which exhibit recurrence to the initial state are those of the normal modes of harmonic oscillator systems. However, Ford and Waters found by computer analysis that "nonlinear" oscillator systems have "normal modes", where a normal mode is defined as motion in which each oscillator moves at essentially constant amplitude and at a given frequency. ' Thus it was anticipated that certain nonlinear system would admit analytic solutions, and the author was led to the effort of finding out such a system together with the analytic solutions to the equations of motion. Fortunately the author found that exponential-type interaction gave a nice answer to this problem. 2
1-3.
Dual
expression
The first step towards this answer was the finding of a canonical transformation, which the author called "dual transformation" This is to take the mutual displacements s >
r =yn-yn-i n
(1*8)
as the generalized coordinates and introduce their canonically conjugate momenta s . Consider a finite chain of N particles obeying the equations of motion ( I T ) . F o r simplicity, we impose the boundary conditions that the zeroth particle is fixed yo=0, and that the jV-th particle is the free end, or n
188
M. Toda
d>
n+1
=0, the kinetic energy K is then (1
*-if*=If#4'
'
9)
and the potential energy is tf=
(1-10)
The generalized momentum s conjugate to r is given by t
S
t
, = dK/dr,.
(1-11)
In terms of s„, the kinetic energy can be written as ^ = 2 ^ ( ^ - %
+
B
. )
-
(1-12)
The Hamiltonian H{r, s) — K-\-U yields the canonical equations of motion J
J
r „ = ! ^ = - g~ -
1
J
J
"+'~ " ,
(1-13)
For a uniform lattice, i f we eliminate s from these equations we get an equation for r„ which is equivalent to E q . ( T 2 ) . W e can eliminate r „ i f s = ~B
n
n
r«=
- ^X(in)
(1-14)
is a single valued function of i „ . i J
^
Then we have
s i 'n-lT'fll+l-
(1-15)
This is equivalent (or dual) to E q . (1-2). Further i f we define
with appropriate integration constants, we have Y(5 )--25 +5 _ + 5 B
n
n
1
n + 1
(1-17)
which is another form of the equation of motion. F r o m the physical point of view, the potential function
189
Development
of the Theory of a Nonlinear
Lattice
5
to be something like the intermolecular potential, which consists of a shortrange repulsive part and a comparatively long-range attractive part. It is to be noted that the momentum of the w-th particle is
and the displacements are given as y = (S -S )/m,
(1-19)
r„=(2S -S ^-S )/ .
(1-20)
n
n
n
n+l
n
n+1
m
§2.
E x p o n e n t i a l lattice
The nonlinear lattice with nearest neighbor interaction found to admit analytic solutions has the exponential interaction potential of the form ' 6
tff)=
r
>
- | e~'" -" + ar+ const,
(2-1)
where a, b and a are constants such that ab > 0.
(2-2)
W i t h positive a, the first term on the right-hand side of E q . (2T) expresses a repulsive force and the second term an attractive force. We shall be concerned with this case in the following sections. W e may shift r and let a—0, SO that br
d\(r)= -?r e- +ar-Yconst.
(2-3)
F o r small \r\ we may expand the first term on the right to have
except for a constant term. The first term on the right-hand side of E q . (2-4) stands for a harmonic force and the second a cubic nonlinear term, the force constant K and the nonlinearity parameter a being K=ab,
a=-b/X
(2-5)
If we take the limit of 6-+Q, keeping ab finite, we have a harmonic system. O n the contrary, if we let b-+fx>, keeping ab finite, we have a system of hard spheres, where we had better retain the constant a as the diameter of the
190
6
M. Toda
sphere. Our lattice includes these limits. It is one of the merits of this model that the following particular solutions and most of the methods of solving the equation of motion for the exponential lattice apply equally to the both limits. The equations of motion for the uniform exponential lattice can be written as ^ a ^ - M ' - V ' - J - < : - » < • » ( 2 - 6 ) It is to be noted that the linear term ar in
m^
t r
t
T
=a(2e- —e- ' »—e- > *»).
(2-7)
Since s = - Mta)
= (l- -»r»)
n
a
(2-8)
e
we have
a 2
dS a dt 1
(2-9)
2
Further, solving for r„, we have (2-10) and the dual expression for the equations of motion takes the form ^
-
-
l
^
r
^
t
-
W
(2-11)
or
\og(a + S )=-^(2S -S ^-S ). n
n
§3.
B
nJrl
(2-12)
Particular solutions
We shall review the particular solutions starting from the simplest one.
3-1.
1 1
Soliton solution '
This is a solution expressing a pulse or a solitary wave of the form
19J
Development
of the Theory of a Nonlinear
T
Lattice
7
2
e-» - - 1 - - ^ / 3 sech\anTpt+8), where a is an arbitrary constant fS=\]-^
(3-1)
and
sinh a.
(3-2)
/3/a represents the speed of the pulse. A s we shall see, if there are such pulses in a lattice, they behave more or less independently. Since they are like independent particles, they are called "solitons" or lattice solitons. This term was coined by Zabusky and Kruskal for similar pulses of the K d V system. For a soliton we note =F ^ t a n h ( a * = F # + S ) ,
m
(3-3)
+
5 „ = ^\ox{\+e* ™ »}. o
(3-3')
The total momentum P of a soliton can be calculated by using E q . (1.18): P=
2
my,
n=-~ = J _ „ —J„
= ± - ^ -
(3-4)
A soliton is a compressive pulse (b>0), uniform lattice is M= m(y_„
and its total excess-mass over the
—y„)/h
= ma/bh.
(3-5)
The soliton solution (3T) is expressible in terms of a Fourier integral as x
™& ab
r ™{{*n^$t+J>W dx
r
J o
sinh(7T*/2)
which gives the frequency spectrum for the soliton. 3-2.
1
2-soliton solution*'-*'
This is obtained by assuming
3 v
'
192
M. Toda 5
>
"logn+^-sc—M^+^r-sev^-W+V 0 _|_ 4^-2ic,+V«-<8 +f: >(+6,-i-8 }j^
=
J
1
t
(3-7)
t
a
a n t
a
where a, and a are arbitrary constants, and ft(ni, a ), Pzfaii a) ' & ( i> a ) are determined, by inserting S„ into the equation of motion (2T2), as functions of a, and a . There are two cases: 2
2
3
3
(i)
T w o solitons propagating in opposite directions: ft=2
sinh a*,
ft = - 2 / —
sinha
sinh Sj,
ft—V" or ft-=2i/
2
— sinh a
2
2
4
[cosM^-a^}! Lcosh{(a + a )/2}. ' 1
(ii)
(3-8)
3
T w o solitons propagating in the same direction: ft
=2/
183=2/
ab sinh a m
ft
1 (
sinh a j ,
=-2
ab sinh a, m
sinh a
4_rsinh{( -a,)/2} Lsinh{(a, + a ) / 2 } J a i
2
(3-9)
-
2
In each case, a soliton collides (or overtakes) the other and they look like going through each other, and their asymptotic forms are ( / ' = ! , 2) (3-10) where 5* are constants such that (3-11) Equation (3T0) indicates that solitons are stable in the collision process. Since % = — (S?+ftr)/aj is the center of mass of the J-th soliton, and a is proportional to its mass, E q . (3T1) expresses the fact that the center of masses of all the solitons proceeds with the constant velocity — (fft+ft)/("i + a ) along a straight line. }
2
3-3.
Multi-soliton
solution ( N-snliton s
10
solution) *
This is given by S = p o g det5 , n
n
(3-12)
193
Development where B„ is an NxN
of the Theory of a Nonlinear
Lattice
9
matrix whose elements are
( S J f t - ^ t ^ - ^ A * '
{],
2, - , N)
(3-13)
with Z.=
±e~\
ft==F/~sinh ,
(3-14)
a/
where a? and Cj are arbitrary constants, and each of the upper (lower) sign is related to a soliton propagating to the right (left), with the asymptotic form for t—^T , 00
, - " — 1 = -«./3Jsech»(a,»+ft#*$k
(7=1.2,
Thus the solution expresses an jV-soliton solution. constants, such that £ 8 7 = £8-1j 1
A'")
In E q . (3T5)
(3-15) are certain
(3-16)
which represents the conservation of total momentum as in the case of two solitons. General method of solving the initial value problem for an infinite exponential lattice is given in §5. 3-4.
Periodic
wave®
1
We have the solution given by
S
n
= ^ [ ° ^ ^ \ ,
(3-17) 11
12
where S stands for the elliptic ^-function. *' ' We may instead use S (x) because 8 (x) = $ (x+l/2). X is the wave length and arbitrary. F r o m the equation of motion (2T2) we have the dispersion relation, which relates the frequency to the wave length A, 0
a
3
0
2
^ - / ? ( ^ / A ) -
i
+
i r
3
i8
<- >
and C = MM L f (0) 0
. (• f)»ff)),
where K—K(k) and E = E{k) are the complete elliptic integrals of the first and second kinds, and sn represents the Jacobian elliptic function
194
10
M. Toda sn x=sn(x, k)
with the modulus k. W e have
*f}>.z\2L-f)A\.
(3-20)
Sn=
where Z is the Jacobian Z-function (3-21)
2
J 0
dn udu — ^ u. A
The wave form is given as tr+r— 1 = ^ - ( 2 A * V ) ab
2
dn' 21-?-
—vt\K
E_ K
(3-22)
Since we have the relations 2
2
2
dn u= 1 — k sn u, 2
2
cn u = \— sn u.
the periodic wave (3-22) can be expressed i n terms of the function cn, and can be called "cnoidal wave" after the similar wave of the K d V continuum. T a k i n g average over a period, we can show that <*-<"•—1>=0,
(3-23)
(3-24)
For the lattice with positive b, the oscillation causes expansion of the lattice,
2
~
8ab l
ui = 2v ab/m
tot
2trn ^
sin(7r/A)
(3-25) (3-26)
and the expansion of. the lattice reduces to
(3-27)
Thus the modulus k determines the amplitude of the wave. When the modulus is large, k—1, a cnoidal wave have profound spikes
195
Development and flat
of the Theory of a Nonlinear
Lattice
11
troughs.
In general, a cnoidal wave can be seen as an infinite sequence of solitons at equal intervals A, shifted downwards: 2
ab
psech
2
{a(n-\l)~fie}-2pv
(3-28)
with o^TrAVAA",
(3-29) t3=7rKu/K', l
where K'=K(k'') series:
= K(y \~fP).
r**^l~M(2rr„)
W e may also express the wave as a Fourier
2
± ^oMy(«/A-,Q} j=i sinn(7r/A / A )
ab
The dispersion relation (3-18) depends on the modulus or the amplitude of the wave. However, in general, frequency v is an increasing function of the wave-number 1/A i n the region 0 < C l / A < [ l / 2 . 3-5.
Shortest wave z
2
The function sn QKx) and dn {2Kx) are periodic functions of x (period = 1) and their values at x is the same as the values at l—x. Therefore, 1/A™ = 1 / 2 is the m a x i m u m wavenumber in the reduced zone, and A ^ = 2 is the m i n i m u m wave length. The frequency spectrum of the cnoidal wave consists of a band between i/=0 and u , where (cf. E q . (3T8)) m
For this shortest wave length cnoidal wave reduces to a standing wave, which may be written as r
2n
= A + 2x,
with a constant A.
m After
r
= A-2x
(3-32)
Then x is subject to the equation of motion d*x = -ae-** sinh 2bx. dt 2
some calculation
we 2
e
2 a + l
see
->";.,= ^dn (at
(3-33)
6
that '
+ S),
(3-34)
196
12
M. Toda
3
= ( l - £ ) J /dnXai+8), where S is an arbitrary constant, a
(3-35)
and
= 2Kv .
(3-36)
m
We also see that A is determined by E q . (3-23) as e-n=fl=]FjC/£.
(3-37)
These periodic solutions are, at the same time, particular solutions for a periodic lattice, or a cyclic chain. A cnoidal wave of wave length A can be considered as a soliton solution in a cyclic chain of the length A. The general solution for a periodic exponential lattice was obtained by K a c and Moerbeke, and by Date and T a n a k a , ' whose contribution is given in this issue. 13>
3-6.
14
Anti-soliton
solution
We have a solution of the form -br,_\
e
2
=
_HL fp cosech (cmT-/3/+8) ab
(3-38,
ith p= JH
sinh a.
(3-38')
This solution js formally connected to the soliton solution by shifting 5 to $-¥-4tjr/2), or by the formula s e c h ^ r + i - ~ J = — cosech x. 2
2
(3-39)
Since the above anti-soliton solution diverges, it does not meet usual conditions. Nevertheless, it plays an important role in the Backlund transformation (see §4). §4.
Soliton adding
transformation
In this section we shall use, for brevity's sake, the dimenstonless equations. In the reduced units, t stands for -Jab/m t, Q for by„, and P„ for my„. The Hamiltonian is a
197
Development of the Theory of a Nonlinear Lattice
H{Q, P)=±rT>
PH
2
Z n
13
(4-1)
n
when we omit the contribution from the term +ar of the potential function (2T), i.e., EiL-,v(<2n — Qn-i) = Qj— const for an infinite lattice (N—*<*>), or for a cyclic lattice with fixed total length (Q =Q-^). N
4-1.
Backlund
transformation
It is readily seen that the canonical transformation with the generating function (the coefficient A (>0) is redundant; we may put A —I since we may shift all the Q' by log (\/A)) n
Ae-<<>*-<>->-±-e-^--^+ (Q- -Q ) a
n
n
(4-2)
or the transformation of the set of coordinates Q and momenta P to the set
/>„ = - f | — ± \A -^'-^
+l ^ r ^
e
^
p
= - - ^ = ±^-^"- "
)
1
- «),
+ ~ ^ * ' - ^ - « j ,
(4-3)
(4-3')
15
transforms the Hamiltonian t o ' H\Q',
P")= \ 2 P'»'+ £ r
l
<
^ '
0
+ const.
(4-1')
Therefore as parts of the equations of motion we have
p
d
( 4
»= dT-
p and (4-3) yields (Q = dQJdt, n
^
M
4 )
(4-4')
etc.) +1
Q
Qn= ±^Ae-^~ "'
"
e-^-°"-'
0
e; = ± W " * - - - + I
f
-
< c
-aj,
(4-5)
- ' - " - aj.
(4-5')
p
1
Thus (4-3) transforms the lattice to the same lattice. In other words, the set of equations (4-5) transforms a solution Q(t)= {Q {fj} to another solution Q'(t)= \Q'n{t)} I we can make a new solution Q'(f) from a known solution n
198
M. Toda
14
Transformation of this nature is known as Backlund transformation, which was originally concerned with the differential geometry of surfaces of zero Gaussian curvature, and was directly applied to the sine-Gordon equation. The transformation which relates two solutions of the K d V equation is called, in this sense, the Backlund transformation for the K d V equation. The simplest example is to start from the trivial solution Q = then, as a solution of Eqs. (4-5) we have
P =0\
n
c o s h ( « t t ± f r + g) c o s h { K ( « + l ) ± / i 7 + 3}
tf*^4yj * K
1
with /3 = s i n h « , a=e +e~ '
n
( 4 K
.
6 )
'
Equation (4-6) can be written as
e-Kli-Qi-0-1=132
sechifK*±pt+8),
(4-6')
which is a soliton solution. W e have also an anti-soliton solution by shifting S to 8' = S + i(V/2) [cf. E q . (3-29)]. We may denote these transformations by the symbols (K, S) and (K, 5'). Let us think of applying successive transformations of two Backlund transformations (K-J, S ) , which yields a soliton, and ( K , &' ), which yields an anti-soliton. We then reverse the order of successive transformation, first ( K , &' ) and 8,). Formally writing down Eqs. (4'5) for these sets of transformations and demanding that the results are the same when the order of successive transformations are reversed, we can get an algebraic recursion formula for constructing a ladder of solutions, which corresponds to the Wahlquist-Estabrook ladder for the K d V equation. ' 2
t
2
Z
2
16
4-2.
Relation
to inverse
16)
method
A more systematic way is to introduce an auxiliary function f(n), wing Wadati, by
follo-
exp 05,-1= ±A exp [an extension of E q . (4-6)] and insert it into Eqs. (4-5). Then we find that S^w) satisfies the following two equations. One of them is (n-})Y(n~\)
a
+ a(n)V(n+\)
+ l (n)
| (*+
| )¥>).
(4'8)
where «(«)-
b(n)=-
I ™?{-(Q»-Qn-i)/2}.
I dQ .Jdt, a
(4-9)
(4-9')
199
Development of the Theory of a Nonlinear Lattice
z+^^a. s
15
(4-9")
The other is d
—^-
=a(n)W(n+l)-a(n-\)V(n^\).
(4-10)
Equations (4 8) and (4-10) constitute the fundamental equations of inverse method first introduced by Flaschka (see §5 below). If we solve Eqs. (4-7) and (4-10), we can construct the solution Q'if) from a known solution Q(t) by using E q . (4-6). If Q(f) is an A^-soliton solution, then Q'if) will be an (AH-l)-soliton solution:
where 4-3.
+l>
is written for Q
and Q\f
n
15
Dual
for
Q' -\ogA. n
171
expression '-
In the dual expression, our Backlund transformation can be written as ^-r^exp^^-e,.)--*. -s
= e x p ( 0 „ - , - G' -i) - A ,
n
B
where r„=Q (r)-Q _ (r), n
n
(4-12) (4-12')
or
L
n YLj
Q =Qn(r)= n
(4-13)
h
m^m^Jtjfi
(4-130
and [cf. E q . (2-9)] exp { - (<2„ exp {-Q'n-
= 1 + %, Q'n-i)) =l+s'»-
P14) (4-14')
Shifting the numbering for s' to write n
s =lV ,
(4-15)
^-, = n .
(4-lS')
n
n
we get (A+
^ ) ( A + W » - ^;+i) = l + « V n
(4-16)
200
16
M. Toda
(r\+W' -W )(\+W _ -W ) n
n
n
l
= l+W- .
n
n
This is just the Backlund transformation proposed by Chen and
§5.
(4-16'J 1 8
Liu. '
G e n e r a l m e t h o d of s o l u t i o n
F o r the general treatment of the exponential lattice, to see the conservation laws and to discuss the general method of solving the equations of motion, it is convenient to use the matrix formalism: The equations of motion for an exponential lattice
(5-1) dP
» = -<-°*-Q.-,>— -&„ ,-QJ
dt
e
e
t
(5-1')
can be written in a matrix form as ^=BL-LB
(5-2)
or, in other words, as L(t)=0-(t)L(
(5-3)
where U(t) is a unitary matrix which evolves according to *2j&-Mm
(5-4)
Thus, L(t) is unitary equivalent to L(0). These facts were found by F l a s c h k a , ' who used it to lead the conservation laws for a finite lattice first found by H e n o n , ' and to find the general method of solving the initial value problem for an infinite lattice. ' 19
20
21
5-1.
Conservation
taws
For a cyclic system of N conditions
^BHkrM and the
matrices
particles, we have the periodic
boundary
(5-5)
201
Development
%
of the Theory of a Nonlinear 0
<*8
•
0 0
0
*8
0
% 0
«i
'
>
0
0
-
0
0
(5-6') 0
0
0
0
0
1 —a i
a
0
N
-a
N
o J
where (we use definitions slightly different from a =^-
17 (5-6)
h
B=
Lattice
, ( ?
n
Flaschka's)
c
"- "-V2,
(5-7)
(5-7') In terms of the elements a„ and b , E q . (5-2) is written as n
^-=<- (A,-i-^ ). B
n
-^L=2r>»- » a
+ 1
)
(5-8)
(5-8')
with the periodic conditions n~ n+N>
(5-9)
bn = bn+N,
(5-9')
a
a
and it is easy to see the equivalence of Eqs. (5-1) and (5'2). Let A and ip be the eigenvalue and the eigenfunction of L- -L(t): Lip=\ip.
(5-10)
Differentiating the both sides of E q . (5-10), we readily see that (5-11) and dt
r
(5-12)
202
18
M. Toda
Equation (5T1) means that the eigenvalues A are constants of motion, or that the motion in the lattice is characterized as isospectral deformation: A=const,
(5T3)
where A = A A , •••,A^ , since L is an NxN matrix. F r o m E q . (5T0), we see that the A are roots of the equation 1(
a
V
det(Al-Z)=0
(5-14)
or, expanding the determinant, we may write J
A" + A " - V + - + A / ' r - i + / v=0, 1
J S
(5-15)
J
where the coefficients / , are polynomials in a and 6 or of the dynamical variables Q„ and P„. 5ince E q . (5*15) is a set of simultaneous equations for A = A , , A , A^,, which can be solved for the If, we see in turn that / , are constants of motion. n
n
3
IIQ> P)=fi(K
K - , A ) = const. JV
(5-16)
These I are essentially the integrals of motion first found by H e n o n . / j stands for the total momentum, and J the total energy:
201
t
z
ti=HP» ~£A n
(5-17) l f c
=trace£,
(5-17')
h~Tl(^Pl+U^
(5-18)
rj = ^Q„-Q„_,,
(5-18-)
with n
/
2
e
z
is essentially equal to trace
L: 2
/ ~ - 5 j A | = trace L
(5-18")
2
The integrals I are mutually independent and / , contains we have t
4 ~ £ f § H+Pn(V + n
3
~ £ A | = trace L . k
m^A
For example,
(5-19) (5-19')
203
19
Development of the Theory of a Nonl£near Lattice
These integrals 11> 1 2 , "', IN are in involution, i.e. , the Poisson bracket for any two of these vanishes. V 's ing the integrals 11 (other than I2=H) as new Hamiltonians, we can introduce N new systems, which possess the same integrals. Even though these new systems have no physical interpretation, we can develop mathematical arguments similar to that for the exponential lattice. 5-2.
Infinite latNce
We shall briefly describe the method of solving the initial value problem for an infinite lattice .2 ~),12) Now Land B are infinite matrices given by Eqs. (5'6) as the limit of N-H>O . In place of Eqs. (5,10) and (5,12), we have the equations Z+Z-l a nrp(n-l, Z)+ an+lrp(n + 1, z)+bnrp(n, z)= - 2- rp(n, z), rp(n, z)=a nrp(n-l , z)~an+lrp(n+l, z)
(5,20) (5,20')
for the wave function rp, where z is a constant introduced by Z+Z-l '\= - 2- '
(5,21)
For a given initial motion, Qn(O) and P nCO), or an(O) and bn(O) , we calculate the initial data for the wave rp with the asymptotic form (n-+- + 00)
(5,22)
The scattering data consist of the reflection coefficient R(z, t), the bound state eigenvalues '\j=(Zj+zjl )/2 (lz j l
(5,23)
From the initial data R(z, 0), Zj and cJ(O) , we get the scattering data at later time t: R(z, t)=R(z, O)e ICZ -'- Z ),
(5'24)
c~(t) = c~(O)et(zj'-z j ) .
(5,25)
We construct the kernel F(m) = - 2. fR(z, t )zm-1dz+ L: c~(t)z7'
1
~t
(5,26)
j
and the discrete integral equation (Gel'fand-Levitan equation) for K(n, m),
204
20
M. Toda
(n, m) + F(n + m)+
K
£
(n, n')F(n' + m)=Q.
(5-27)
K
After solving this for tc(re, OT), we calculate K(n, re) by 2
\K(n,n)]-
= \ + F(2n)+
£
«(re, H')F(H'
+ H).
(5-28)
T h e n the initial value probelm is solved i n the form n)
(5-29)
'K(n-\, re-l)J ' s
(5-30)
* =*(re-l,re).
(5-31)
dt
—s
n
n+1
with n
The simplest case R(z)=0 5-3.
Action-angle
yields the
multi-soliton solution.
variables
For an infinite lattice, we may introduce the action- and angle-variables, which we shall denote by J and 8 for s o l i t o n s . In particular, z* is an implicit function of / • so that 23),S3>
f
}
fir=*f+&
(5-32)
and 6, is z
cc log c +const.
(5-33)
In terms of these variables, the Hamiltonian can be written as 8
£ J r > J - . H ) + £ log ( 4 ) + (non-soliton part).
(5-34)
The canonical equations of motion give the time rate of change
W
A = -|; =0,
(5-35)
^ = ^ = ^ - ^ -
(5-35')
(
Equation (5-35) gives A — const, and (5-35') gives the time evolution of as given by E q . (5-25). ;
5—1.
Finite
masses on a
line 24
A finite exponential lattice was treated by M o s e r . '
H e considered
205
Development
of the Theory of a Nonlinear
Lattice
21 0 0
a lattice consisting of two particles fixed respectively at — » and + , and finite number N of particles between these two. T h e term +ar of the interaction potential 4>(r) gives only a constant energy and has no effect on the equations of motion for such a system. A s a result, we are left with a system of N particles repelling with the interaction (a/o)e~ "' 1
If the eigenvalues are ordered according to their magnitude as (5-36)
we have asymptotically J V - W M .
( / - - « 0
(5-37)
P =\
(*-*+«)
(5-37')
k
k
so that the particles exchange their velocities. W e also see that L(t) approaches asymptotically to diagonal matrices. Let
Ltpj=\jtpj.
(5'38)
The time derivative %-Bm
(5-39)
takes, in this case, the simplest form for the element n = \ or n = N. particular, we have ^(N,t)=a {N-l,t)
In
(5-40)
N9}
since
^ =
On
(5-41')
the other hand, E q . (5.38) gives a ^ N - 1 , t) + b
m
t),
(5-42)
which yields § k j ^ ! $ = 6
m
(5-43)
where the ipi(n. t) are normalized, so that £ !=i
t)
(5-44)
206
22
M. Toda
Therefore E q . (5-40) may be rewritten as 0 X J v V ) = L - £ \ %N, l9
t)}
(545)
f
which can be integrated to give
£
[?»,fW.O)]V<*
J=I
W e have a mapping in which every point i n D={a ; a point i n
b\
n
A = (\ ,X , 1
2
- , A y ; ^(Tv',
t),
n
2
£[p,(/V,r)] = l . For example, for N=2,
is mapped to
(5-47)
it is easy to see that 5
4 8
£i=%>?(2,0 + A !(2,0,
C ' )
*2=VK2.0+^1(2,0.
(5-48')
l P
« » = v * 2 - * i ) P i ( 2 . 0 ^ ( 2 , 0-
(5-48")
=a =0.
fll
(5-48'")
8
Thus we have a one to one mapping of A—*-D, and vice versa. Since the time evolution of the
§6.
Relation to the continuum limit
For some purposes, the continuum limit is very convenient to approximate the nature of discrete system. It is well known that the Korteweg-de Vries equation provides qualitatively very similar features compared with the exponential lattice. Indeed, there is a clear parallelism between these systems. One might say that the K d V equation is the continuum limit of the discrete lattice. W h e n one considers a lattice with cubic nonlinearity,
and assumes appropriate smoothness of waves, one has the wave equation of the form (sometimes called the Boussinesq equation) ' 25
207
Development of the Theory of a Nonlinear
2
dt
+
V
S
dxjdx^
Lattice
12 dx*
23
K
b
}
or the K d V equation of the form
If one takes a lattice with quartic interaction 0S-£f*+f'*i?*
(6-4)
then one has the so-called modified „
+
„
2
_
+
/
t
x
5
-
3
K d V equation
« 0 .
(6-5)
The K d V equation is also obtained as an approximation to the exponential lattice. However, if one retains higher order terms, one will have something like ^ s = ( i + ^ + - - ) s + ^ d + ' - ) a + - -
(6-6)
and if one assumes some estimation concerning the magnitude and cuts off higher order terms, the resulting equation will be non-integrable in general. One of the way to retain the integrability is to start from the exponential lattice and keep up in taking the continuum approximation with the unitary equivalence expressed by the equation (cf. E q . (5'2)) dL/3t=
BL — LB,
(6-7) 2 6
which was first introduced by L a x ' in systematizing the method of integration for the K d V equation invented by Gardner, Greene, Kruskal and M i u r a . 2 7 1
6—1.
Korteweg-de Vries
equation
We start with the matrix formalism for the infinite exponential lattice. It is convenient to write operator on the left-hand side of E q . (5-20), 281
(L
a
n+l
(6-8)
in the form L = h„ + a e-^ 7t
n
+ e^ o
n
(6-9)
-
and similarly for E q . (5 20') we have sl3
B = a e-^-e "a , n
a
(6-10)
208
24
M. Toda ±s sn
where e '
2
z
— l±3/3n+^d /dn ±---
is a shifting operator, namely
3n
.^> f{n)^f{n±l). Neglecting
(6-11)
higher order terms, we have
„
3
, i / a
,
a \
l
a
3
,
f i l 9
,.
where (6-12") W h e n we insert Eqs. (6T2) into E q . (6-7), we get
2
a/
2
2
3w
2
+
4 \
r
3n3t
r
3
• i / a 6 , av\ a ^ 4 \ a « a r a « / a» 2
+
2
3n
2
3
3 3n 3( a
6 3n* j a
B
i / a g , a g \ 9 4 1 a « a / a « /a* " 2
(6-13)
2
In order to have a wave equation, we have to demand that the last two terms on the right-hand side should vanish. This can be satisefied by the following procedure. W e use the coordinate £ moving uniformly to the right, and the time T defined by t = n-t,
T=24.
(6-14)
Then, the derivative with respect to / is 3/dt=-d/3£+}-3/dT.
(6-14')
The coefficients in the last terms turn into 6 z
2
dn 3e
3n -
dndt
dn
2
.
1 5
2i3n3r
V
24 8T
'
Therefore we have to demand that the 3/dr yields higher order terms. T o single out terms of the same order, neglecting the terms 3 Q/3r and (6T5), we assume the order estimation such that' 2
(2~ , e
2
r~ £ ,
a/3w~e,
3
a/ar~e .
2
(6-16)
209
Development
of the Theory of a Nonlinear
Lattice
25
Equation (6-16) implies that only the waves propagating to the right are considered. When u(£, r) = 2r(£, T)
(6-17)
is introduced, and terms of the order s
s
are neglected, E q . (6-7) reduces to
L=BL-LB
(6-18)
with
4 s
=
2
i
B
+
^ h -
f* (i + 3
w + w
i)
(6
"
ir)
reduces to du
f-
du . rPu
f.
a r - ^ - s T + a F ^
0
,„,„, (
-
6
'
1
8
1
291
Equation (6.18"') is the Korteweg-de Vries equation. A l l the coefficients of this equation, together with their signs, can be changed arbitrarily by the use of proper scaling. A s a particular solution we have a soliton of the form 2
a
« = -2£ sech (5f-/xr)
(6-19)
with 3
,*=4e ,
(6-19')
which is in accordance with the order estimation (6-16'). The K d V equation is in the L a x scheme (6-7), and wellkno ~n to be integrable. In many respects, the K d V system looks very similar to the exponential lattice. However, between these two, we may think of a variety of equations like (6-6). Most of them will be out of the L a x scheme and non-integrable. There still remains the naive question why our lattice and the K d V system are exceptionally alike. The K d V soliton (6T9) is an approximation for small amplitude of the lattice soliton 2
e
- ' - \ =^sech ( «~^) e
(6-20)
since T
e~ - 1 S£ - r = - u/2
(6-21)
by E q . (6-17), and for small e we have j8=sinhe=e+^,
(6-21')
210
26
M. Toda 3
e»-j3^fif-4e T.
(6-21")
Similarly other particular solutions such as muti-soliton solution and the cnoidal wave solution of the K d V equation are approximations for small amplitude of the corresponding solutions of the exponential lattice. It is wellknown that the K d V equation has infinite number of invariants of mot i o n , ' which correspond to the existence of N integrals of the TV-particle exponential lattice. 30
6-2.
Inverse
method for
the KdV
equation
In the continuum limit the inverse scattering method for an infinite exponential lattice reduces to that for the K d V system. T o show this, we write K(n, m) and F{m) of Eqs. (5-26) and (5-27) in the f o r m ' 26
*(«, m)=K'(n,
m)h,
(6-22)
F(m) = F'(m)h,
(6-22')
where h denotes the lattice spacing, which is replaced by dn' in summation. Thus, in place of Eqs. (5-27) and (5-28), we have '(n, m) + F'(n + m)+J
n')F\n'
K
S
[K(n,n)]-
= l + F'(2n)+J \n, K
+ m)dn' =0,
n')F\n'
+ n)dn'.
(6-23) (6-24)
Writing 2=^1*,
n—t—t,
#j—#-*/,
(6-25)
m-t=t),
(6-26)
F'(n + m)=P(£-rri), «'(*,
=
(6-26')
7,)
(6-26")
and neglecting higher order terms of k and k), we obtain the kernel F(i+v)=
}-
R
k
f~ ( -
0)e*i*'^>*
|
+ E4(0> *^-*; s+"
(6-27)
and the Gel'fand-T .evitan equation
v)+F(£+v) + f~*(£, 0 ^ + ^ and
= 0
(6-28)
211
Development of the Theory of a Nonlinear Lattice
27
Comparing the last equation with E q . (6-28) for TJ = £, we see that r j ^ i ^ = I - * < £ &
(6-30)
Therefore, in this approximation, E q . (5-29) or e
=
(6-31)
LA-fi-i, f - l ) J
yields 1 - r „ ~ 1 + {*(f, or
1)}
(6-32)
by E q . (6-17) «=-2-^-«(f, $
(6-33)
The last step is similar to the method used by Case and K a c in discussing the discrete version of the Schrodinger equation. ' The inverse method for the K d V equation consists of first calculating the initial data R(k, 0), kj and cj(0) to construct the kernel F(£+ff) of E q . (6-27), and secondly solving the Gei'fand-Levi tan equation (6-24) for «(£, ij). Then the solution is given by E q . (6'33). ' 31
27
6-3.
Backlund
transformation
The K d V equation has the Backlund transformation which relates two solutions of the K d V equation. For this transformation it is convenient to write x for £ and introduce w by u(x, r) = w
(6-34)
x
to rewrite the K d V equation as W —3(UJ )
2
t
x
+• w —0,
(6-35)
xxx
where the suffixes mean derivatives. T h e Backlund transformation for two solutions w and w' can be written as a set of e q u a t i o n s ' ' 32
z
w +w x
x
= -%f+(w-w') /2,
(6-36)
w -f w; — 2{w% + w w' + ut'i) — (a/—rt>') (wgg — w' ). r
x
x
133
xx
(6-37)
If we differentiate the both sides of Eqs. (6-36) and (6-36') by t and x respectively, and equate them, after some calculation we obtain
212
28
M. Toda ,
w -m',
,
= [-2w +2w {w-w )-^\w-w )] .
r
xx
x
(6-37')
x
Further, since E q . (6-36) gives ™zxx =
—« 0
^]*—W***!
Wg« + w'zx = (u> - w'){w x
Eq.
(6'37')
can be written
w,-w',=
x
as
-(w —w' ) xxx
w' ),
+ $(wl-w'2).
xxx
(6-37")
Therefore, we may also define the Backlund transformation by E q . (3-36) with E q . (6-37') or with E q . (6-37"). Now, to derive the above transformation for K d V equation from the Backlund transformation for the exponential lattice, we make the Taylor expansion of the right-hand side of E q . (4-5'), and use E q . (6-14") for the left-hand side, to have [we take the lower sign of E q . (4-5)] dQ'n _ dQ* _ _ _ ( 3 Q . dn dt \ Sn 9
a
2
i 1 5*Q 6 dn
n
n
s
3
(dQ Y + l 2 \ dn
5
+ \(Qn-Qn) +
+ \(.Q'n~
. 1 d*Q ^ 2 dn
+ } ^)(Qn-Q'n)
Qnf ^
n
+ ~{Q'n "
(6"38)
where we have assumed order estimation given by E q . (6-16) and written t for 24r. Similarly we have ae. _ dn
-
d<
2n dt
=
2
-
a
- ? J S f c _ i PQ* , \ Bn 2 dn* T
g (Q'n-QnY
+ y,Q'n-QnY
L 6
3n
3
+ 0^).
(6"38')
The first lines on the right-hand side of Eqs. (6-38) and (6-38') are of the order e , and these yield the same equation 2
1
"fi
+
^Sr
=
2
-
Q
2
+ C^-(3n) .
(6-36')
T h i s is equivalent to E q . (6-36) i f we put (cf. E q . (6T7)) w — 2Q,
w'^2Q'.
(6-39)
213
Development of the Theory of a Nonlinear Lattice
29
The second lines of Eqs. (6-38) and (6-38') are of the third order, and the third lines the fourth order with respect to e. The third order terms can be eliminated i f we introduce 2n+i/2That is, E q . (6-38) can be written as -
_ 9 _ - _ dQn+112 i try _f)
24
3«
3
--^Ce;-G and
E q . (6-38')
_
t
4 2
i, )
B +
y
5
\Z
-
+ T 1 3 n ~ }
" Q
^ ' *
3
(6-39)
as
1 S*Q' 24~3^
n
r
1 , . _ T ^ " ^ 0
+
- ^ ( Q n - Q
^Q' 'cW
0
+
+ ^jj±OL
u 2 ) ^ ,
(6-39')
3/
1
4
and e .
For these terms we
=2-a.+(Q' -Q f, n
24 •f
n
+
z
n
where we have only the terms of the order t have therefore the set of equations
3r
1 (3Q- y '4\~dn~j
n
a+1/2)
3«
3
4
i
3
(6-36')
n+V2
t
y
°
y B + , / 2 j
E
9«
2
( % " - - ) - j(Qn-Q»+u2) -%-^
+
24"3^" 4"
( y n
y n + 1
'
a )
a
.
(6-40)
~3^~
We establish that (6-41) w'=2G'
n
(6-41')
and E q . (6-36') coincides with E q . (6-36). W e can easily show that Eqs. (6-40) and (6-40') are mutually equivalent and are unified to yield E q . (6'37")
214
30
M. Toda
or (6-37') or (6-37). Thus it is shown that the Backlund transformation for the exponential lattice reduces to that for the K d V equation. §7. 7-1.
Effect of
Further
problems
impurities
There are many further problems concerning the exponential lattice, and its modifications. A m o n g these the problems related to the lattice with unequal., masses or impurities have bearing on the heat conduction of nonmetallic- substances. Wave propagation and energy flow i n isotopically disordered nonlinear lattices were examined numerically by Visscher and others. ' It was found there that nonlinearity leads to higher value of heat conductivity. This seems to indicate that solitons are rather stable when they collide with impurities. However, we may expect other effects of impurities. 34
It is a well-known fact that a light impurity i n a one-dimensional harmonic lattice provides a localized mode of vibration above the spectral band. The question whether we have such a localized mode i n a nonlinear lattice or not is a very fundamental problem. I f the impurity mass vanishes, the localized level becomes infinitely high, and the lattice point reduces to a free boundary. W e have not yet found any particular solution which includes the effect of a free boundary. In addition, reflected wave from a free boundary is known to be very complicated and include ripple-like waves which spread out r a p i d l y . ' So the author feels that the light impurity may not have the strictly localized mode, or that the energy, in other words, may not be trapped by the light impurity. There can be a relaxation time for the energy to flow out from a quasi-localized state around the light impurity; verification by using a computer has to be done. 35
Numerical study of the energy flow in a periodic nonlinear lattice, starting from inhomogeneous temperature distribution, looks promissing. In such a system, the cumbersome treatment of the interaction with the heat bathes are eliminated. A preliminary study of a nonlinear lattice with many mass-impurities seems to indicate that impurities have tendencies to store energy to some extent. ' 36
Though trajectories in the phase-space of a homogeneous exponential lattice lie on smooth hypersurfaces, i f we replace a particle with another different mass, the trajectories may become more or less erratic. Such an erratic behavior of an exponential lattice with unequal masses was found when the energy exceeds a certain value depending on the impurity mass. ' 37
Effect of an impurity on the wave propagating through a nonlinear lattice was examined both analytically and numerically, in the continuum limit and splitting of a soliton at the impurity was shown. 381
215
Development
of the Theory of a Nonlinear
Lattice
31
Reflection of a soliton at a free boundary terminated by an impurity was examined numeriaclly for a lattice with interaction potential of the form 4>(r) = (i(/2')r + ar +flr* with a rather strong quartic term (|8>0). A compressed soliton was found to turn into a pair of compressed and a rarefactive pulses after being reflected at the boundary in such a case. z
3
391
7-2.
Boundary
conditions
Though a finite nonlinear lattice is more realistic, it is more difficult to deal with than a nonlinear infinite lattice. This is the main reason why most of the works hitherto done have been concerned with infinite systems, except the general solution to a periodic exponential lattice. Reflection of a soliton at a fixed boundary is not a new problem, because this is equivalent to a collision of two solitons of equal height: The fixed boundary condition can be replaced by an "image" soliton beyond that point, and the method of image can be applied more generally for a fixed boundary. Corresponding to the stationary waves in a harmonic lattice, there will be similar waves for a nonlinear lattice with both ends fixed. Though these waves will be contained i n the general solution to a periodic lattice, their behavior must be clarified in detail, since the original Fermi-Pasta-Ulam's computer experiment was done for such systems. The elucidation of the nature of vibration in this case will lead to a complete understanding of the occurrence or non-occurrence of the energy sharing between linear normal modes and the F P U ' s recurrence phenomenon. Reflection at a free boundary provides a problem to be worked out. A s was already mentioned, we have no analytic solution which includes the effect of a free boundary for a nonlinear lattice. In the case of a Harmonic lattice, when a compressed pulse is reflected at a free boundary, it turns into a rarefactive, dilatational pulse. In the exponential lattice, compressed solitons are stable, but rarefactive pulses are unstable: We have no rarefactive soliton solutions, except for the diverging anti-soliton solutions. So, it was anticipated that a soliton will be reflected as a rarefactive unstable pulse which will be followed by ripple-like waves. The rarefactive unstable pulse will be more enhanced than the incoming soliton because of the asymmetry of the interaction potential. These anticipations were verified by computer experiments. ' Such behavior of waves reflected at a free boundary will not be specific to the exponential lattice, but it will be qualitatively the same for a one-dimensional lattice with cubic nonlinearity as was numerically shown by M i u r a . ' 35
4 0
7-3.
External
force
A s the program of mechanics of nonlinear lattices, the author has set up several problems in order according to the ordinary theory of waves. Most
216
32
M. Toda
of these problems were already mentioned here. These were particular solutions, the initial value problem', periodic systems, the effect of impurities, and the boundary conditions. In order to complete the program, we have to ask for the problems related to external forces. A n externa! force applied to a particle in a lattice creates the disturbance which propagates as waves. The response of the system, such as excitation and resonance depends on the frequency of the external force, and there comes the effect of damping force. These are all staying as further problems to be worked out in future. 7-4.
Perturbational
treatment
For the study of nonlinear lattices with interaction potential slightly different from the exponential lattice, perturbational treatment starting from the latter will be worth investigating as a further problem. 7—5.
Multi-dimensional
systems
A s a physical system, one-dimensional system is rather exceptional. It is of course important to extend our results to two-dimensional and threedimensional cases. Some efforts are being made for multi-dimensional continuous systems, and also some numerical works were done concerning the heat conduction i n two-dimensional lattices. ' A s far as the exponential lattice is concerned, extension to higher-dimension may destroy its integrabyity. 34
7-6.
Quantization
Intensive efforts are recently made in quantizing the waves in nonlinear media. T h i s is, however, out of the scope of this memoir. Besides interests in the field theory, we have problems in physics related to solid states or low temperatures. A t least in one-dimensional nonlinear systems, we have solitons which deviate essentially from the concept of sinusoidal waves in harmonic systems. The problem in this direction will be to quantize solitons and elucidate the relation to the phonons in the linear case. ' T h e n the role of quantized solitons concerning the specific heat and heat conduction at low temperatures will become clear. One of the formal quantization of the exponential lattice is obtained in terms of the path integral to write down the wave function, for example, as 41
m
*y
t)=J•b(y^0)dy JJ-J^|U^rj^y l0}
(7-1)
A with t=fs, y=y(T/),
T , — T , _ , = S ,
and dy(r)=
f] dy (r). n
217
Development of the Theory of a Nonlinear A = 4%r&efm
Lattice
33
,
(7-1')
L( )=™i:\y»^-y»&->lf Tl
2 n I
e
- E ^ ^ O - v ^ t W } .
(7-1")
n
W e may write a similar expression for the density matrix. For a periodic system, we have the boundary conditions
and the eigenfunction should have the form lEtlh
Ky.t)=
(7-3)
The W K . B approximation for the exponential lattice has been given by Shirafuji using the path-integral method. Another approach of quantizing this system was reported by Sutherland who used an analogue of Bloch's wave function for the one-dimensional spin system. ' 421
43
§8.
Statistical mechanics
W e have not discussed statistical mechanics of the exponential lattice. Even though the statistical mechanics of solitons may be of some interest, it will be more so if solitons are quantized. For classical statistical mechanics, however, it is to be noted that the exponential lattice admits rigorous analytic expression of the partition function, which can be calculated as follows. W e take a pressure-ensemble ' of a one-dimensional system of N particles with the nearest neighbor interaction >(r). T h e partition function Z{p, T) is then given b y ' 44
1 1
with Q=J
-^wv*Tdr.
e
(8-2)
For the exponential lattice with the interaction given hy E q . (2-3), after some simple transformation, we have
218
34
M. Toda
where F is the /"-function. is obtained
and
the
T h e average elongation or the thermal expansion
as
average potential energy is
= {a+p)r+^. where <j> stands for the
(8-5)
di-gamma
function
._d\ogr{ ) ^ ) = ^ W. g
JX
(8-6)
For small anharmonicity E q . (8-4) reduces to kT
(8-7)
which gives tbe thermal expansion of the lattice due the
interaction
to anharmonicity in
potential. References
1) E. Fermi, J. Pasta and S. Ulam, Collected Papers of Enrico Fermi, Vol. II (University of Chicago Press, 1965), p. 978. 2) J. Ford, J. Math. Phys. 2 (1961), 387. J. Ford and J. Waters, J. Math. Phys. 4 (1963), 1293; 7 (1966), 399 3) E . A . Jackson, J. Math. Phys. 4 (1963), 551. 4) N. J. Zabusky and G. S. Deem, J. Comput. Phys. 2 (1968), 207. N. j . Zabusky, International Conference on Statistical Mechanics, Kyoto, 1968: J. Phys. Soc. Japan, Suppl. 26 (1969), 196; Comp. Phys. Communications 5 (1973), 1, See also Ref. 8) for the recurrence phenomenon. 5) M. Toda, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 20 (1965), 2095; Prog. Theor. Phys. Suppl. No. 36 (1966), 113. 6) Mi Toda, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 22 (1967), 431. 7) M. Toda, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 23 (1967), 501; Physica Norvegica 5 (1971), 203. 8) M. Toda, International Conference on Statistical Mechanics, Kyoto, 1968: J. Phys. Soc. Japan, Suppl. 26 (19691, 235. 9) M. Toda and M. Wadati, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 34 (1973), 18. 10) R. Hirota, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 35 (1973), 286. See also Ref. 19) for A'-soliton solution. 11) M. Toda, Prog. Theor. Phys. Suppl. No. 45 (1970), 174. 12) M. Toda, "Studies of a Non-linear Latlice," Phys. Reports 18G (1975), 1, which is nearly the same as M. Toda, Arkiv for Det Fysiske Seminar i Trondheim, No. 2-1974.
219
Development of the Theory of a Nonlinear Lattice 13) 14) 15) 16) 17) 18) 19) 20) 21) 22) 23) 24) 25) 26) 27) 28) 29) 30) 31) 32) 33) 34)
35) 36) 37) 38) 39) 40) 41) 42) 43) 44)
35
M. Kac and P. van Moerbeke, J . Malh. Phys. 72 (1974), 2879. E. Date and S. Tanaka, Prog. Theor. Phys. 55 (1976), 457 and this issue p. 107. M. Toda and M. Wadati, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 39 (1975), 1204. M. Wadati and M. Toda, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 39 (1975), 1196. M. Toda, Lecture at the Conference on the Theory and Application of Solitons, Tucson, 1976. H. Chen and C. Liu, J. Math. Phys. 16 (1975), 1428. H. Flaschka, Phys. Rev. B9 (1974), 1924. M. Henon, Phys. Rev. B9 (1974), 1921. H. Flaschka, Prog. Theor. Phys. 51 (1974), 703. D. W. McLaughlin, J. Math. Phys. 16 (1975), 96, 1704. H. Flaschka and McLaughlin, Prog. Theor. Phys. 55 (1976), 438. Dynamical Systems, Theory and Applications, Lecture Note in Physics 38 J. Moser, ed. (Springer Verlag, 1975), p. 467. N.J. Zabusky, Proceedings of ike Symposium on Nonlinear Partial Differential Equati (Academic Press, 1967), p. 223. P. D. Lax, Comm. Pure and Appl. Math. 21 (1968), 467. C S . Gardner, J.M. Greene, M.D. Kruskal and R. M. Miura, Phys. Rev. Letters 15 (1963), 240. M. Toda, International Conference on Mathematical Problems in Physics, Kyoto, 1975, Lecture Notes in Physics 39 H. Araki, ed. (Springer Verlag, 1975), p. 387. D. J. Korteweg and G. de Vries, Phil. Mag. 18 (1895), 35. K. M. Case and M. Kac, J. Math. Phys. 14 (1973), 594. K. M. Case, J . Math. Phys. 14 (1973), 916. H. D. Wahlquist and F. B. Estabrook, Phys. Rev. Letters 31 (1973), 1386. M. Wadati, H. Sanuki and K. Konno, Prog. Theor. Phys. 53 (1975), 419. D. N. Payton III, R. Rich and W. M. Visscher, Phys. Rev. 160 (1967), 129; A4 (1971), 1682; Proceedings of the International Conference wi Localized Excitation in Solids, Californ (Plenum Press, 1968), p. 657. E. A. Jackson, J. R. Pasta and J. F. Waters, J. Comp. Phys. 2 (1968), 1207. M. Toda, R. Hirota and J. Satsuma, this issue p. 148. J. G. BerTyman, from conversation. G. Casati and J. Ford, preprint. H. Ono, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 32 (1972), 332. F. Yoshida, T. Nakayama and T. Sakuma, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 40 (1976), 901. K. Miura, Thesis, Department of Computer Science, University of Illinois (1973). W. Sutherland, Lecture at the NSF Conference on the Theory and Application of Solitons, Tucson 1976. T. Shirafuji, this issue p. 126. W. Sutherland, Lecture at the Conference on the Theory and Application of Solitons, Tucson, 1976 (to be published in Rocky Mountain Math. J.). H. Takahashi, Proc. Phys.-Math. Soc. Japan 24 (1942), 60. E. H. Lieb and D. C. Matis, Mathematical Physics in One Dimension (Academic Press, 1966), p. 25.
220
148
Supplement of the Progress of Theoretical Physics, No. 59,1976
Chopping Phenomenon of a Nonlinear System
M o r i k a z u TODA, Ryogo HIROTA* and Junkichi SATSUMA**
Institute for Applied Physics, Faculty of Engineering Yokohama National University, Yokohama "Department of Mathematics and Physics Ritsumeikan University, * * Department of Applied Mathematics and Physics Kyoto University, Kyoto
Kyoto
(Received April 20,1976)
It is shown by numerical experiments that a system with nonlinear interaction may exhibit chopping phenomenon induced by solitons. Reflection of solitons at a free end is also studied.
§ 1.
Introduction
One of the main features of wave propagation i n a nonlinear medium is the concentration of strain or energy which gives rise to more or less sharp pulses. These pulses behave as independent entities and are called solitons. If the nonlinearity is such that the modulus of elasticity becomes small (large) when the material is stretched (compressed), the solitons are compressed pulses. The wave propagation, as an assembly of solitons, has been fully studied analytically as well as numerically for one-dimensional infinite nonlinear systems. ' Recently general solutions to a periodic Korteweg-de Vries system and a periodic exponential (Toda) lattice are given i n explicit forms. Since finite systems are more important than infinite ones in actual physical or technological problems, we must extend our treatment to the systems under possible boundary conditions. 1
For a multi-soliton solution, imposed fixed boundary does not introduce an essentially new problem. This can be seen when we note that a fixed end can be replaced by a point symmetry of the motion in the system virtually extended beyond that point. Reflection of a soliton at the fixed end is equivalent to the collision between the soliton and its mirror image of the same strain in the extended system as is shown in F i g . 1. In this case, the effect of the boundary is similar to that on a pulse i n a harmonic elastic-medium. A free boundary for a harmonic one-dimensional system can be replaced by a point of antisymmetry of the motion in the system virtually extended
221
Chopping Phenomenon of a Nonlinear
System
149
beyond that point. Reflection of a pulse wave at the free end is equivalent to the collision between the pulse and its mirror image of the opposite strain in the extended system as is shown in F i g . 2. However, the nonlinearity in the stress-strain relation introduces another effect. W e shall hereafter consider the case where soliton is a compressed pulse. W h e n a soliton is reflected at a free boundary, the refelcted wave will be a rarefactive pulse. It is to be noted that the amplitude or the height of the reflected rarefactive pulse is more enhanced than that of the incoming compressed soliton. This effect is due to the asymmetry of the potential energy curve as a function of the strain. If there is a limit to the endurable strain, so that larger stretching gives rise to a breaking-off of the system, the reflected rarefactive high pulse will cause a chopping at some point near the free end. In general, materials or structures are weaker when they are stretched than when compressed, and have some m a x i m u m value of stretching which they can endure. Such materials or structures will exhibit a chopping phenomenon i f they have certain nonlinearity. When a soliton induces a breaking-off near the free end, a new free -U
-u /\ _ 1 \ *•—/ \ -
k Jj
/ fixed end
\
\ pulse
-x\
/ - * free end
image Fig. 1. Reflection of » pulse (the solid curve) at a fixed end. u denotes stretching u=3y/3x, where y stands for the displacement. The broken curve is the mirror-image.
Fig. 2. Reflection of a pulse (the solid curve) at a free end of a harmonic continuum, a denotes stretching u = 3y/3x, where y stands for the displacement. The broken curve is the mirrorimage of the opposite sign.
222
150
M. Toda, R. Hirota and J. Satsuma
boundary is created, which in turn reflects the second incoming soliton and a new breaking-off will take place, and so on. If there are many solttons successively coming in, they will induce successive breaking-off or chopping of the system until it is broken into small pieces. It is well-known fact that even i f the wave form is initially quite smooth, many solitons will appear after a while if sufficient nonlinearity is present. For example, if we stretch a material with nonlinearity close to its maximum endurable strain and release one of the ends, then a motion will be set up towards the fixed end, which is reflected to turn into a compressed wave. D u r i n g this process, solitons will be mutually separated, proceed towards the free end and will give rise to a chopping phenomenon. In the following sections we will show the chopping phenomenon numerically by using a nonlinear lattice i n which the interaction potential of the spring between adjacent particles is modified i n such a way that it breaks off at a m a x i m u m stretching. Reflection of waves at a free end is by itself worth studying. When a compressed soliton comes to a free end, it will be reflected as a rarefactive pulse. However, for the lattice under consideration, it is known that a rarefactive pulse does not propagate as a stable soliton; instead, it is unstable and is soon splitted into many small waves or ripples. This sort of instability was known long time ago in the observation of shallow water waves. 2>
The model system by which we numerically examine a reflection of solitons and chopping phenomenon, is described in § 2 . The reflections of waves at fixed and free ends are studied in § 3 . Numerical results of the reflection of a soliton at a free boundary are shown. Analytical expression of a solution describing the reflection of a soliton at a fixed boundary is also presented. In §4, the releasing process of stress is numerically studied. Then a modified lattice is introduced and the result of computer experiments on a chopping phenomenon is shown. The last section is devoted to concluding remarks.
§2.
Model
system
The model system considered is a one-dimensional lattice in which N particles are connected to their nearest neighbors by anharmonic springs (Fig. 3). The interaction potential between two adjacent particles a distance r appart is assumed to be of the form d>(r) — (a/b) exp ( — br)+ar-\- const,
(1)
where a and b are positive constants ( F i g . 4). The first term of E q . (1) represents a repulsive force and the second an attractive force. For this potential the elastic modulus becomes small (large) when the lattice is stretched (compressed). The equation of motion is
223
Chopping Phenomenon of a Nonlinear
m^
=4exp {-KVn "
System
- exp { - 6(y ,-y )], n+
n
151
(2)
where m is the mass of particles and y is the displacement of the n-ih particle from its equilibrium position. If we introduce the relative displacement r„ and the force of spring / „ by n
r =yn-y*-x, n
/ =tf{exp(-ir„)-l}, B
(3)
(4)
E q . (2) can be written as
^(14)^+^-2/,,
(5)
This system, which is called the exponential (Toda) lattice, has an advantage that it can be treated analytically in some cases. T h e analytical solutions of E q . (5) for an infinite chain and a finite chain with a periodic boundary condition have been obtained so far. The simplest solution for the infinite case is a soliton solution i
/.=an sech»(>bfTfiO.
(6)
where k is a constant and Q=-Ja6/m sinh k. This pulse is very specific for a nonlinear lattice and the main feature of the wave propagation may be described in terms of the motion of solitons.
224
152
M. Toda, R. Hirota and J. Satsuma
We here consider a finite chain each end of which is fixed or free. The condition _V„=0 is subjected to a fixed boundary and r„=0 to a free boundary. In order to simulate this system, it is convenient to rewrite E q . (5) as a set of equations
=A -A,
a)
+ 1
where p = dy„/dt is the momentum of the «-th particle. This set of equations may be considered as network equations of an LC ladder circuit which consists of inductors with constant inductance and capacitors with nonlinear capacitance. ' The force of springs f„ corresponds to the voltage across the ladder circuit, the momentum p„ to the current in the inductor and the relative displacement r to the electric charge in the capacitor. n
3
n
The numerical computation is carried out by the difference analog of Eqs. (7) and (8) with respect to time. For simplicity, the constants m, a and b are assumed to be unity. In the calculation to follow, the time mesh is taken to be 0.1 and the chains varying in length (particle number) from 10 to 100 are used.
§3.
R e f l e c t i o n at
boundaries
In this section we study reflection of a soliton at fixed and free boundaries. Analytical treatment is possible for a fixed boundary. ' Let the mass point n — N be a fixed end. Reflection of a soliton at the fixed end is equivalent to the collision between the soliton and its mirror-image of the same amplitude in the extended system. We imagine a motion which is symmetric about n — N. Then the boundary condition at n = N can be expressed as 4
^ t ^ V i n
for k=\,2,
••• .
(9)
The s o l u t i o n / „ which describes a head-on collision of two solitons of the same amplitude is given by /« =
log{cosh[£(« - N-1/2)]
+ A cosh yt),
(10)
where =2sinhf>/2),
(11)
y4=cosh(i/2).
(12)
r
This soliton propagates down to the fixed end n = N, where it is reflected at the time r = 0 . The asymptotic forms of the incident and reflected solitons are
225
Chopping Phenomenon of a Nonlinear
153
System
B
sinh (^/2) C
Q
for / S O and n
(13)
^ ( k n ^ \ y t - ~ k ± ^
where exp(ij) = cosh(£/2).
(14)
It is rather difficult to obtain any analytical solutions describing the reflection of a soliton at a free boundary. Thus we examine numerically the effect of reflection at a free end. W e use a lattice with 15 particles. The 15-th particle is the fixed end. A compressed soliton a
2
/ , = ( s i n h 1.5) sech [(sinh 1.5)(r-4)] is launched into the lattice from the point n — 1. When the soliton is well apart from the incident point, the left end is set free. Then the pulse propagates down the lattice and is reflected at the fixed end. The reflected (compressed) pulse propagates up and is reflected at the free end. The temporal changes of stress of the second, 8-th and 14-th springs are shown in F i g . 5. It is noted that the first spring has no strain. The reflection A s might be suspected, the reflection at the fixed end is seen at about /=14. looks like a head-on collision of two solitons of the same amplitude. The compressed soliton reaches the free end at about t=28. Then it turns into a
fa
14
fa
z o
V
to O
2
i 0
20
60
80
Fig. 5. Temporal change of stress of the second, 8-th and 14-th springs in the lattice. The amplitude of input soliton is 4.53 and the maximum amplitude of reflected waves is —0.99.
226
154
M. Toda, R. Hirota and J. Satsuma
rarefactive puise which is followed by an oscillatory tail. A t the first trough, / is nearly equal to —1, which means that the elongation of the second spring is very large. The trough is very wide since the restoring force of the spring is rather weak for large elongations i n this system. T h e rarefactive pulse does not have its permanent shape, but becomes shallower during the propagation. After the reflection of the rarefactive pulse at the fixed end, the wave pattern becomes rather complicated. It is probably due to the interference of many short waves. B
§4.
Chopping phenomenon
When a linear lattice with constant elastic modulus is stretched uniformiy and then freed at an end, the stress wave propagates from the free end down to the fixed end. T h e wave is reflected at the fixed end and a compressed wave propagates to the free end, where it is reflected as a compressed wave and propagates to the fixed end. B y reflection at the fixed end the wave changes its sign and a rarefactive wave propagates to the free end. There it is reflected
i
io
POSITION 20
3o
ap
so
Fig. 6. Patterns of stress waves at/ = 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 140 for N=5Q and /(=—0.5. The left end is cut off and the right end fixed. The maximum tension of rarefactive waves is 0.71. The scales of axes are represented in the figure at 1 = 20.
227
Chopping Phenomenon of a Nonlinear
System
155
as a rarefactive wave and propagates to the fixed end, and so on. In such a linear lattice, a stress wave changes its sign at the fixed end but not at the free end. A different situation happens in the nonlinear lattice under consideration. Solitons are generated during the propagation of a compressed wave. A s was shown in § 3, a soliton is reflected as a rarefactive pulse at the free end. Since the restoring force of the springs is rather weak for large elongation in this system, the amplitude of the rarefactive pulse is more enhanced than that of the incoming compressed soliton, that is, the spring near the free end is much stretched. The stress will be larger than the first-given tension. Figure 6 shows a typical example of the pattern of stress waves at some instants in the nonlinear lattice with 50 particles. Initially a uniform tension (fi— —0.5) is given to the lattice. Here and hereafter, / , denotes the uniform tension given initially. A t the time t=0, the first spring is cut off. Then the lattice begins to shrink and waves are set up in the lattice. T h e stress waves propagate down and, at about r=55, reach the fixed end, where the compressed wave front propagates in the opposite direction. The compressed wave reaches
n
l
ip
POSITION JO 3,0
ap
I f. t = 20
odtl I
5p
J N
1I ^ffffffffWf hil Fig, 7. Patterns of stress waves at f=20 AO, 60, 80 100 for ^=50 and / =—0.9. The scales of axes are the same as in Fig. 6. t
r
(
228
156
M. Toda, R. Hirota and J, Satsuma
the free end at ^ = 98 and the rarefactive waves appears. The m a x i m u m amplitude of the rarefactive waves is 0.71, which is larger than the initial tension (0.5). Another example ( / = — 0 . 9 ) is shown i n F i g . 7. The essential feature is the same as the case forft= — 0.5. However, in this case, the amplitude of waves is much larger than that for ft— — 0.5 because of the larger nonlinearity. One of different and interesting features in this case is the existence of a local mode of vibrations behind the wave propagating downward. (
The temporal change of the stress at the second spring i n a lattice is shown in F i g . 8. The lattice has 15 particles and the initial tension is —0.9. A t r = 3 5 after the cut-off, a rarefactive pulse induced by a reflection at the free end, passes the second spring. Subsequently, several rarefactive pulses pass the point. The amplitude of the first trough is 0.94. The waves seen before the passage of reflected pulses correspond to the local vibration in F i g . 7. If the lattice has a m a x i m u m stress (rupture load) against elongation, a sufficiently large compressed pulse will give rise to a chopping of the lattice near the free end since the reflected pulse at the boundary is a rarefactive wave of large amplitude. The chopping yields a new free boundary, which i n turn reflects the second incoming pulse and a chopping takes place again. If there are many solitons successively coming i n , they will give rise to a successive chopping of the lattice. We here consider a modified exponential lattice, i n which the spring between particles is assumed to break off when it is stretched beyond the yielding stress. The interaction potential is assumed to be ( F i g . 3)
229
Chopping Phenomenon of a Nonlinear exp( —r) + r-|-const
for
r<^r ,
const
for
r^>r .
System
157
c
(15) c
The m a x i m u m tension of a spring, / „ , is given by
Such a lattice is a model of materials or structures which have their yielding strain. The interaction potential, E q . (15), is suitable for the model since materials or structures are in general weaker when they are stretched than when compressed. First a uniform tension |/,[ a little smaller than the maximum value \f \ is given to the lattice and the spring at an end is cut off. Then the waves are set up in the lattice. The strain of rarefactive pulse induced by a reflection at the free end, is much larger than the initial strain given so that a chopping would take place i f the elongation exceeds r . e
c
We have carried out the computer simulation on chopping phenomena for various values o f / and f . Figure 9 shows an example of them. The lattice consists of 50 particles and the conditions, fi—— 0.5 and f — —0.526, are imposed. A t the time t—0 the first spring is cut off. A t about /=100, the second spring is broken off, which is followed by the chopping of four springs near the free end. In the course of time, choppings occur at the 47-th spring, the 50-th, the 31-th and so on. The last chopping takes place at r=288. W e continued our calculation until /—500 without observing further chopping. T h e destruction near the free end is certainly due to the reflected rarefactive pulses with large amplitudes. Other choppings than those near the free end occur rather at random. W e think that the interference of rarefactive waves is responsible for the apparently stochastic nature of these choppings. F r o m the final state of the broken lattice i n F i g . 9, we see that a region is left where about 20 particles are not broken off at all. This character was common to the cases when comparatively small tensions are given to the lattices. (
c
c
When the initially given tension is large, the rarefactive pulses are heightened and the process of breaking off is more enhanced. The numerical result of such a case is shown in F i g . 10. I n this example, / = —0.9 and f — —0.92 are imposed. W e see from F i g . 10 that six springs are broken off by the first reflection at the free end. Choppings after the first destructions occur at 11 points throughout the whole lattice and the lattice has been broken into small pieces. (
c
The final states of the broken lattice for various values of / are shown in F i g . 11- The values o f / are taken every 0.1 from —0.9 to —0.1. The cases / , = —0.95 and —0.05 are also illustrated in the figure. The critical tension (
(
230
158
M. Toda, R. Hirota and j . Satsuma
300
300-
200
200 •
tiimnttt
iiiiiii
100
100
0
0 10
20
30
40
10
50
Time developement of destruction of a
lattice for J V = 5 0 , / = - 0 . 5 and/ =-0.526. (
30
50
40
POSITION
POSITION Fig. 9.
20
C
Figure shows the state of lattice at each instant when a new chopping occurs. Blank between small circles denotes a chopped spring.
Fig. 10. Time developement of destruction of a lattice for , V = 5 0 , / i = — 0.9 and/„ = —0.92. Figure shows the state of lattice at each instant when a new chopping occurs.
f is chosen so that
{
i
(
(
(
t
(
(
231
Chopping Phenomenon of a Nonlinear
System
159
]f,l
iy
0.95 0.9
0.963 0.920
o.a
0.827
0.7
0.729
0.6
0.629
24 1013.4
0.5
0.526
P 19 552.6
0.4
0.422
17 450.4
0.3
0.318
10
335.0
0.2
0.212
8
352.2
2 I
302.2 302.4
—. .
37 38
900.8 743.3
: 31
774.8
.|
O.i 0.107 0-05 0.053 S 10
30
40
50
60
80
70
90
?
g |0.S 5
100
POSITION Fig. 11. Final states of the broken lattice for iV=100 and the various values of/i and / . N is the numbers of chopped springs and TL is the time when the last chopping occurs. Arrows show the last point chopped by the first reflection of waves at the free end. c
T
waves is not enough to yield a destruction of the lattice. The chopping at the fixed end may be due to a simple superposition of incident and reflected waves. Indeed, i n the numerical computation of a linear lattice (
(
crZ
c
The ratios of the chopped springs to the whole lattice in the final states are plotted for various values o f / , in F i g . 12. They are the average values of ten experiments carried out changing the number of particles of lattices from 10 to 100. The critical tensions are chosen to satisfy the condition 0v*"c)/^v"i) = 1.144. It is seen from F i g . 12 that the ratios increase almost linearly until f, = — 0.7 and then saturate at a level. In the experiment for / , = — 0.9-~—0.99, we observed that the ratios never exceed 3 8 % . We have also carried out the numerical experiment of chopping phenomena for various values o f / , under the condition f /ft being a constant (=1.222). T h e results are almost the same as the cases for 0(r )/^(7- ) —1.144. Finally, in F i g . 13, we show a result for various values off with the fixed value of f (— —0.92). The numbers of chopped springs i n the lattice of 100 particles are shown i n the figure for — 0 . 5 [ > / ]> —0.9. N o chopping occurs for if, I smaller than 0.54. c
c
(
%
e
(
232
160
M. Toda, R. Hirota and J. Satsuma
Nc/N iv. I
Fig. 12. Ratios of the chopped springs to the whole lattice in the final state. The average values of ten experiments of ^=10, 20, 30, 100 are taken. The / 's are chosen to satisfy #(r )/^(r,)=1.144.
Fig. 13. Numbers of the chopped springs in the lattice for iV=100. / . is fixed (= — 0.92) and is taken every 0.02 to 0.90.
e
c
§5.
Concluding remarks
We have studied the reflection of waves at the free and fixed ends and the chopping phenomena i n the nonlinear lattice system. W e have shown that at the free end a compressed soliton turns into a rarefactive wave which does not possess the character of permanence, and that such a rarefactive wave gives rise to a destruction of the lattice. The main feature of the destruction was the continuous chopping near the free end, and the chopping occured randomly near the fixed end. When the initially given tension was large enough the whole lattice broke into pieces. The great part of the computations were carried out on F A C O M 230-75 at the data processing center, Kyoto University. F o r reference, we list in Appendix our program of the experiment on a chopping phenomenon. The accuracy of numerical computation was checked by the following three methods: 1)
A n analytical one-soliton solution was compared with the numerical one which propagates i n the lattice of 100 particles with the fixed ends. The maximum relative error in the amplitude of the soliton was about 1.3% for / less than 3,700.
2)
A t i—0, an end of the lattice of 100 particles which was stretched uniformly was cut off. Then waves set up i n the lattice. W e reversed the motion at t—1,000 when the waves are fully developed throughout the lattice. Owing to the reciprocity of our system, the initial state should be recovered at /=2,000. W e compared the final state with the initial and found the relative errors- less than 0.98%!
3)
W e carried out the experiment of chopping reducing the time mesh to a half f/lr=0.05) under the condition of / = - 0 . 9 and / = - 0 . 9 2 . No change in positions of chopping is observed. (
e
233
Chopping Phenomenon of a Nonlinear
System
161
Acknowledgement The authors wish to express their hearty thanks to M r . H i r o m i Sikata for carrying out the major part of the computer calculations and drawing the figures.
Appendix C C C C C C C C C C C C 1 2 3 * 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1* U 16 17 IS 19 20 21 22 23 2* J3 2b 2T 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 33 36 3T 38
DESTRUCTION OF THE TODA LATTICE M-NUMBER OF PARTICLES L-MAXIMUM COMPUTATION STEPS H-KIZAMI (INTERVAL) A-UNIFORM TENSION GIVEN CA-CRITICAL VALUE OF TENSION lENO-i OR 0 ACCORDING TO WHETHER ANOTHER END IS FIXED-OR F R E E K-TIME«10 J2-0ESTRUCTE0 LATTICE NUMBER V-MUTUAL FORCE BETWEEN ADJACENT PARTICLES ^-RELATIVE DISPLACEMENT I"MOMENTUM OF A PARTICLE RtAL 1(900) DIMENSION VC900).«t900).NVC900) 2 READ0.12.END-1) M.L.A.CA«I END 12 FORMAT(2I3.2F10.3.13) H«0.1 wHiTt(6,1001) H.A.CA.IENO.L 1001 FORMAT11H0.2HM".I3.SX.8HTENS|ON-,E11.*.3X.1THCRITICAL TENSION-.EH • .4.SX.3HIEND-.U.3X.2HL-. IS) WRITEC6.2000) 2000 FORMAT(1HO«2X.2HP;-.*X.3HJ2".3A«6HV(J2)«) DO 10 J - I . H V(J>— A NV(J)-1 S(J)-ALOSU.*V(J>) [CJ)-0. 10 CONTINUE NV(l)-0 NV(M)-1EN0 DO 20 fc-l.L DO 50 J3-1.M JF(NV(J3).E8.0) V(J3)-0. JF(NVtJ3).Ea.G) s ( j 3 ) - 0 . SO CONTINUE Ml-M-1 DO 30 J1-1.M1 M J D - l (J1)*H«(V(J1)-V(J1*1)> 30 CONTINUE KMJ-O. DO 40 J2-2.M 8(J2)-8(J2)»H«)*NV(J2) V(J2)»EXP(fl(J2))-l. IF(V(J2).LE.-CA) NV(J2)-0 1F(V(J2).LE.-CA) WR1TE(*.100) K>J2.V(J2) 100 FORMAT(1H .2( 15.2X).E13.3) *0 CONTINUE 20 CONTINUE 60 TO 2 1 STOP END References
1) 2) 3) 4)
cf. M. Toda, Prog. Theor. Phys. Suppl. No. 59 (1976), 1. H. Lamb, Hydrodynamics (Dover Publications, Inc., New York, 1945). R. Hirota and K. Suzuki, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 28 (1970), 1366. M. Toda, Phys. Reports 18 (1975), 1.
234
ROCKY MOUNTAIN JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICS Volume 5. Numbers 1 and 2> Winter ..II. 1 Spring 1973
PROBLEMS IN NONLINEAR DYNAMICS MORIKAZU TODA
1. Introduction. The main purpose of this paper is to trace the development of the theory of nonlinear lattices and present some aspects of problems to be done In the future. I would like to discuss the following: § 2. Philosophy, § 3. The Lattice, (3-1) inverse method, (3-2) conservation laws, (3-3) action angle variables, § 4. Continuum limit, § 5. Backlund transformation as a canonical transformation, § 6. Reflection at boundaries and chopping phenomenon, § 7. Periodic lattice, unequal masses, etc. 2. Philosophy. We might say that the philosophy of research is a problem of taste. But when I am troubled by the struggle in the jungle of physics and mathematics, I feel happier when I can find some philosophy pointing the way to go further. So, I would like to begin with some philosophy about "why nonlinear lattices?" For centuries we have enjoyed linear physics and linear mathematics. Efforts in physics have been to find out in Nature linear relations in a wider sense. That is, if a yields A, and fi yields B, then the combined cause a + fi yields the effect A + B. This is the linear relation. If a small nonlinearity is present the effect may be A + B + c • t, assumed small, is expected to be estimated by some perturbation theory. But this applies only when the concepts used in A and B are not concealed behind nonlinearity. However, a concept used in the linear world may not apply in essentially nonlinear phenomena, and perturbation theories may lead to false results. If this is the case, a new concept must be found. I think that a physical concept is established when rigorous solutions to a certain equation are found to describe well some wide scope of natural phenomena, or, when a new experiment reveals very clarifying facts. "Soliron" is a new concept found thus; it proved itself to be most important. And this is why I tried to find a rigorously solvable system. Fortunately, I found the nonlinear lattice with exponential interaction, which admitted rigorous particular solutions [1]. It was shown numerically by Ford and Waters [2] and analytically by Henon [3] and by Flaschka [4] that this system is integrable. Copyright O 197B Rocky Mountain Mathematics Consortium
197
235
198
M. TODA
We have seen that a rather wide class of nonlinear wave equations, such as the Korteweg-de Vries equation, or the nonlinear Schrodinger equation, are integrable. Here we have a nonlinear discrete lattice in addition to these. With respect to integrability, we have a two fold feeling. On one side, we may say that integrable systems are very rare cases among other non-integrable systems; it is clear that the nonintegrable systems are overwhelming in number, and in this sense, integrable systems are only rare cases. However, on the other hand, we may say that integrable systems are standard ones, which will enable us to build new concepts with wide applicability. I believe our nonlinear lattice with exponential interaction is one of such standard systems, on which some perturbation technique applicable to general nonlinear lattices is to be built in the future. 3. The Lattice. I shall briefly review the development of the theory of the nonlinear lattice. We think of a chain of particles of mass m, joined by nonlinear springs; we may alternatively think of a chain of discs joined by springs. These are equivalent and are also equivalent to a nonlinear L C ladder circuit [5]. The displacement of the particle, or the angle of rotation of the disc, is denoted by i / . Then the equation of motion is n
where o>(r) stands for the potential energy of the spring. In terms of the mutual displacement r — y — i / , we have n
(2)
a
n l
=
+ fc'tvi) + r t w -
f — — d>'(r ) is die force or the stress exerted by the spring. If we can take the inverse, r„ = — (l/m)x(f ), then n
n
n
$W*»= - /, 2
(3)
It turns out that if s„ is the momentum conjugate to the mutual displacement r [6], we have fl — ds /dt. The expression in terms of r„ and s is equivalent (I called it dual) to that in terms of Q and P . Originally, I was motivated to enter this problem by a paper by Ford, Stoddard, and Turner [8], in which they showed numerically the recurrence phenomenon and interpreted it by using perturbational treatment. So as a matter of course, I tried to find a lattice with some periodic solutions, and used the dual expression for investigation. After n
n
n
n
n
236
NONLINEAR DYNAMICS
199
some months of struggle I found the potential and the periodic solution at the same time [1]. A detailed description of this lattice is given in a review paper [9]. The interaction potential (exponential interaction) of the form (4)
u
+ ar + const,
(ab > 0)
represents a nonlinear interaction. For small \b\ it is like a harmonic potential, and for large \b\ it is like a hard sphere potential. In a dimension less form, the equation of motion for the exponential lattice takes the form (5)
— g-ic-o.-ii _
e
-
Or
cPr
(6)
dv
r
T
= 2e~ - -
T
e- —-e- »',
or (7)
£
M i + L) = - 2 /
n
+ /„_, +
with (8)
r
f*=i*=
e~ " ~ 1-
As a particular solution I found a "cnoidal wave" (9) where
[
( ? T-
1
- |
f
"1 - 1 / 2
Letting A —* oo, we gel a soliton-solution [11] (10)
2
2
e~'- - I = B sech (an T- &t)
with (Iff)
B = sinh a.
A 2-soliton solution can be written as [12] (11)
e->-l=
^ l n ^
n
]
237
200
M. TODA
with 1
(12)
2
2l
!
2,
+
i
+ A e "<+* >"- &* P' '. i
The equation of motion is satisfied by B* = A d t V ,
(12') (12")
-^L_ A A (
(i - 1,2),
- « ) - (/j, - B f ( 8 + B f - sinh^ +
=
2
2
J
1
2
2
Kl
For jS >9 > 0, we have two solitons running in the same direction (overtaking). For B B < 0, we have two solitons coming in the opposite direction (direct collision). These are well-known solutions. We have also a multi-soliton solution which was given by Hirota [14], Flaschka [12] and Moser [16], x
2
X
2
4. Inverse method- Following Flaschka, we can write the equation of motion in a matrix form [4], (13)
^ dt
= BL-
LB
with (here a differs in sign from Flaschka's) n
(14)
(14')
L .„
=b„=-±P ,
n
L^ n
n
= L,,., = a = - |
a
e-<^-^
n
(15)
B _, „ = —£*„.„_! - a* n
(the other elements of L and B are all zeroj. From the diagonal we have (16)
K = 2(al
O
-
+1
and from the off-diagonal (16')
K = °n(K -
K-l>
Explicitly written, we have (17) ' y
m
d
!» dt
=
-lQ^Q.-i
e
^
_ H0. ,-0J e
t
p
= »-
It turns out that the eigenvalues X of the equation (18)
Li = X£
238
NONLINEAR
201
DYNAMICS
are independent of time. So the motion of the lattice is an isospectral deformation. Due to the time evolution of L , we have the time change Off;
| l = Bf.
(19)
If the motion in the lattice is restricted to a finite region, we can speak clearly of the scattering data and apply the inverse scattering method [15]. For a given initial motion, Q„(0) and P„(0), or L(0), we calculate the initial scattering data for the wave f with the asymptotic form J" ~ z~ for n - » c o . The scattering data consist of the reflection coefficient R(z), the bound state eigenvalues A, = —(a,- + z ~ )/2 (A < — 1, \z \ < 1) and the coefficient c of the normalized bound state eigenfunction whose asymptotic form is c ^ " for n — oo (cf. (27) and (28) below). n
1
j
;
}
i
From the initial data and the asymptotic evolution equation, we get the scattering data at later time f. In effect, we construct the kernel F(m) ^
(20)
§
( I
E
,
M
R(z, 0 ) e - ' - - 2 -
1
dz
+ 2 c/(0)e-'<*^V J
of the discrete integral equation (Gel'fand-Levi tan equation), (21)
K(n, m) + F(n + m)+
2
K
(n, n')F(n' + m) ^ 0.
After solving this for «(n, m), we calculate K(n, n) given by
n'-n+l
Then the initial value problem is solved in the form ( 2 3 )
{
e
-
=
[
'
(23")
*("• ">
L ^
= s„ -
S n + 1
,
K(n - 1, n - 1)
s„ =
K(H
2
1 ,
J '
- 1, n).
The simple case R(z) = 0 yields the multi-soli ton solution.
239
202
M. TODA
5. Conservation laws. If we consider a chain of N particles with the exponential nearest neighbor interaction, we have N independent conserved quantities. Thus, it is shown that this system is non-ergodic. We shall not elaborate on these conservation laws here because they are already much spoken about, except for the fact that they can be obtained from det(Xl — L) — 0 [4], or from some expansion of the transmission coefficient [15] or from the Backlund transformation [17] or by even more direct ways [9], The relation between the conservation laws and the integrability of the system is not yet clear. The lowest order conserved quantity is the total momentum and next is the total energy. Higher order ones contain 2 P , 2 P , and so on. Treating these higher order conserved quantities as hamiltonians, higher order nonlinear equations can be obtained, which afford, however, no mechanical interpretation. 3
n
4
n
6. Action-angle variables. We shall not enter the detailed theory of the canonical transformation described by McLaughlin and Flaschka [18]. One of the main results may be that we can find action and angle variables for an infinite lattice. In terms of these variables, the hamiltonian can be written as H =
2
I
fx*
2
2
- z, ) +
(24) + (contribution from non-soliton part) with the action variables for solitons (25) 5 = z,- + if* and the corresponding angle variables fl which are proportional to In c f
(26)
j7
8j = 2 In c + const. ;
The time rates of change of J,- and 8 are given by t
(28)
^ ^ i k
These equations of motion give the time evolution of the scattering data (20). 7. Continuum limit. A large class of nonlinear wave equations are known to be integrable, and solitons are common to these systems. Es-
240
NONLINEAR DYNAMICS
203
pecially, a queer parallelism exists between the Korteweg-deVries (KdV) equattm and the latdce with exponential interaction. One might say that the Korteweg-deVries system is a continuum limit of the discrete lattice. But there can be many equations of different grades between these two. In other words, if one formally uses a Taylor expansion, the discrete nonlinear lattice will turn into something like
_ a c
2
dt (29)
~
0
f(
I\
I
+
C
J L
2
A
+ +
ox
90
}
4
h
B.
/
3y
There is nothing to say a priori where to stop the expansion terms of higher derivatives. The Korteweg-deVries equation is obtained if one keeps the lowest nonlinear term and the linear fourth derivative, and after some simplification using moving coordinates [9], However, there are many systems between the exponential lattice and the KortewegdeVries continuum limit, and the simple soliton picture seems to apply only to these two extremes. Why is it so? This may be something very naive, but it is what I am still worried about. I think that a mathematically rigorous proof of the nature of the parallelism between these two standard systems has to be worked out. In spite of this uneasiness, I would like to show a formal way to go from the exponential latttice to the Korteweg-deVries equation [20]. It is convenient to write (30)
(lxp) = ft,*. + a , ^
+ a
n
B + 1
d.
n + 1
in the form 3/
(31)
n
L = K + a e- * + n
/in
^ a, n
and similarly (31')
B = - a^-*"" + e ± s / S n
2
where e = 1 ± 9/3n + \ a /on e f(n) =f(n ± 1).
2
B / 3 n
a
n
± - • • is a
shifting
operator,
±i/in
Considering only waves progressing to the right, we introduce the moving coordinate £ and time T defined by (32)
£ = n - t,
T
= t/24
and write (33)
u(t T) = 2r (t). n
241
204
M. TODA
Then, omitting higher derivatives, we have 2
(34)
1 b ± ^
L = ^ 2 4 (
B
2
u + " - 1,
+
2
^
+
(34') 31
3£
and the equation of motion dL/dr — 6L — LB gives the Korteweg-deVries equation
The inverse scattering methods can be transplanted from the transform for the exponential lattice. Write (36)
ic(n, m) = K& rj)h,
(36')
F(n + m) - F{£ + r,)h,
(36")
t = nh, ij = mh,
where ft is the distance between particles (lattice spacing), and further (37)
z = e*\
»j = e""'.
Using the approximations 1
(38)
3
(z - z" )/2 s i ifc - 1/6 fc , J
(38')
(^ - z - ) / 2 m -icj - 1/6
a K }
we have the kernel f(i
+
n
)
=
_ L J " R(fc, ( ^ i l * * * * * ^
(39) + 2 i
2
8
c (0)e *A-«+'" j
of the Gel'fand-Levitan equation (40)
& v) + m + 4
+X
" *<£
*
°-
We have (by a technique similar to that used by Kac and Case [21] in the discussion of a discrete Schrodinger equation)
242
NONLINEAR DYNAMICS
205
Since the motion is given by
( 4 2 )
!
f
"
= [ K(n-'";n-l) ] '=
1
"
* " "* " W "
'»•
write u(4 T) — 2r (l) we have n
(43)
u(l T) = - 2
A «{£, |).
This gives the exact solution to the Korteweg-deVries equation. 8. A Backlund transformation as a canonical transformation. A canonical transformation given by the generating function [23]
W(fte)= 2
[Aexp{-(P --0„)} B
(44) -
I
e X
p{-(Q
n + 1
-
„')}
+ «{O ' - O )] n
n
or more explicitly,
aw (45) -
Aexp{-(O '-p )} + n
n
^expf-^-p;.,))
-a,
(45') - A exp{ _ ( O ' _ p„)} + | exp{ - ( O n
n + 1
- Q„')) - a 1
transforms the set of canonical variables from (O, P) to (C/ , F)- This has the invariance property,
2 -2f>
( 4 6 )
(46')
P
2 HP-')
2
+ tr**-*"
1
=
n
+
+
const., + const.
The constants on the right hand side are determined by the boundary conditions. The above transformation therefore maps the system to it-
243
206
M. TODA
self. If we assume the trivial solution Q — P = 0, then ( 0 \ F) yields a one-soliton solution. If we assume a one-soliton solution for (Q, P), then (Q , P) represents a two-soliton solution. Thus the above canonical transformation is a soliton-adding transformation which can be called a Backlund transformation [25]. In dual variables, r and s , such that r„ - O - p _ , e" - - 1 - s„, the above canonical transformation can be written as [24] n
n
1
T
B
a
(47)
s
n
„ -
(47')
= -s
1
- A,
=
n
n
- A.
We have therefore m
(A +
- s )(\ +
=
n
-1 * % (48')
( X
+
"
S n + l K X
+
S
" "
0
=
******
= i + VIf we write («)
<-l
- ">»'. *n = «>„
we get (50) (50')
(X + u) ' - u>JX +v> n
(A + <
H
K+i) = i + # «
- u>„}(A + «>„_, - to,') = 1 + 6> '. B
This set of equations is just the Backlund transformation for the exponential lattice proposed by Chen and L i u [24]. (After the conference I proved that (45) leads, in the continuum linit, to the Backlund transformation for the Korteweg-deVries equation.) 9. Reflection at boundaries and a chopping phenomenon. The reflection of waves at boundaries is a problem to be studied in the course of completing the theory of waves. It is important for both physical and technological applications. The famous computer experiment of FermiPasta-Ulam was done with fixed boundary conditions. Reflection at a fixed boundary is not an essentially new problem. For example, if a soliton comes to a fixed end, it is reflected. But this is equivalent to a collision and passing-through of two solitons of equal height coming in opposite directions. Reflection at a free boundary is a problem which awaits analytic solutions (from the mathematical point of view). I would also like to call your attention to a possible technological problem [9].
244
NONLINEAR DYNAMICS
207
It is several years since I happened to notice this possible mechanism of breakdown phenomenon, which may lead to destruction, or chopping into pieces, of a material or an architectural structure. I shall try to describe it. If the anharmonicity is such that the force constant of the spring gets smaller when stretched, the solitons are compressed pulses. When such a compressed soliton is reflected at a free boundary it will turn into a rarefactive pulse. If the material is strong enough against stretching, the reflected wave will consist of a large dilatation followed by an oscillating tail. However, materials are usually weak against elongation. If the material has a yielding point or rupture load against elongation, a sufficiently large pulse, when reflected at a free end, will give rise to a breakdown of the material near the free boundary. The distance between the point of breakdown and the free end will be of the order of the width of the pulse or the soliton. Consider stretching a material slowly to near its yielding point, and then releasing one of the ends. Then a compressional motion starts toward the fixed end, reflected there giving rise to a compressional wave, which comes back toward the free end. During this process the compressional wave will break into a train of solitons. This means accumulation of energy and stress in the spikes of solitons. When such a soliton is reflected at the free end, it turns into a large dilatational wave, which may cause breakdown of the material. Successive arrival of the solitons to the newly bom free end will give rise to successive breakdown. Thus the material will be chopped into pieces or fragments. This idea was proved by some preliminary computer experiments performed by Hirota, and further detailed numerical study is still going on. 10. Periodic lattices, unequal masses, etc. Obtaining solutons for periodic lattices is a very important problem which has been studied by Kac and van Moerbeke [25] and by Date and Tanaka [26], The solution proceeds in parallel with that of the periodic Korteweg deVries equation. Both turn out to be related to an inversion problem of Jacobi. The solution is given in terms of theta functions. The effect of an unequal mass or impurities in a nonlinear lattice is a very important problem waiting further study. We may expect that if a soliton comes upon an impurity of different mass, it can be broken, yielding reflected and transmitted solitons. This problem pertains therefore to the heat conduction in isotopically disordered nonlinear lattice. This was treated numerically by Visscher and others several years ago [27]. It was found there that solitons were rather stable against impu-
245
208
M. TODA
rities, and that nonlinearity led to higher values of heat conductivity; this was rather against expectation. There is another problem concerning a light impurity. A light impurity may trap energy and establish a localized oscillation. This is a wellknown fact for harmonic lattices [28], Whether we have such a localized oscillation in a nonlinear lattice is an open problem. In general, the motion in the lattice will become disordered when impurities are introduced, and will become even erratic if there are many impurities distributed at random. So, this is related to the ergodic problem, the most fundamental problem of statistical mechanics. Casati and Ford numerically examined the exponential lattice with unequal masses, and found erratic behavior when the energy exceeded a certain value [30], We have to explain in the future this fascinating result. Concerning the statistical mechanics point of view, the establishment of a thermal equilibrium state of the lattice is an open problem. There is some controversial point in the discussion of the equipartition of energy. There are thus still many things to be worked out. 1 have presented the problems according to my taste. I hope you might have picked up something from this to develop further in your future research.
REFERENCES
1. M. Toda, Vibration of a chain with nonlinear interaction, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 22 (1967), 431-i36. 2. J. Ford and J. Waters, Computer studies of energy sharing and ergodicity for nonlinear oscillator systems, j. Math. Phys. 4 (1963). 1293-1306. 3. M. H£non, Integrals of the Toda lattice, Phys. Rev. B 9 (1974). 1921-1923. 4. H. Flaschka, The Toda lattice. Existence of integrals, Phys. Rev. B 9 (1974), 1924-1925. 5. R. Hirota and K. Suzuki. Studies on lattice solitons by using electrical networks, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 28 (1970), 1366-1367. 8. M. Toda. One-dimensionul dual transformation, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 20 (1965), 2095.
7. One-dimensional dual transformation. Prog, Theor. Phys. Suppl. 36 (1966), 113-119. 8. J. Ford, S. D. Stoddard, and J. S. Tomer, On the integrability of the Toda lattice, Prog. Theor. Phys. 50 (1973), 1547-1560. ft M. Toda, Waves in nonlinear lattice, frog. Theor. Phys. Suppl. 45 (1970), 174-200. 10. . Studies of a non-linear lattice, Phys. Rep. 18 C (1975). 1-123. 11. Wane propagation in anfiannonic lattices, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 23 (1967), 501-506. 12. . Mechanics and statistical mechanics of nonlinear chains, J. Phys. Soc. Japan Suppl. 28 (1969), 235-237.
246
NONLINEAR DYNAMICS
209
13. M Toda and M. Wadati, A soliton and two solitons in an exponential lattice and related equations, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 34 (1973), 18-25. 14. R. Hirota, Exact N-soliton solution of a nonlinear lumped network equation, Phys. Soc. Japan 35 (1973), 286-288. 15. H. Flaschka, On the Toda lattice. II. Jnnerse-scaHering solution. Prog. Theor. Phys. 51 (1974), 703-716. 16. J. Moser, Finitely many mass points on (tie line under the influence of an exponential potential—an integrable system. Dynamical Systems, Theory and Applications, Battelle Seattle 1974 Rencontres, J. Moser, ed., Lecture Notes in Physics, Vol. 38, Springer-Verlag, New York, 1975, 467-197. 17. M. Wadati and M. Toda. Backlund transformation for the exponential lattice, J, Phys. Soc. Japan 39 (1975), 1196-1203. 18. D. W, McLaughlin, Four examples of the inuerse method as a canonical transformation, J. Math. Phys. 16 (1975), 96-99. 19. H. Flaschka and D. W. McLaughlin, Cinonically conjugate variables for the Korteweg-deVries equation and the Toda lattice with periodic boundary conditions. Theor. Phys. 5 5 (1976), 438-156. 20. M. Toda, Wave propagation in a non-linear lattice. International Symposium on Mathematical Problems in Theoretical Physics, Kyoto, 1975, H. Araki, ed., Lecture Notes in Physics, Vol. 39, Sprmger-Verlag, New York, 1975, 387-393. 21. K. M. Case and M. Kac, A discrete version of the inverse scattering problem, J. Math. Phys. 14 (1973). 594-603. 22. K. M. Case, On discrete scattering problems. II., J. Math. Phys. 14 (1973), 916-920. 23. M. Toda and M. Wadati, A canonical transformation for the exponential lattice, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 39 (1975), 1204-1211. 24. H. Chen and C. Liu. Backlund transformation solutions of the Toda lattice equation, J. Math. Phys. 16 (1975), 1428-1430. 25. M. Kac and P. van Moerbeke. A complete solution of the periodic Toda problem. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 72 (1975), 2879-2880. 26. E. Date and S. Tanaka, Analogue of inverse scattering theory for the discrete Hill's equation and exact solutions for the periodic Toda lattice. Prog. Theor. Phys. 5 5 (1976), 457-465. 27. D. N. Payton. III. M. Rich, and W. M. Visscher, Energy flow in disordered lattices. Localized Excitations in Solids. Proc. Internal. Coof. on Localized Excitations in Solids. California. 1967, R. F. Wallis, ed.. Plenum Press, New York, 1968, 657-664. 28. E. W. Montroll and R. B. Potts. Effect of defects on lattice vibrations, Phys. Rev. 100 (1955), 525-543. 29. , Effects of defects on lattice vibrations: inferocfion of defects and an analogy with meson pair theory, Phys. Rev. 102 (1956). 72-84. 30. C. Casati and J. Ford, submitted to J. Math. Phys. (1976). INSTITUTE FOR APPLIED PHYSICS. YOKOHAMA NATIONAL UNIVERSITY, YOKOHAMA 233
JAPAN
247
Physica Scripta. Vol. 20,424-430, 1979
Solitons and Heat Conduction Morikazu Toda Department of Applied Mathematics, Faculty of Engineering, Yokohama National University. Yokohama, 232 Japan Received June 7, 1978
Abstract
K
Solitons and hellt conduction. M. Toda (Department of Applied Mathematics. Faculty of Engineering, Yokohama National University. Yokohama, 232 Japan).
where C is the specific heat per unit volume, v the sound velocity, and I the mean free path of phonons, or the attenuation length of the lattice waves. We may write
Phyrica Scripta (Sweden) 20, 424-430, 1979.
Fundamental problems of the lattice thenna! conductivity. including the validity of the Fourier 1aw~ are examined assuming simple model lattices; hannonic, isotopically disordered harmonic. non-linear, and isotopically disordered m>n-lincar onc-dimensional lattices . In the nonlinear lattices energy is mainly transported. by solitons, which play important roles in the heat conduction in the disordered non-linear
lattices.
1. Introduction
The heat transport by lattice waves in real solids is hindered by many causes, i.e., crystal defects, impurities, and anharmonicity of the lattice vibrati('". Even in the perfect crystals, there are in trinsic thennal resistance due to the anharmonici ty and the resistance due to very common isotopic impurities. These two thermal resistances are the main subjects of the present study on the analytical and numerical works assuming simple model systems. These are harmonic, isotopically disordered harmonic, non-linear (anharmonic), isotopically disordered non-linear lattices. For each model, the existence of the temperature gradient, and the dependence of the thermal conductivity on the size of the lattice will be examined , and it will be shown that the heat flux in the isotopically disordered lattice is enhanced by the introduction of the anharmonicity , which indicates the important role of "solitons" in the energy flow .
-Cli
1=
VT
(2.2)
(2.3)
where T is the attenuation time, or the relaxation time of the lattice waves, so that the thermal conductivity is written as K-C.rT.
(2.4)
Sometimes it is more convenient to consider what is called the thermal resistance which is defIDed as the reciprocal of the heat conductivity. That is
w=.!. K
(2.5)
The temperature dependence of the thermal conductivity in real non-metallic solids is usually as follows. As we increase the temperature, conductivity goes up to a maximum value at a certain temperature which depends on the specimen, and decrease again at higher temperatures. The low heat conductivity at very low temperatures is related to a combined effect of the small value of specific heat and many kinds of defects in the crystal which limit the mean free path. The decrease of the conductivity at high temperatures is mainly due to the scattering of lattice waves by the anharmonicity of the lattice forces. The anharmonicity, one of the main object of the present review, acts also as the cause of the thermal expansion. From the data of the thermal expansion, or the so-called Griineisen constant, we may estimate the magnitude of the anharmonicity. 2. Lattice thermal conductivity The value of the anharmonicity does not change from substance 2.1. ThennaJ conductivity and thermal resistance to substance so much, while the velocity of sound is proporWe shall start with some brief consideration on the current tional to the Debye temperature B, and the phonon population theories of heat conduction in non-metallic (dielectric) solids. is roughly proportional to TIB, so that the high temperature The heat transport by lattice waves in real solids obeys the heat conductivity is K a: 8'IT, indicating strong dependence on Fourier law; that is, the heat flow through a unit area per unit the Debye temperatures. This is because the mean free path of time is proportional to the temperature gradient, and the the phonons is roughly proportional to the phonon population, proportionality constant is called the heat conductivity: which gives rise to local density fluctuation and therefor. scattering of phonons. This was first pointed out by Debye in aT Q = -K(2 .1) 1914 (I) . ax A more rigorous formulation of the lattice thermal con· This Fourier law itself is one of the important things we have ductivity was given by Peierls in 1929 (2) . He clarified the to prove or disprove from the first principle for each model splitting and combining processes of lattice waves by the anwe assume. But, for a while we shall take it for granted as an harmonicity in the interaction potential of the lattice vibration. empirical law. The fact that the heat flow is proportional to By quantizing the lattice waves he also extended the theory of the temperature gradient means that heat energy is transferred low temperatures. He distinguished two types of interaction by some kind of diffusion processes. In the usual language, the processes: one type consists of processes where the total heat energy is transported by lattice waves or phonons, and momentum of the phonons is conserved. These nonnal prothe heat conductivity is governed by the mean free path of the cesses can not give rise to thennaJ resistance, because the phonons: conservation of momentum implies that the energy flow is Physico Scripta 20
248
Solitons and Heat Conduction
425
maintained. The other type consists of processes where the Table I. Temperature variation of thermal resistance for v tola! momentum is not conserved. These are known as the interaction mechanisms }3f Umklapp processes, in which a part of the phonon momentum is given to the lattice as a whole. The latter processes are Low temperature T responsible for the thermal resistance, which is shown to be Sat If ring mechanism Resistance l/«<7") proportional to the absolute temperature at high tempera lutes, and decrease sharply at low temperatures, iT there were no otherExternal boundaries . i effects such as the crystal defects and impurities. Grain boundaries T~' r
2.2. Factors governing thermal conductivity The energy flow can be written, in terms of phononsftw,as arc j,
y
dk
(2.6)
Thinsheers embedded in crystal Stacking faults Conduction elections in metals Dislocations (strain field) Dislocations (core) Long cylinders Point defects Umklapp processes
. T* T"
Umklapp processes All bnperfections
T'
where v= 3*j/3ft is the group velocity, and N{k) the number density of phonons. Let us simply assume that Vi-. i returns to High temperature T its equilibrium value t\(k) if shifted, following the law
r
r
.
1
T
T
T'
which defines the relaxation tune r. When there is a temperature a is a constant {* ^.2). The intrinsic thermal resistance for * pure crystal varies gradient, and when the steady state is set up, the rate of change in the phonon population - (i^grad N) will be balanced by the exponentially at very low temperatures, as predicted by Peierls, relaxation process, so that we have the Boltzrnann equation notably in saphire (a = 2.1), diamond (2.7), liquid helium (2.3), quartz and lithium fluoride. However, even in good iM ft—If crystals of many materials, the intrinsic thermal resistance is
E
x
S
v
!
r
c
k
t
T
1
-U-U-U...
Physica Scripta 20
249
426
Morikazu Toda
spectra. Thus il was ieveiled thai great caution must be paid when we deal wiih disordered systems. The peaks were shown to be associated with certain kinds of localized lattice structure, namely certain islands of the light atoms embedded in the lattice of heavy atoms (4), and the detailed interpretation of the structure of the speclia was subsequently worked out [51. ft was further revealed by numerical works that Ihe high frequency normal modes (eigenfunctions) of isotopically disordered lattices are strongly localized [6]. Similar localization of normal modes was made clear in two-dunensional and three-dimensional square lattices. When Ihe lattice is big enough, we may safely say that nearly all [he normal modes are localized. The fine peak structure and the localization of eigen functions are of course mutually related. Because of these properties, the usual concept of lattice waves, or the generally accepted notion of phonons must be examined. Since usual theories of thermal conductivity rely on these concepts of phonons, they have also lo be examined and rebuilt from the beginning.
3.2. Apparent conductivity
where AT denotes the temperature difference between two ends of the lattice, fc the Boltzrnann constant, X the friction constant of the Langevin forces characterizing the coupling between the lattice and the heat reservoirs at both ends (see eq. (3.10) below), c a numerical constant of the order of unity [S]. Thus it turned out that the apparent conductivity depends on the length of Ihe lattice, VW. A pure (regular) harmonic lattice can nol maintain a temperature gradienl. The Fourier law does not apply and Ihe energy flow is proportional lo ihe temperature difference between the two ends, instead of the tempeiature gradienl. On the contrary, in an isotopically disordered lattice, an internal temperature gradient is set up in the steady state. But there are always some jumps of temperature at both ends, which means a kind of the Kapitza resistance between dissimilar substances and may be ignored for a sufficiently large system. We may define ihe thermal conductivity K as the heat current divided by Ihe internal temperature gradient. If we use this definition we have B
Because of the localization of the normal modes, an isotopically (3.9) disordered lattice will nol transmit waves of almost any wave number if the lattice is long enough. To see this, we shall write where c, is a constant. By suitably choosing two constants c the equations of motion as and c, the dependence offtof the computer experiment on the concentration of isotopes can be well reproduced. In particular, — i 7 i u u = y{u+i — 2u + u - ) (3.1)when the concentration of mass m is p and that of mass I is ft is shown that the incident wave decays exponentially with 1 —p. the conductivity K lakes its minimum value at Ihe concentraiion the distance n in the lattice as 3
n
n
n
n
n
i
Itfj,! exp (— Q| u fr) (3.2) 1 (3-10) I +m where a is the attenuation constant. In the Limit of long wave length, it was shown thai which exactly coincides with the computational results and is (33) independent of the values of f and c . The energy flow along harmonic lattices was studied numerwhere < . . . > denotes Ihe average, and the suffix of the massically Visscher and olhers (10, 12] and Nakazawa (II). These m is suppressed [7], [8]. authors also sludied the effect of anharmonicity of the interTherefore the elgenfunclion for a normal mode is limited in action potential. Therefore we shall come back again to these Ihe range of the order of works in the next section. 3
t
n
n~7oW
(3.4)
3.3. Self-consistent reservoir systems
In olher words, the eigenfunction is extended through the lattice when the frequency is below Ihe demarcation value
Visscher and others [13] introduced t harmonic lattice in which each particle interacts with its own heat reservoir. The function of the reservoirs is lo provide a means for the harmonic normal modes to interact with each other. The temperature of io - y/y<m)f!V<{m-(m}) > (3S, ihe reservoirs are chosen lo be equal lo the kinetic temperatures Since the maximum frequency is u — vV/
4
0
(310) We see nearly all the normal modes are localized except for the ™ - T K - I - 7 u " n - i ) - \ i . " —fa($) low frequency modes, whose total number is of the order of where f„(f) is a Gaussian Markoffian function of time, whose autocorrelation is proportional to the temperature of the The energy flow through the disordered lattice is propor- reservoir: tional to The number of extended modes We may write Ihe (3.11) energy flow as They assumed two modifications of the boundary conditions, Q = KAT/N 0-7) namely, free ends and fixed ends. The lattices are composed of approximately equal numbers of masses 2 and J units with the apparent Ihermal conductivity +
N
n
n
250
Solitons
and Heat Conduction
421
shapes like stable, penetrable particles. After this finding, soliton solutions were found in many non-linear wave equations, and the soliton concept was firmly established as the mode of wave propagation in non-linear systems. Tappert and Varma reported the propagation and self-focusing of a soliton through a pure crystal at very low temperatures |17J. It should be also remembered that besides solitons, small j£ = y/2Xm (3.12) ripple-like waves (sometimes called radiations) can be propagated through the non-linear systems together with solitons. for X, — \ ,. = X, The conductivities of disordered lattices depend on the Theserippleusually bear only a small part of the energy of the length of the lattices, on the coupling constant X~X - X waves, behaving nearly as linear waves of small amplitude, and = . . . = XJU-I (Ai =• Xjy =1), and on the boundary conditions, are related to higher wave numbers, while solitons are to be in the limit of small X, conductivities are larger for free ends considered as waves of vanishing wave numbers, as will be than fixed ends. It looks that Ln the limit of X -+ 0 + , the con- shown below. ductivities behave something like It was shown that the soliton concept also applies to nonlinear discrete lattices. The equations of motion of the lattice K -^tv ' (free boundaries) with exponential nearest neighbor interaction are integrable , ~ff*'* (fixed boundaries) (313) when there is no impurity 118]. The equations of motion for this lattice can be written as This is a rather strange result, which may be particular to the one-dimensional systems, n —A " for free boundaries corres= fl(e-b(y -y „> _--*<*„•ill (4.1) ponds to eq. (3.8).
(N ^ A ; W A / ' * B = 2). The conductivity is defined as (he energy current divided by Ihe internal temperature gradient. There are always some jumps of temperatures at both ends (Kapitza resistance). A temperature gradient is set up even when the lattice is monatomic (regular) [14], and it is shown that the conductivity of the regular lattice is A
H
=
2
?
1
3
1
F
J
n
where a and b are constants such that periodic solution of Ihe form
4. Non-linear lattices 4.1 „ Energy flow in non-linear
n
ab>0.
We have a
lattices
The role of anharmonicity of the interaction potential, or non-linearity, is of course essential to the thermal resistance. The numerical experiments by Nakazawa (I I] showed temperature gradient can be set up in non-linear one-dimensional lattices without impurities, when the interaction is of the Lennard-Jones type or the pure quartic potential. Visscher and his collaborators [12J numerically sludied the case of isotopically disordered anharmonic lattices with the Lcnnard-Jones potential. In their model systems, the particles on the both ends of the lattice are subject lo collisions with gas particles of the reservoirs. Temperature jumps are observed at both boundaries. The thermal conductivity is defined as the heat flux divided by the internal temperature gradient. While the thermal conductivity of the monatomic harmonic lattice is infinite because the temperature gradient vanishes, the thermal conductivity of a pure anharmonic lattice with the LennardJones potential slays finite. However, when The concentration of the isotopic impurity is finite, the addition of anharmonic terms always increased the thermal conductivity. Similar features were observed in two-dimensional square lattices. Thus it was revealed that the addition of anharmonicity in Ihe isotopically disordered lattices enhanced the thermal conductivity. This is contrary to Ihe prediction by usual theories based on the Boltzrnann type approach, since independent scattering mechanism would be expected lo contribute more or less addilively to Ihe thermal resislances. Similar results were obtained by Jackson and others [15].
(4.2)
abfm
where iin denotes Ihe iacobian elliptic function with the modulus k(0
»-./f*
sn'ilKfk)
'
+
/T
(43)
The above periodic wave is called the cnoidal wave, and its wave profile and dispersion are very similar to those of a sinusoidal wave of a linear lattice when the modulus k is not close to unily. In the limit of k -* 1. the cnoidal wave approaches a sequence of equi-distantly spaced 6-functions. If we take proper limit simultaneously as X - K(k) •* ™{A -* 1), we have a soliton solution ab
with p ~ . / — sinh oi
(4.5)
where a is an arbitrary constant. Therefore, the soliton is a wave associated with vanishing wave number (X -* **). If the soliton is considered as a wave packet composed of linear superposition of cosine waves, the main components will 4.2. Ideal solitons have wave-length longer than l/o;we have These rather puzzling results can be understood in terms of I solitons, which first appeared in a computational research by sech (cir) = J d£ , cos (fcc). (4-6) sinh (TTE/2O:) Zabusky and Kruskal [ 16J. They numerically integrated the non-linear wave equation for a continuum (the Korteweg- and thus the contribution from larger wave number (£ >o) is de Vries equation), and found that nearly all the energy was seen to be very small. propagated in the form of stable pulses which they named For the pure lattice with exponential interaction, we have solitons. A soliton of larger energy propagates faster than a solutions composed or two or more solitons, which indicate that smaller one, and when the/ collide, they mwei " ii initial the sulitumi arc stable modes, which characterize tbe inherent J
|e
Physica Seripio 20
251
42B
Morikazu Toda
motion of the exponential lattice, and it is also shown numer- S. Non-linear lattices wftb impurities ically that solitons are stable even when They interact with 5.1. Effect of an impurity in harmonic and extremel ripples in the lattice. harmonic cases One of the merits of the lattice with exponential interaction is that it reduces lo the harmonic lattice when we take the limit Returning to the lattices disordered by isotopic impurities, we of b-*Q and to the hard sphere (or rod) gas in the limit ofshall clarify the increase in the thermal conductivity by the b ~* *° covering both limils of harmonic and extremely anhar- introduction of anharmonicity. For comparison, we shall first monic cases. Sometimes, il is very helpful to recall these limits toexamine what happens for a wave of the wave number k scatunderstand the propagation of non-linear waves. Especially the tered by an impurity of mass m„ in the harmonic lattice of the properties of a soliton can be well clarified by considering a host mass m. When the wave u = exp i (kn — (jr) is incidenl hard sphere system, even when there are impurities in the lattice on Ihe impurity, a pan of the wave is reflected, and we have the transmitted wave u„ = a exp i(kn — to/). By a simple as we shall see in what follows. calculation, we have the transmission coefficient In passing, we shall write down the expressions for Ihe momentum and the energy of a soliton in the exponential cos'4/2 1 (4.11) lattice. The momentum of the soliton (4.4) is shown to be cos'W + (1 -mjm)' sin */? b
n
w •
sinh a .
Therefore, the wave is perfectly transmitted in Ihe limit of small (4-7) wave number, and perfectly oblique for k = rr. For small wave numberft,we have
and its energy is (r =y — J/ -i) h
n
1
n
1 * * 1 - 1 . - 2 2 ) k'/i
(4.12)
which is consistent with eq. (3.3). We see that a considerable part of the wave is reflected when m - mil orsO Then we shall consider the opposite extreme of the anharmonicity, that is, the hard-sfcere gas. In this case, we have 2a = — (sinh Q cosh a—a) (4.8) no need of integrating the equation, of motion, but to compute b the binary collisions in some elementary way. For the special case of = mf2, the calculation yields the following figures: For small values of a, we see that 1/3 of the incident momentum is reflected, while 4/3 of the E-P* (4.9) incident momentum is transmitted. 7/135 of the incident energy is reflected, while 128/135 of the incident energy is However, for large a, we have transmitted. The last figure may be interpreted as indicating that the non-linear pulse or the soliton suffers only a slight E-P' (4.10) decrease in energy when it passes through the light impurity, which reflects the hard-sphere property in the extremely anhar- while in the case of a harmonic Lattice a considerable part of the energy is reflected by Ihe same impurity. monic limit.
=
E
JL k-(*" " - )+». b
B
1
4.3. Possible decay of solitons Since solitons run freely in the pure, one dimensional lattice with exponential interaction, this lattice is transparent to thermal agitations, and the thermal conductivity is infinite as in the case of the pure harmonic lattice. The temperature gradient can not be maintained in the exponential lattice. If the interaction is of other types, we may recover scattering mechanism, including destruction of solitons, and we may have finite temperature gradient in the lattice and finite thermal conductivity even in one-dimensional pure lattices II2|. If the thermal conductivity is independent of the lattice size, then we have the Fourier law. But the size dependence of the thermal conductivity of such lattices is not yet known. The study of the effect of the deviation of interaction from the exponential function on the decay of solitons will be one of the most important future problems to be worked out, in order to prove or disprove the validity of the Fourier law in one-dimensional non-linear lattice without impurities. For the two-dimensional or the three dimensional non-linear lattices without impurities, it will be reasonable to expect the validity of the Fourier law for the intrinsic thermal conductivity, Gut the result of the computer experiments is still scanty in this respect. Al present, we have to retain the conclusion as lo pure lattices of higher dimensionality.
Phytic*
Stnpjfl
20
0
r
5-2. Enhancement of energy flow by anharmonicity We have seen that, in disordered lattices, the introduction of anharmonidly enhanced heat current. This fact may be interpreted in terms of solitons. because they will not lose much energy when they pass through impurities. We may say also the following. In a disordered harmonic lattice, almost all the eigen functions are localized by the presence of impurities, and the heat current is restrained. The anharmonicity will provide a possible mechanism of energy transfer from a localized mode to another where Ihey overlap, leading to the enhancement of energy flow by the anharmonicity. However, the energy will be transmitted only when definite phase relation is satisfied in admixed modes lo yield strongly transmitted waves by interference. The fact that solitons are rather stable in the disordered lattice indicates lhat solitons satisfy the above mentioned phase relation to some extent,
5.3, Recent computer experiments on the effect of imp There have been some trials from numerical and analytical sides to elucidate Ihe characteristics of wave propagation in Jnhomogeneous non-linear media. Ono (19| took continuum approximation for an anharmonic lattice with extended inhomogeneily, and examined tbe condition for splitting of a soliton. Reflection and transmission of a wave at a mass inter-
252
Solilans and Heal Conduction 429 face were numerically studied by Yoshida el al. [20} and was influenced by the way the system was coupled to the analytically by Yajima in continuum approximation [2I) reservoirs. In order lo avoid these boundary effects, Berryman The author raised a doubt about the existence of the localized look a circular system. Initially half of Ihe system was al a vibration induced by a light impurity embedded in an infinite constant temperature higher than the other half. He numerically uniform non-linear lattice (if a mass is replaced by a Light calculated the time evolution of the energies of these two impurity in a one-dimensional harmonic lattice, we have a halves. The interaction was of the exponential type, and the localized mode around the impurity whose frequency is above mass of the impurities was a half of the mass of the hosl the maximum frequency of the host lattice. The frequency particles. The result was roughly as follows. of the localized mode is of the same nature as the peak structure When the concentration of the impurities is below 5%. the found by Dean [4]). Nakamura and Takeno [22] numericallyenergies of the two halves approach rapidly, indicating very examined this and found a seemingly localized mode which maylittle if any trapping of energy by Ihe impurities. When the be sustained for a long time. Yoshida and Sakuma [241 made concentration of the impurities is 15% and 25%, the energy of a similar study and by continuum approximation: when a the higher temperature side always stays higher than the other soliton was incident on a very heavy impurity it brakes into a half, indicating energy trapping by the impurities. Though we reflected and transmitted solitons, and some ripples; when Ihe might expect the non-linearity to cause tunnelling between the impurity was not so heavy (m
r
0
0
0
2
Harmonic lattices Pure Disordered Self-consliltnt reservoir
Temperature gradient
Thermal conductivity
Fourict law
No
_
No No No No
{Free ends) (Free ends) (Fixed ends;}
in
Yu Y«
Non-linear lattices Pun: exponential Pure, other interaction Disordered
References
No Yu YcS
*
No
—
1 Enhanced by anharmonieiiy)
6. Dean. P. and Bacon, M.. Proc. Phys. Soc. 81, 642 (1963); Paylcn. P. N.. Ill and Viischer, W. M.. Phys Rev. 1S6. 103! (1967). Rubin. R. 1.. 1. Math. Phys. 9. 225! (1968); U, 1*ST 11970). Malsuda. H. and I n K.. Proe, Theor. phys. Suppl. 45, S6 11970): flii. K-. Proa, Theor. Phys. 33, 77 (1973). Visschei, w. M.. Prog. Theor Phys. 46, 719 (1971}. Cf. the excellent review by Visscher, W. M-, Methods in Convpulational Physics, Vol IS. p. 371. Academic Press, New York, 1916. Nalarawa, H.,Pio Theor. Phys. Suppl. 4J. 211 (19701. Paylon, D. N., Rich, M. and Visschei, W. M-, Phys Rev. 160. 706 119ST). Rich. M. and Visscher. W M . Phys Rev 011, 2164 (I97S): For
1. Debye. P-. Vortrage uber die kinerische Thcoiic der Maierie und 7. Elckirizira'l.Teubner. Berlin 1914. 8 I Peicrls. R . Ann. PBjf. 3, 10SS 11929). 3. Klcmans. P. G.. in F. Seitr and D. Turnbell
E
Phyita} Scripa 10
253
430
14. 15. 16. 17. 18.
Morikazu
Tails
a quantum mechanical version, sec Visscher, W.M- and Rich. M.,19. Phys. Rev. A12, 675(1975). 20. Bolslerli, M.. Rich.M. and Visschei. W. M . Phys. RCT Al. 1086 (1970). I action, E. A.. Pasla, 1. R & Waters, J. f.. I, Compul. Phys. 2, 2). 207 (19631: Miura. K.. Thesis, University al Illinois, Uibana. 1913 22. Zabusky, N.I and Kruskal, M. D. Phys. Rev. Lelleis IS, 240 (196JJ. 23. Plata yana m ui < i. N and Varma.C.M.. Phys. Rev Letters 25, I 1124. 05 [19701: Tappeil.F.S and Varma.C M , Phys, Rev Lelleis 2J. 25. 1103(19701 26. Toda.M.. J. Phys Sue lapan 22, 431 (1967): 23, 501 (19611: 77. I. Phys. Soc Japan. Suppl 76. 235 (1969); Prog. Theor. Phys 2S Suppl. 45. 114 (1970), 49. I 11976), Lecture Notes in Physics 29. 39. P 3B7. H. Araki (ed.). Springer Verlag, 197S.
Prjj'srca Scripla 20
Ono, H„ J. Phys. Soc. Japan 32,332 (1972). Yoshida, F., Nakamura. T. and Sakuma.T., J. Phys. Soc. Japa 40, 901 (19761; Yoshida. F. and Sakuma.T., 1 Phys Soc Japa 42, 1412(1977). Yajima. M, Prog. Theor. Phys 58, 1114 (1977) Toda. M.. Conference on [he Stochastic Behavior of Classical am Quanlum Mechanical HamiliDnian Systems. Como, llaly, 1977 Nakatnuia. A and Takeno. S.. Picfi. Theor. Phys. 5B. 1074 (1977) Yoshida. F. and Sakuma.T.,
254
Journal of [he Physical Society of Japan Vol. 50, No. 10, October, 1981, pp. 3436-3442
Interaction of Soliton with an Impurity in Nonlinear Lattice Shinsuke
WATANABE
and Morikazu
TODA
1
Research Institute for Energy Materials, Yokohama National University, Tokiwadai, Hodogaya, Yokohama 240 tDepartrnenl of Applied Mathematics, Yokohama National University, Tokiwadai, Hodogaya, Yokohama 240 (Received June 15, 19S1) Interaction of a soliton with a mass impurity in the exponential lattice has been studied by means of a computer simulation. We particularly investigate the decrease of The soliton amplitude due [o an impurity. The present computation shows that the decrease of amplitude is proportional to i_Ai D)' in the region of A,xlD\£i, where A denotes the incident soliton amplitude and the mass defect D is defined by 1-0, if G denotes the mass ratio of the impurity to the host particle. The relation holds whether the impurity is lighter (0<1) or heavier (Q>l) than the host particle. The result agrees qualitatively with the perturbation theory based on the inverse method. In the case of a light impurity, there remains a localized mode near the impurity site, after a soliton has passed through the impurity. The frequency of the localized mode decreases as the amplitude of the mode increases, in a qualitative agreement with a simple mode-coupling theory. n
:>
from the impurity. According to the numerical computations by Yoshida and Sakuma," and Propagation of a soliton in nonlinear Nakamura and Takeno, a localized mode lattices with an impurity has been studied both exists even in a nonlinear lattice, although some theoretically and numerically.' ~ This of the properties are modified by the nonproblem is related to tbe stability of a soliton linearity. The modifications are, for example, in a disordered lattice and also to the thermal (i) tbat the oscillation becomes anharmonic conductivity in a disordered nonlinear lat- and (ii) that the frequency depends on the tice. Numerical investigations show that amplitude. Nakamura has shown by a due to the interaction with an impurity, the perturbation analysis that the frequency of a amplitude of a soliton decreases a little, but localized mode decreases with the amplitude the soliton passes through the impurity almost in a semi-infinite exponential lattice with a freely.' The energy loss of a soliton in such surface impurity. The exact localized mode an interaction comes from the generation of solution, however, is not obtained in nonlinear a reflected wave by the impurity and, in the lattices at present. case of a light impurity, from the excitation In this paper, we investigate the interaction of a localized mode in the vicinity of the of a soliton with a mass impurity in the exponenimpurity site. Yajima ' has estimated the tial lattice by means of a numerical simulation. decrease of a soliton amplitude through a In particular, we focus our interest on the perturbation theory of the inverse method in damping of a soliton caused by an impurity the case of the exponential lattice. The and also on the localized mode due to a light damping is proportional to fc, where £ is related impurity. As for the damping of a soliton we to the mass ratio Q through Q_ = (\ + «)"'. compare our result with the analysis of Yajima* It is also enhanced as the amplitude of an and obtain an empirical formula of a soliton incident soliton is increased. damping. We also examine the frequency shift It is well known that a localized mode is of a localized mode when the mode is excited permitted above the cut-off frequency in a strongly by a soliton. The numerical results linear lattice with a light impurity. The ampli- are shown in §2. Some remarks on the results tude decreases exponentially with the distance are given in §3. §1. Introduction
41
1,21
,3
6 1
7,81
21
,4,S1
9
101
1
3436
255
1981) §2.
Interaction of Soliton with an Imparity in....
Numerical Solution
We consider the one-dimentional lattice with the exponential interaction between adjacent particles. The interaction potential is"" o>(r) =
g exp ( - br) +
ar-^,
101
2
V„ = Q sech (pn + Ql), Q = sinh p,
(2)
where V„ denotes the force of spring between the n — 1th and nth particles and the mass of the particle is assumed to be unity. In the simulation, the lattice consists of 100 particles and their mass is taken to be unity except for the impurity located at « = 50, where n denotes the numbering of lattice point. The mass of the impurity is designated by m . Then the mass ratio Q is given by m . To send a soliton in the lattice, we apply the following force from the left of the 1st particle; 0
0
2
V,=A stch UA(t-6)),
c>0,
As for the numerical computation of eq. (4), we make use of the method reported previously."' In a uniform lattice, m = l, we have confirmed numerically that the system of eq. (4) under the condition of eq. (3) supports stable propagation of a soliton to the right. 0
(1)
where r denotes the relative displacement between the adjacent particles. Hereafter we take (7 = 17= ! for simplicity. The potential of eq. (1) admits exact soliton solution. One soliton solution, for example, is 2
34 37
(3)
3.1 Light impurity Figure 1 shows the interaction of a soliton with a light impurity. The amplitude A of an incident soliton is 2.0 and the mass ratio Q is 0.5, The abscissa denotes the time / and the ordinate, the force F, between the nth and n-lth particles. Just before the impurity, the amplitude V decreases by 25% due to the interference between the incident soliton and the reflected wave. But an initial amplitude is almost recovered after the soliton passes through the impurity. In K , we observe that the amplitude A of the transmitted soliton decreases by aljout 5% and a small amplitude oscillation follows the soliton. At (~50 arrives a reflected wave in V\.., which is not a soliton but an oscillating ripple. This wave disperses as it propagates to the left from tbe impurity. In V , V and V , oscillations last long after the soliton has passed through. We notice that neighboring forces oscillate out of IH
ia
60
JX
i9
i0
SI
where A designates the amplitude of a soliton. We solve numerically the exponential lattice described by a set of equations dp, '= " d(
V-V.
dr„
(41
under the condition of eq. (3). At n = 100, we use the fixed boundary condition, but this is not the condition of any importance, because our observation finishes before the reflected wave arrives from the end. In eq. (4), the velocity />„ of the nth particle and the relative displacement r„ are defined by the displacement u„ of the nth particle through p
"
=
r
~di
- =
The mass m, is given by I,
1TIME
n^SO,
Fig. 1. Interaction of a soliton with a light impurity. The incident soliton amplitude and the mass ratio zieA,„ = 2.0 and Q=0.5.
256
Shinsuke WATANABE and Morikazu TODA
343S
phase with each other. This is a localized mode oscillation. The amplitude of the oscillation decreases with the distance from the impurity and the frequency agrees with that of linear localized mode, 1
") = {QC2-e)}- », 0
(5)
c
o>^ = 2^ablrr] = 2
y
if the incident soliton amplitude is small and in consequence the amplitude of localized mode is small. In eq. (6), ui denotes the cut-off frequency of a uniform lattice without impurity. The excitation of localized mode by a soliton depends on the mass ratio Q and the incident soliton amplitude A . If the soliton amplitude A is fixed, the amplitude A of localized mode is maximum for Q~0A. When the mass ratio isfixedand the soliton amplitude is increased, the normalized amplitude A /A increases initially with A , but eventually saturates. The saturation takes place irrespective of the mass ratio Q, when the amplitude A of the soliton reaches up to about 4. For larger incident solitons, ^, >4, the anharmonicity of the excited localized mode appears conspicuously and at the same time the normalized amplitude ^ L M / ^ I N gradually decreases. Figure 2 shows the interaction of a large c
M
M
L
M
LM
M
M
M
N
(Vol. 50.
soliton with a light impurity. The incident soliton amplitude A and the mass ratio Q are 15 and 0.5. The interaction is essentially the same as Fig. 1, but we notice some differences between them. In Fig. 2, the localized mode is no longer harmonic and looks like a cnoidal wave expressed by Jacobi's elliptic (6) function. The frequency of the localized mode is smaller by 8% than that of Fig. I. Even in this case, the neighboring forces oscillate out of phase with each other in the sence that the maxima of force in one spring correspond to the minima in the neighboring springs and vice versa. In the transmitted wave, V , we observe two solitons and a small oscillating ripple. The amplitude of the larger soliton decreases by 12~13% from the incident soliton. The decrease SA of the soliton amplitude due to a light impurity is shown in Fig. 3 as a function of DA , where the amplitude decrease SA and the mass defect D are defined by SA = AIH — AJH and £>=!— Q. The decrease SA k proportional to (DA,^) . The solid line indicates the theoretical prediction of Yajima for 0.1 ;£ £>A < 1 and ^ <6.'' We observe an excellent agreement between the simulation and the theory. m
t0
IN
1
M
(N
•
i
/ i (f
'En
10"'
.
.
10°
I
10'
D AIN
Fig. 2. Interaction of a large soliton with a light impurity. The incident soliton amplitude and the mass ratio are ,4, =15 and 0=0.5. N
Fig. 3. Decrease SA of a soliton amplitude due to Ihe interaction with a light impurity. The mass defects D are 0.2 (O), 0.3 (•), 0.4 (A) and 0.5 (A). The solid line denotes the theoretical result of Yajima, and the dolled line, the empirical formula of eq. (7).
257
1981)
Interaction of Soliton with an Impurity in
:
•
1 1 **I 0-90
L
0
L i 1
L
1
0-5
1.0 20
DISPLACEMENT A Fig. 4. Frequency of a localized mode as a function of Ihe displacement A of the impurity. The mass ratio Q is 0.5. The closed circles denote the frequencies obtained by the simulation. Particularly the open circle represents the frequency observed in Fig. 2. The solid line shows the theoretical result of eq. (15).
30 40
50 T I ME
70
80
Fig. 5. Interaclionofasoliionwithaheavyimpurity. The incident soliton amplitude and the mass ratio
are A, =2.0 and Q—IS. N
In Fig. 4, the frequency of a localized mode is shown by closed circles as a function of the displacement A of the impurity particle. The method of determining the displacement will be given in §3. The frequency decreases in proportion to the square of the displacement A. The open circle in Fig. 4 denotes the frequency of the localized mode obtained from Fig. 2. 2.2 Heavy impurity The interaction of a soliton with a heavy impurity is shown in Fig. 5. The soliton amplitude A^ and the mass ratio Q are 2.0 and 1.5. In V , we observe an incident soiiton at r=25 and a small reflected oscillation at (=i70. Before the impurity, F and K , the incident soliton and the reflected wave overlap with each other and as a result the waveforms become complicated. The amplitude in K is larger than the incident soliton amplitude, which indicates the amplitude of a reflected wave is positive. As will be shown later, the positive part of the reflected wave evolves to a soliton if the reflection is increased. In V appears the transmitted wave at f^65, which consists of a soliton and a small ripple. The amplitude of a transmitted soliton is decreased only by about 3%. When the incident soliton amplitude A and/or the mass ratio Q are increased, the 25
4 a
5D
5 0
15
lri
TIME Fig. 6. Interactionofasolitonwithaheavyimpurity. The incident soliton amplitude and the mass ratio are^, = 2.0and C=4,0. N
reflected and transmitted waves are greatly altered. Figure 6 shows the result in the case of A =2.Q and (2=4.0. The amplitude of reflected wave increases due to a large mass ratio. In V , we notice that the reflected wave is composed of a soliton in the front and an oscillation following it. The amplitude of a transmitted wave, on the other hand, decreases noticeably, but the width increases as we see in V . In consequence, the wave breaks into two solitons as it propagates far from the impurity (see f,, in Fig. 6). The number of solitons in the transmitted wave increases with the mass ratio Q and the incident soliton amplitude A^. V
2i
SI
258
Shinsuke
3440
WATANABE
and Morikazu
(Vol. 50,
TODA
DA <,\.0. In this region, the present result agrees with the theory of Yajima. Fof DA < 0.1, we have not numerically obtained the damping of a soliton, because the damping is too small. If we extrapolate eq. (7) for DA < 0. 1, however, it gives larger damping than the Yajima's result. In that region of DA , the damping SA is smaller than 1 x 10~ and can be neglected. In the case of heavy impurity, the empirical formula does not hold in the vicinity of DA = 1. Even in the region of D ^ , = 0.1, the formula does not agree with the theory of Yajima (Fig. 7). We do not understand this reason. The frequency shift of a localized mode in the exponential lattice has been studied by Nakamura. - In the case of an infinite lattice, he has simplified the lattice by a three particle system. This model is too simplified and the result is not applied except for the case of an extremely small mass ratio, Q«[. To understand the numerical result, we use the following simple method. The equation of motion of the nth particle in the exponential lattice is approximately described by ltl
m
IN
IN
3
m
N
2
51
51
IDIAIH
Fig. 7. Decrease SA of a soliton amplitude due to a heavy impurity. The mass defects are —0.2 (O). —0.3 {•), -0.4 (A) and -0.5 (A). The solid line denotes the theoretical result of Yajima, and the dotted line, the empirical formula of eq. (7). The decrease SA of a solilon amplitude due to a heavy impurity is shown in Fig. 7 as a function of |D|^ , where SA and Q are defined previously. It is, however, noted that in the case of heavy impurity, Q > 1, the mass defect D=\ — Q becomes negative. The solid line indicates the theoretical result of Yajima for \D\A <,1. ' The present results give a little stronger damping than the theory, but agree qualitatively with the theory. Figure 7 shows that, in the case of heavy impurity, the decrease SA is also proportional to the square of DA . [ri
9
IK
W
§3.
2
Z > „ ) = \ (u„ - u _, ) - \ {u„,, - u„) -j(" -",-,r+j{",*i-".)\
(8)
n
if the amplitude of the localized mode is small. In eq. (8), u, denotes the displacement of the nth particle and L„(u„) is defined by , . ,
2
m„ d K„
with the mass m„ m,
Discussion
2
n
TJ^O,
m„= •
In the preceding section, we have numerically investigated the damping of a soliton due to a mass impurity and also tbe frequency shift of a localized mode due to a light impurity. Here we give some remarks on our results. From Figs. 3 and 7, the damping of a soliton can be expressed by 1
1
SA^MD A , m
(7)
irrespective of the sign of D. This damping is shown by dotted lines in Figs. 3 and 7. In the case of light impurity, Fig. 3 shows that this empirical formula holds in the region 0.1 S
1
m
" Q>( o
< m
)>
n = 0.
In the linearized limit, eq. (8) admits a localized mode solution; u„ = Aa^ cos rj) ', 0
where A and ai denote the displacement of the impurity and the frequency of localized mode defined previously by eq. (5). The amplitude decreases exponentially with the distance. The decrease is governed by a ; 0
Q
Q 2-Q-
(9)
259
1981)
3441
Interaction of Soliton with an Impurity in-.
In a nonlinear lattice, the frequency is no problem consistently and determine a and to longer constant, but depends on the amplitude. by the condition at « = 0, eq. (13), where the Suppose that the localized mode with frequency amplitude of the localized mode is maximum, to exists in a nonlinear lattice. The second order and by the condition at n = co where the nonlinearity produces a mode with frequency amplitude is small and the linearization holds. 2tii and a component which does not depend For 17 = co, eq. (12) reduces to on time. These modes couple again with the original mode and generate the modes with ^ w ' + (l~a) = 0, (14) frequencies to and 3OJ. The third order nonwhich determines, with the aid of eq. (13), a linearity directly produces, from the fundamental wave of frequency o>, the modes of to and and o> to give 3(o. From this consideration, we assume the localized mode solution of eq. (8) as 2
a
1
1
u„ = Aa " cos (o( + fl„cos2(ui + C ,
(10)
n
where we omit the term of cos 3cui which does not affect the result. In eq. (10), a and ro may differ from a„ and tu by the nonlinear effect. The amplitude of the second harmonic mode is denoted by J9„ and that of the time-independent component, by C„. We assume |a|
From the coefficient of cos 2cur, we have 2
bA i>„ = —-z
g
J
^ 4 V +
,
Both a and to decrease with the amplitude A. This means that due to the nonlinear effect the frequency of a localized mode decreases and the localization is weakened. In order to compare eq. (15) with the numerical simulation, we have to find the relation between Ihe diplacement A and the force V acting on the impurity. The force V is described by the displacement through e= [exp{-6( ,-M-U,
n>1
a
U
J 2
tit - ilt7(u, - U ) + --• (U, - H„) 0
Substituting eq. (10) with B„ = 0, we have B = 0. a
Similarly time-independent the amplitude C„, 1
bA
term determines
Then the difference between the maximum V and minimum V „ of the force is related to the displacement through
2
(l-ftffl-tx ")
C =
' ~4
1-a
C-„=-C„,
n>l
1
Vatab{\-*)A cos
mli
'
"
£
1
mi
V^-V^Zabil-^A.
C = 0. 00 Because of the term Amto lab in the denominator of fl„, we can neglect B„ as compared with C„. Then we obtain from the coefficient of cos Oil 0
2
• ^ a +O-a^o^Yfay", ab -g<^+2
n>0
(12) (13)
where /(a) denotes a function of a and does not depend on n. To determine a and to, eqs. (12) and (13) yield an infinite number of conditions. Therefore we abandon solving the
(16)
In Fig. 4, we have obtained the displacement A from the numerical results expressed by the force V. For simplicity, we have replaced a by On in eq. (16). We see that the frequency shift is qualitatively explained by eq. (15). In obtaining the frequency shift, the second order nonlinearity plays an important role. It gives a negative frequency shift, while the third order nonlinearity gives a positive one. Summing up these frequency shifts, we obtain eq. (15). The important term produced by the second order nonlinear effect is the timeindependent component in eq. (11). At a-* ± ° o , we obtain
260
Shinsuke
3442
WATANABE
±--±
bA l - «
4 !+«•
Therefore the lattice expands by bA
2
(Vol. 50,
Yajima for sending them a numerical table of his result cited in ref. (9). One of the authors (S.W.) is also grateful to professor H. Tanaca for his encouragement throughout this work.
2
C
and Morikazu TODA
l-a.
References
due to the nonlinear effect. This is a thermal expansion by the localized mode. Such a thermal expansion has been obtained by Nakamura in the case of semi-infinite exponential lattice. In summary, we have numerically investigated the interaction of a soliton with a mass impurity. The soliton passes through the impurity almost freely, but diminishes slightly by generating a reflected wave and, in the case of a light impurity, a localized mode. We have obtained an empirical formula of a soliton damping. The formula qualitatively agrees with the theoretical result of Yajima. The frequency shift of a localized mode is explained by a simple mode-coupling theory. The authors are grateful to Professor N . 21
1) F. Yoshida and T. Sakuma: Prog. Theor. Phys. 60(1978) 338. 2) A. Nakamura: Prog. Theor. Phys. 61 (1979) 427. 3) F. Yoshida, T. Nakayama and T. Sakuma: J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 40 (1976) 901. 4) A. Nakamura and S. Takeno: Prog. Theor. Phys. 58 (1977) 1074. 5) A. Nakamura: Prog. Theor. Phys. 59 (1978) 1447. 6) A. Nakamura and S. Takeno: Prog. Theor. Phys. 62 (1979) 33. 7) W. M. Visscher: Methods xn
8) 9) 10) 11)
Computational
Physics, Vol. IS. p. 371. Academic Press. Ne* York, 1976. and references therein. M. Toda: Physica Scripia 20 (1979) 424. N. Yajima: Phys. Scr. 20 (1979)431. M. Toda: J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 22 (1967) 431; 23 0967)501. M. Toda, R. HJroia and 3. Salsuma: Prog. Theor. Phys. Suppl.No. 59, (1976) 148.
261
Journal of ihe Physical Society of Japan Vol. 50, No. 10. October, 1981, pp. 3443-3450
Experiment on Soliton-Impurity Interaction in Nonlinear Lattice Using L C Circuit Shinsuke
WATANABE
and Morikazu
TODA*
Research Institute for Energy Materials, Yokohama National University, Tokiwadai, Hodogaya, Yokohama 240 I Department of Applied Mathematics, Yokohama National University, Tokivadai, Hodogaya, Yokohama 240
(Received May 15, 1981) Interaction of a soliton with, a mass impurity has been experimentally investigated in a nonlinear electric circuit which is equivalent to an infinite or a semiinfinite exponential lattice. After a soliton collided with a light mass impurity, there remains a localized mode in the vicinity of the impurity. The frequency of the localized mode is above the cut-off frequency of Ihe system, and increases as the mass ratio is decreased. In an infinite system, the soliton amplitude is decreased by a light mass impurity in proportion to ihe square of mass defect and of the amplitude. In Ihe case of a heavy impurity, the transmitted wave breaks into multiple solitons. In a semi-inifinite system with a light impurity on a surface, the reflected signal is explained by a collisioniess shock model.
circuit equation of an LC circuit is
§1. Introduction Properties of a nonlinear lattice with a mass impurity have been extensively studied both theoretically ' ' and numerically.'•'-*> Recent investigation shows that, even in a nonlinear lattice, a localized mode due to a light impurity can stably exist above the cutoff frequency of the dispersion relation. On the one hand, the localized mode in a nonlinear system behaves similarly to that of a linear lattice; that is, the neighbouring particles oscillate out of phase with each other and the amplitude of an oscillation decreases with the distance from the impurity. '' ' ' On the other hand, the frequency of a localized mode is no longer independent of the amplitude in the nonlinear lattice. In the case of the semi-infinite exponential (Toda) lattice, for example, the frequency decreases with the amplitude. ' Propagation of a soliton in the exponential lattice with a mass impurity has also been investigated by means of a perturbation theory of the .inverse method. ' The amplitude of a soliton decreases after the soliton has interacted with the impurity. Recently Nagashima and Amagishi ' presented a method for realizing the exponential lattice*' by a nonlinear L C circuit suggested first by Hirota and Suzuki (Fig. I). The 1 2
^^zQ (0=^„-,(')+^ i(0-2f,(0. n
+
0)
a n c ;
where Q„(l) V„{t) denote the charge accumulated in the nth capacitor and the voltage across it. If we choose the voltage dependence of a nonlinear capacitor as 81
61
1
C j < f , )
~F(V )+V-V a
(2)
a
the charge Q„(t) is expressed by
1 6
and eq. (1) reduces to W
0
) ^ l n ( l
+
W
2 5 , 6 1
2,6
9
;
= K _ (0+f *i(0-2K„0). n
1
B
(3)
where V and q(V ) denote the bias (D.C.) voltage and the constant charge stored in nonlinear capacitors due to the bias voltage. If we take V= V in eq. (2), we have 0
0
0
7
8
101
mm
(4)
where the quantities, Cj(C ), Q(V ) and F(V ), are determined by the characteristics of nonlinear capacitors as a function of the bias voltage V .
3443
0
0
0
0
262
Shinsuke
3444
WATANABE
Vn.1
'Tlf^W-r-W
Fig. I. Nonlinear LC circuit. The circuit equation, eq. (3), is equivalent to the exponential lattice equation written in terms of the force /X0 between the particles;
and Morikazu TODA
(Vol. 50.
circuit. In §2, some basic properties of the circuit with a mass impurity are investigated theoretically. The experiment on solitonimpurity collision in an infinite circuit is shown in §3. The experimental result in a semiinfinite system with a surface impurity is presented in §4. In §5, we give some remarks on our results.
91
' (5) where m denotes the mass of particle, and a and b are constants characterizing the potential. From eqs. (3) and (5) we have the following relation between the electrical system and the lattice system;
§2.
Basic Properties of the Lattice with a Mass Impurity
First of all, we consider an infinite LC circuit with an unequal inductance £. between n = 0 and I (Fig. 2). The circuit equations of this system are 0
,
6,(0 = /,-,<0-J,(0.
for all*,
/
L / (/)=^ (')-t ,(0,
for 7i = 0,
LiJ,l)=V„{t)-V„ {t),
forn#0,
o
o
0
+l
(J!*-* L,
where the dot denotes the derivative with respect to the time I. If we eliminate the current /,(() and make use of eq. (2), we have the circuit equations in terms of the voltage K„{();
a~F(V \ 0
/„(o-»-;('). With the aid of eq. (6), the analysis of the one system can directly be transformed to the analysis of the other. In this paper, we investigate experimentally the interaction of a soliton with a mass impurity in an infinite or a semi-in finite exponential lattice by means of a nonlinear electric
1+
v
W-! , ™ V-i
T
T
1
-Z
L
-1
v
o _ vi
T" T 0
, 2
1
T
I
2
Fig. 2. Infinite LC circuit with a mass impurity.
1
F(v ) 0
=^{^-,(0+^,(0-2^(0},
1+
-j-
1+
=^{r-
{I'oW- v, (0} -11P,
If the quantities characterizing the electric circuit are replaced by those of the lattice system according to eq. (6), eq. (7) yields the exponential lattice equation where an impuirty of mass m is located at the lattice point n=0. In this sense, Fig. 2 represents the electric circuit which is equivalent to the exponential lattice "with a mass impurity. The linearized version of eq. (7), when L < L, describes the linear localized mode in the vicinity of a light impurity. The localized mode solution of eq. (7) for n > 1 finds
(0 - VAt)).
(?)
,(0- VoO) - ]- {r'cXO" v,(.)}. V„(t) = Aa?~' cos ml,
r-. (t>—vm +l
with 2
o^ovf-ea-G)}-" . =-g(2-er\
a
a
«>2or«<-l.
(9) where Q=L IL (
Q
c
0
263
1981)
Experiment on Soliton-Impurity Interaction in ..
Fig. 3. Semi-infinite LC circuit with a mass impurity at a free surface.
the mass ratio mo/m . The solution, eqs. (8) and (9), shows that, in the system with a light mass impurity, a localized mode can exist in the vicinity of the impurity above the cut-off frequency We for a uniform circuit (or lattice). As the mass ratio Q is decreased, the localized mode frequency Increases and the localization of mode is enhanced, that is, 11X1-0. A localized mode is also possible in a semiinfinite circuit (or lattice), if a light mass impurity is located at the surface of a free boundary (Fig. 3) . In Fig. 3, the capacitor at n=O is assumed to have so large capacitance (Co»CiVo that the impedance is negligibly small except for a D .C. voltage. This corresponds to the free end in the lattice system. Then the circuit equations, for the A.C. component, are
»
This system of equations also admits a localized mode solution in a linearized limit;
Vo(t)=O, V.(t)=Act"-lcoswt,
n2:l
(10)
with
w=wc {4Q(l- Q)} -1/2, IX=
-Q(I-Q)-I,
(II)
where A denotes the amplitude at n= I, and Q:o; 1/2. This solution indicates that the surface localized mode has similar properties to the localized mode of an infinite system. Hitherto we have considered localized modes in linear systems. Then the question arises if the localized mode is stable in nonlinear
3445
systems, such as the exponential lattice. According to a perturbation analysis of nonlinear lattice, the localized mode seems to be stable even in a nonlinear lattice, although the frequency changes depending on the amplitude. 2 ) In the case of the exponential lattice with a surface impurity, the localized mode frequency decreases slightly with the amplitude. Yajima considered the interaction of a soliton with a mass impurity in an infinite exponential lattice. 7 ) Based on a perturbation approach of the inverse method, he found that the decrease of a soliton amplitude is proportional to e2 , where the mass mo of an impurity is defined by m/(l + e) and lel« I. The decrease is enhanced when the incident soliton becomes large. §3.
Experiment in an Infinite System
The experiment in an infinite lattice is carried out in the nonlinear LC circuit reported previously.'I) The circuit is composed of 140 sections with, in each section, a linear inductor in the series branch and a nonlinear capacitor in the shunt branch. The present system is actually finite, but in the case of an interaction between a soliton and a mass impurity, the phenomena in which we are interested occur only in the vicinity of the impurity. Therefore the circuit is practically infinite, provided that the impurity is not located near either end of the circuit. The differential capacitance Cd (Vo) has been shown in Fig. 2 of ref. II as a function of the bias voltage Vo. In the present experiment the bias voltage is controlled from o V to 2.0 V. The voltage F(Vo) increases with the bias voltage and is typically 3.81 V for Vo= 1.0 V.
3.1 Light mass impurity Figure 4 shows the interaction of a soliton with a mass impurity. The numbering of the circuit is the same as that of Fig. 2. The impurity with mass ratio L o/L=O.4 is located between n=O and I. The ordinate denotes the voltage across each nonlinear capacitor and the abscissa, the time. A soliton of2.5 V propagates to the right. Just before the impurity, n=;O, the amplitude of soliton decreases. This decrease is due to the reflected wave of negative amplitude. In fact we recognize between n = - 2 and n = - 5 that the reflected wave pro-
264 Shinsuke
3446
WATANABE
and Morikazu
(Vol. 50,
TODA
2.0
MASS RATIO TIME
SOnsec/di.-
Fig. 4. Collision ot a solilon wiih a light mass impurity located between n=0 and 1 in an infinite LC circuit. The mass ratio Q = L !L is 0.4.
Q
Fig. 5. Frequency /If, of a localized mode excited by a soliton as a function of a mass ratio Q, in an infinite LC circuit. Solid curve: theory. Closed circles: experiment.
0
pagaling to the left begins with a negative voltage and is followed by a series of oscillations. Within a few sections of propagation after the interaction with a mass impurity, the soliton approximately recovers the initial waveform, although the amplitude decreases slightly as will be shown later. In the vicinity of the impurity, an oscillation lasts long after the soliton has passed through. At n = 0 and 1, we observe relatively large oscillations which oscillate out of phase with each other. Such oscillations of small amplitude are also observed at 71= - 1 and 2. The frequency of the oscillation finds ~ 19 MHz which is above the cut-off frequency of the system, f ^\d MHz. This indicates that the oscillation is the localized mode mentioned in the previous section. In fact the frequency agrees well with the theoretical value given by eq. (9) (Fig. 5). Therefore it is reasonable to conclude that the oscillation in the vicinity of an impurity is a localized mode. The amplitude V of a localized mode observed at n=0 or n= 1 is shown in Fig. 6 as a function of the mass ratio O. when a soliton of 5.0 V (O) or 10.0 V (•) impinges on the impurity. The excitation of a localized mode depends strongly on the mass ratio Q and is maximum when gs;0.4. The amplitude of the localized mode reaches up to —1.0 V for g = 0.4. Even for such a large amplitude oscillation, we have not observed the frequency c
LM
MASS
RATIO
0
Fig. 6. Amplitude P of a localized mode as a fucntion of mass ratio o. when the mode is excited by the solitons of 10 V (#) and of 5.0 V (O). tM
shift within the accuracy of the present experiment. It is also observed experimentally that the normalized amplitude f / f of the localized mode grows with V when f is small, but eventually saturates, where V denotes the amplitudes of the incident soliton. The saturation amplitude is maximum for Q= ~0.4 and decreases when the mass ratio Q deviates from —0.4. ID Fig. 4, we observe the reflection signal propagating to the left. The amplitude of a reflected wave is linearly proportional to the LM
llt
1N
IN
IN
265
1981)
Experiment on Soliton-Impurity Interaction in. ...
3447
incident soliton amplitude, and also increases 1 as the mass ratio Q is decreased. (V) Because of the excitation of a localized mode and of a reflected wave due to the light mass impurity, the soliton loses the energy and consequently the amplitude decreases. Figure 7 shows the decrease of the soliton amplitude &V — ^TR as a function of DV , where 0.1 V-m and D=\~Q denote the amplitude of a transmitted soliton and the mass defect. To obtain the damping bV due to the mass im-> purity, we have observed in a uniform circuit 10 the damping of a soliton due to other effects, such as loss of inductors or capacitors, and 0.01 subtract it from the total damping in the 0-3 circuit with an impurity. The experimental results show that the decrease of amplitude is proportional to (DV ) if DV is small. Fig. 7. Decrease, SV= y -V „ =
m
2
m
of a soliton amplitude as a function of DV , when the soliton passes through the light mass impurity. The mass defect D is defined by J-Q. The mass defects D are 0.452 (O). 0.6 (•), 0.742 <©) and 0.877 (©).
m
m
T
W
3.2 Heavy mass impurity Figure 8(a) shows the interaction of a soliton with a heavy mass impurity. The initial soliton amplitude is 10 V and the mass ratio (a) Q is 5.6. Just before the impurity, u = 0, the amplitude increases by 1.5 times. This increase comes from the overlapping of an incident soliton and a reflected wave with positive amplitude. From n = — 1 to n— — 5, we observe a left going reflected wave which begins with a positive pulse followed by an oscillation. Just behind the impurity, n = l, the amplitude diminishes appreciably and the width becomes large. The reflected and transmitted waves evolve to solitons as they travel far from the impurity. The reflected wave consists of a soliton and an oscillation of large amplitude (Fig. 8(b), n=-29). The transmitted wave, however, consists of multiple solitons being accompanied by a small oscillation. In the TIME SOnsec/div. present case, we observe, at least, two solitons Fig. 8. (a) Collision of a soliton with a heavy mass at n = 32 in Fig. 8(b). With increasing the mass impurity located between n=0 and 1 in an infinite ratio Q, the number of solitons in the transLC circuit. The mass ratio Q=L IL is 5.6. (b) mitted wave increases, although their ampliReflected and transmitted waves observed al n=-29 and 32. tudes decrease. 0
§4.
Experiment in a Semi-Infinite System
The experiment in a semi-infinite system is carried out in a different LC circuit being composed of 70 identical sections. The inductance of linear inductors is 1.47 ^H. The nonlinear capacitors are typically biased at 2.0 V. With this bias, the differential capacitance C,,(J ) /
0
and the voltage F(V„) are 194 pF and 3.91 V. As a capacitor at n = 0, we make use of a linear capacitor with C =0-3 jiF, which is much larger than C (K )=194 pF. Interaction of a soliton with a surface mass impurity is shown in Fig. 9, where waves are depicted in the wave frame moving with the 0
a
0
266
Shinsuke WATANABE and Morikazu TODA
344 S
T I ME lOOnsec/div Fig. 9. Interaction of a soliton with a surface impurity with a mass ratio Q—0.333. The waves are depicted in the waveframe moving with the velocity, (LC( Pi))" '', in the direction of a reflected 1
(Vol. 50.
the theoretical frequency of eq. (II), The theory and experiment agree well with each other. We have not either observed the frequency shift of a surface localized mode even when the mode is excited by a large amplitude soliton. We also observe that the amplitude of localized mode excited by a soliton becomes maximum for g=:0.3~0.35, when the incident soliton amplitude is fixed and the mass ratio is changed. The reflected wave from the free boundary does little depend on the mass ratio Q of surface impurity. We have observed as a function of the distance the time interval 7" between the first and second peaks of the oscillation appeared in the trailing edge of a reflected wave. The interval does not depend on the mass ratio Q and increases with the distance n. For n £ 2 0 , we have found that the interval Tis proportional to In n. Tec Inn.
2
sound velocity, (LQ(J/ ))"'' , in the direction of the reflected wave. A soliton of 3.0 V collides with the surface impurity of the mass ratio 2=0.333. At the free boundary, the incident soliton is reflected and the reflected wave has a negative amplitude. The amplitude of the reflected wave is 2.0 V, which is smaller in magnitude than the incident soliton amplitude. Such a difference comes from the nonlinearity of capacitors. The leading edge of a reflected wave flattens as it goes away from the impurity. At the same time, there appears an oscillation in the trailing edge of the reflected wave (if = 6). The oscillation grows and extends with the distance. The largest peak in the oscillation looks like a soliton (n = 21~31), but it is not the case. Because, in Fig. 9, the time of arrival of the peak delays with the distance, which means that the velocity is smaller than the sound velocity (LC^V^Y . Note that the wave is observed in the wave frame with the velocity {LC^V,))-" . Near the surface impurity (« = 1~3 in Fig. 9), we observe an oscillation of ~20 MHz, which is above the cut-off frequency, 18.8 MHz, of the system. This is a localized mode due to a surface impurity. The frequency of localized mode is shown in Fig. 10 as a function of a mass ratio Q. The solid line indicates 0
Such a relation is obtained in the case of 8 collisionless shock. If the collisionless shock is generated from the leading edge of a positive pulse, solitons are excited in the wave front.'" When the shock is produced from the trailing edge of a negative pulse, solitonlike pulses with velocity smaller than the sound velocity also appear, but according to the
112
1
025 MASS RATIO Q Fig. 10. Frequency fjf of a surface localized mode excited by a soliton, as a function of a mass ratio Q. Solid curve: theory. Open circles: experiment. c
267
1981)
Experiment on Soliton-Impurily Interaction in. . . .
3449
12
numerical solution they are not solitons. ' As we have shown in Fig. 9, the soliton-like peaks in the trailing edge of a reflected wave travel more slowly than the sound velocity in agreement with the numerical solution.
nonuniformity (or impurities), the soliton amplitude changes irregularly. If one finds such an irregularity, one should exchange the element just behind the irregularity for a new one until the amplitude irregularity has disappeared. If one continues this procedure through§5. Discussion out the circuit, one can easily realize a uniform We have observed that the localized mode is electric circuit. excited in an infinite or a semi-infinite system Due to the interaction with a mass impurity, when a soliton collides with a light mass im- the amplitude of a soliton decreases whether purity. The frequency of a localized mode coin- the mass ratio Q is smaller or larger than cides with the frequency determined by the unity. In the case of a light impurity, Q<\, linear theory. In the present experiment, the the transmitted wave never breaks into mulamplitude of a localized mode is nol excited tiple solitons, but is always transformed into strongly by a soliton (Fig, 6), and as a result one soliton. In the case of a heavy impurity, the nonlinearity of the mode stays weak, Q> L, the transmitted wave splits into multiple K / F ( K ) < l . In the numerical solution of solitons as we have shown in Fig. 8. It is, howthe exponential lattice with a mass impurity, ' ever, difficult to confirm experimentally if the frequency shift of a localized mode is the multi-soliton production is always possible observed only when the nonlinearity / / a is even when the mass ratio is slightly larger larger than unity. This is the reason why we than unity, say, 2=1.1. have not observed the frequency shift exTheoretically it is difficult to explain why perimentally. the transmitted wave breaks into multi-soliton When the incident soliton amplitude V for Q>\. The experimental observation in is fixed and the mass ratio O is varied in an Fig, 8 shows that, due to a large inductance infinite system, the amplitude V of a localized (or a large inertia in terms of dynamics), it mode excited by the soliton is maximum for takes long time for the wave to pass through 2=0.4 (Fig. 6). When the mass ratio Q is a heavy impurity and as a result the wave fixed and the soliton amplitude V is varied, at n = 51 has larger width than the incident on the other hand, the normalized amplitude soliton, although the wave amplitude decreases y IV i of a localized mode grows with the noticeably. In the Korteweg-de Vries equation soliton amplitude V , but eventually saturates. which is a continuum limit of the exponential Such an excitation of a localized mode due to a lattice, eq. (5), or the circuit equation, eq. (1), soliton is not explained by the existing theory. ' the number of solitons generated from an In Figs. 4 and 8, the wave amplitude just initial wave with the amplitude A and the before the impurity, at n = 0, decreases or in- width W is proportional to AW . If we comcreases depending on Q being smaller or pare the waveform at n= 1 with that of an larger than unity, as a result of the overlapping incident soliton, we see that the amplitude of an incident soliton with a reflected wave. decreases by ~l/3, but the width increases The amplitude of a reflected wave is negative by ~2. Therefore we obtain (Aft) (2lV) x when Q<1, and vice versa. This polarity of a \.3AtV for the transmitted wave, which is reflected wave determines the wave amplitude larger by ~1.3 than that for the incident just before the impurity. The property of a soliton, and thus the generation of multireflected wave is useful when one constructs soliton is permitted. It is, however, difficult a uniform nonlinear circuit. The nonunifor- to determine the waveform at n = 1 theoretically. mity of the circuit is due to the deviation of Figure 7 shows that the decrease bV of the electric elements used in the circuit. When soliton amplitude due to a light impurity is the nonlinear circuit has been constructed, proportional to (DV ) , if DV is small. the propagation of a soliton should be examined There exists a subtle difference between the in the circuit. If the circuit is uniform, the present result and the Yajima's theory. soliton damps monotonously depending on That is, if we rewrite his result in such a way the losses of the elements. In the circuit with that the decrease 5Kof the amplitude is plotted tM
0
13
L M
m
m
ltl
LM
lt
lri
2
1
2
2
2
ltl
m
71
268
3450
Shinsuke
WATANABE
as function of E C , , we obtain (5fo;(EJ/ ) instead of S Koc(0 V ) , where e and D are related through D = ej{\ + s). The two quantities agree with each other provided that e « l . In Fig. 7, the mass defect D changes from 0.452 to 0.877, which corresponds to the change of E from 0.825 to 7.13. Even for such a large e where the perturbation method no longer holds, the experimental result, such as SVcc(V ) , agrees with the perturbation theory. In a semi-infinite circuit, the reflected wave has negative amplitude, — V . The magnitude V of a reflected wave is almost the same as the incident soliton amplitude F , when the incident soliton is small, I , <;l.0V. As the soliton amplitude is increased, the magnitude V gradually decreases from the incident amplitude V . This difference between K and J / is due to the nonlinearity of the capacitor. If all the wave energy is reflected and the width of a reflected wave is the same as that of the incident soliton, the reflected wave should have smaller amplitude than the incident soliton, l
n
IN
2
m
2
IK
R
K
m
,
N
and Morikazu
(Vol. 50
TODA
lies above the cut-off frequency and agrees with the frequency of a linearized theory. In an infinite system with a light mass impurity, the transmitted wave evolves to a soliton with smaller amplitude than the initial one. The decrease of the amplitude is proportional to the square of the incident soliton amplitude and of the mass defect. In an infinite circuit with a heavy impurity, the transmitted wave splits into multiple solitons. In a semi-infinite system, the reflected wave is explained by a collisionless shock model, Tbe authors are grateful to Professor N. Yajima for sending them a numerical table of his result. Thanks are also due to Professor H. Tanaca for his encouragement throughout this work.
a
m
I N
/
B
141
References
R
N
1) F. Yoshida and T. Sakuma: Prog. Theor. Phys. 60 (1978) 338. 2) A. Nakamura: Prog. Theor. Phys. 61 (1979) 427. 3) F. Yoshida, T. Nakayama and T. Sakuma: J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 40 (1976) 901. 4) A. Nakamura and S. Takeno: Prog. Theor. Phys. 58(1977) 1074. 5) A. Nakamura: Prog. Theor. Phys. 59 (1978) 1447. 6) A Nakamura and S. Takeno: Prog. Theor. Phys. 62(1979) 33. 7) N, Yajima: Phy. Scr. 20 (1979) 431. 8) H. Nagashima and Y. Amagishi: J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 45 (1978) 680. 9) M. Toda: J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 22 (1967) 431; 23(1967) 501. 10) R. Hirota and M. Suzuki: J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 28 (1970) 1366; Proc. IEEE 61 (1973) 1483. 11) S. Watanabe, M. Miyakawa and ML Tada: J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 45 (1978) 2030. 12) K. Yoshimura and S. Walanabe: J. Phys, Soc. Jpn. 47(1979) 998. !3) S. Walanabe and M. Toda: J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 50 (1981) 3436. 14) M. Toda, R. Hirota and J. Satsuma: Prog. Theor. Phys. Suppl. No. 59 (1976) 148.
269
Journal of the Physical Society of Japan
LETTERS
Vol. 52, No. 11, November. 1983. pp. 3703-5705
The Classical Specific Heat of the Exponential Lattice Morikazu
TODA
and Noriko
SAITOH
1
5-29-8-108 Yoyogi, Shibuya-ku, Tokyo 151 'Research Institute for Energy Materials. Yokohama National University, Tokiwat/ai. Hodogaya-kit. Yokohama 240 (Received July 29. 1983) The classical specific tieai of Ihe exponenlial lattice at constant length is derived and its asymptotic behaviours are studied.
Recently there has been considerable interest in the statistical mechanics of one-dimensional nonlinear systems. The tfi* and the sine-Gordon systems have been studied on the basis of soliton dynamics. ~ ' With respect to the exponential lattice, the exact classical partition function is well-known, and some efforts have been made to reconstruct the partition function or free energy by approximations based on soli ton-dynamics. But there still remain certain problems to clarify the contribution of solitons and ripple modes to the thermodynamic properties of the exponential lattice. In this respect, it seems necessary to elucidate the temperature dependence of the specific heat of the exponential lattice. However the exact expression for the classical specific heat of this system has not been worked out so far. So, in this note, we calculate the specific heats of the exponential lattice at constant pressure and at constant volume (length), and illustrate their temperature dependence. For the ensemble with constant pressure p, the partition function 2 of a one-dimensional lattice composed of N atoms with atomic mass m is given by 1
is of the form b
(r) = \\z~ "~°' + a(r-o)-b b L
(-oo
(2)
3
so that
51
6-91
where y = pjkT, and a, b, a are. constants. Then the internal energy tr per particle is given by
jla + y
(4)
and the length r per particle is given by *—
wit**** (5)
where
51
Q". Q=
exp(-{tp(r) + pr)p)dr..
(!)
where f)=]/kT and tp(r) is the interaction potential between adjacent particles, k being the Boltzrnann constant. In the case of the exponential lattice, rf>(r)
with iji{x), the di-gamma function. Equation (5) is the equation of state of the lattice. As we see from these expressions, it is convenient to choose jia + y a+p b bkT-
(6)
as a variable. Then the specific heat at constant pressure is given as 3703
270
3704
LETTERS
Similarly,fixingp, we have 1
dr (7)
Substituting (7), (9) and (10) into (8), we have Now we calculate the specific heat at constant volume, or constant length C, in our case, using the thermodynamic relation (8) Fixing r in the equation of state (5), we differentiate it with respect to T, to obtain (9)
C, = fr
r l
+
2 ^'(
i n
bh)
If we fix the length r per particle to a, the condition iKX) = !n
(12)
bkT'
follows from (5). Taking this into account, we finally obtain the specific heat at constant length, r = a, as a function of Tin the form.
i
(I3) bkT
where i/< ' denotes the inverse function of ip. On the right hand side of (7) and (13), the first term fc/2 comes from the kinetic energy and the remaining terms from the interaction potential. In Fig. 1, the temperature dependence of the specific heat C (r = u) is shown. C (p = 0) is also shown for comparison. Now let us examine the asymptotic forms of (11). First we consider the high temperature limit. In this limit we have £ = ln (a/bkT)-— oo. Using the formula ij/(z+ l) = i/'(z)+ I/j, we find i = iP(X)=ipiX+i)-]/X approaches r
p
— co as X goes to zero. Namely
2
Similarly using <'(z) = ^'{z +1)+ 1/z and ^ ^ ^ ( D + l / z ^ - T r V e + l ^ - l / z , we get 2
1
Thus the specific heat at constant length at high temperature limit is given by
15
20 In i-S-kT )
Fig. 1. C,lk and C,/k versus In bkTja, C. is given at r=o-and C„ at p=0.
271
3705
LEITERS
(14)
Next we take the low temperature limit ~-->co), which implies x-co. Because of the formula T-->O(or
I
""(X)~x-
I
I 2+ 4X'
References I)
the specific heat at constant length turns out, in the low temperature limit, to be
4~J.
these systems in the extremes of high and low temperature limits.
2) 3)
(15)
4)
Thus we see that C,-->k/2 as T-->co, and C,-->k as T-->O. We also find that Cp-->ik as T--> .\XJ, and Cp-->k as T-->O. The values C,=k/2 and Cp=ik are the specific heats of a onedimensional hard-sphere gas, while C, = C p = k are those of a one-dimensional harmonic lattice. It is quite conceivable that the exponential lattice can be approximated by
5) 6)
C,r=ok[l-
7) 8)
9)
J. A. Krumhansl and J. R. Schrieffer : Phys. Rev. Bll (1974) 3535. M. J. Rice, A. R. Bishop, J. A. Krumhansl and S. E. Trullinger : Phys. Rev. Lett. 36 (1976) 432. N. Gupta and B. Sutherland: Phys. Rev. A14 (1976) 1970. K. Maki and H . Takayama: Phys. Rev. B20 (1979) 3223; 20 (1979) 5002. M. Toda : Suppl. Prog. Theor. Phys. 59 (1976) I. H . Buttner and F. G . Mertens : Solid State Commun. 29 (1979) 663. F. G. Mertens and H . Buttner: Conf. of Condensed Matter Div. of EPS, Antwerpen 1980. F. Yoshida and T . Sakuma : Phys. Rev. A25 (1982) 2750. F. G. Mertens and H. Buttner: Phys. Lett. 84A (1981) 335.
272
Science on Form: Proceedings of the First International Symposium for Science on Form, General Editor: S. Ishizaka, Editors: Y. Kato, R. Takaki, and J. Toriwakt, 1-8. Copyright © 1986 by KTK Scientific Publishers. Tokyo.
Interest in Form in Japan and the West Morikazu Toda Emeritus Prof., Tokyo Univ. Education Home Address: 5-29-8-108 Yoyogi, Shibuya, Tokyo 151, Japan
Keywords: culture, scientist, growth, aggregation In the end of the l a s t century, Japanese wood block p r i n t s gave a great shock to European a r t i s t s . T h i s proves that the encounter between c i v i l i z a t i o n s can give r i s e to c r e a t i v e a c t i v i t y , and that t r a d i t i o n a l i n t e r e s t i n form of a r t i s t i c subjects depends on the c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of c u l t u r e . T h i s w i l l apply to science as well. A story r e l a t e d to the form of a candy, Kompeito, i s a l s o presented.
INTRODUCTION I t i s often s a i d that science has no border, or s c i e n c e i s international. Of course i t i s so, as long as i t s o b j e c t i v e character i s concerned, i n the sense that facts or laws which a c e r t a i n s c i e n t i s t asserts should be capable of being proved true by any other s c i e n t i s t s of any country, and e v e r y t h i n g s u b j e c t i v e i s to be excluded i n p r i n c i p l e . However, i n s e l e c t i n g research themes, in the way of t h i n k i n g or i n experimental procedures, the persona l i t y and the environment of the s c i e n t i s t w i l l play some r o l e , which can be rather important i n a c t u a l research development. Erwin Schrodinger, the famous p h y s i c i s t , one of the founders of quantum mechanics, once discussed s e v e r a l examples of a c t u a l r e search procedures and s a i d that even i n exact science l i k e physi c s , one can not c l a i m that science i s a b s o l u t e l y independent of human temperament (Schrfidinger: 1935). Biographers i s fond of f i n d i n g the r e l a t i o n between s c i e n t i f i c achievement and personal character of the s c i e n t i s t . The p e r s o n a l i t y and the environment of a person depend much on the r e l a t e d t r a d i t i o n o r c u l t u r e . For example, Japan and the West have d i f f e r e n t c u l t u r e s , which n a t u r a l l y i m p l i e s d i f f e r e n c e s in the ways of t h i n k i n g , imagination, i n t u i t i o n and so on. In t h i s context, we may expect t h a t the Japanese would be able to contribute something unique and o r i g i n a l to the development of human c u l t u r e i n c l u d i n g s c i e n c e . And I hope t h i s i s true i n our case of the Science on Form. If one asks for examples of the mental a c t i v i t i e s i n which I
273 Interest in Form human character i stics or tradition might have played important roles, the question will be two-fold, as has been already mentioned. That is, on one side it is on a personal l evel , and on the other hand it is on a level of culture or civilization. In the following I would like to refer to some examples in this connection. Firstly, I draw them from the field of fine art to see the cultural difference in expressing the form or shape by painting, secondly from the scientific works of an outstanding physicist of Japan, who may be called as a great pioneer of the Sci ence of Form, and finally from a sugar candy familiar to all the Japanese people to explain our interest in its specific form. JAPANESE WOOD BLOCK PRINTS As is well-known, in the last century, Japanese fine art gave a great shock to the artists in Europe. That is, Japanese wood block prints ("Ukiyoe") gave a great impact on the impressionist painters in France. These painters were Vincent van Gogh, Edouard Manet, Claude Monet, Henri de Toulouse-Lautrec and others. Also "nabis" painters such as Pierre Bonnard and Maurice Denis, and the famous glassworker Emile Galle received direct influence from the se wood block prints. In many works of these Western artists we can clearly see the influence of Japanese Fig. I Ocean waves by Hokusai Ukiyoe painte rs, Hokusai,
Fig. 2
Fig. 3
"Standing Beauty" 2
"La japonaise h by Monet
274
Interest
i n Form
Hiroshige and o t h e r s . F i g . 1 shows a p a r t of a Ukiyoe by Hokusai. G i a n t i c ocean waves are expressed i n a decorative way, and Mt. F u j i i s at a distance. F i g . 2 i s a p a r t of a p i c t u r e by a Japanese Ukiyoe p a i n t e r , of a standing beauty i n a casual pose favored at that time. F i g . 3 i s " l a japonaise" by Claude Monet, a g i r l wearing a Japanese dress and posing l i k e F i g . 2. T h i s i s only one example of great many French p a i n t i n g s e x h i b i t i n g deep i n f l u e n c e of Japanese wood block p r i n t s . Ukiyoe s t a r t e d with d e p i c t i n g l i v e s of town people. Ukiyoe p a i n t e r s loved to d e p i c t elegant and b e a u t i f u l women, p o r t r a i t s of a c t o r s , and landscapes. I t may be c h a r a c t e r i z e d by d e c o r a t i v e f l a t way of expressing things with c l e a r c o l o r s and s i m p l i f i e d l i n e s i g n o r i n g shade. The European a r t i s t s might have been shocked a l s o by the fact that Ukiyoes d e p i c t b e a u t i f u l n e s s of c a s u a l gesture or form of townspeople i n t h e i r d a i l y l i v e s . In a d d i t i o n , in the composition Ukiyoes almost ignore perspective and symmetryA l l of these c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s of Japanese p a i n t i n g s were q u i t e d i f ferent from the t r a d i t i o n of the Western a r t , which the a r t i s t s of the l a s t century were t r y i n g to surpass. So the impact by the Ukiyoe p r i n t s could give great influence to the Western a r t . This example shows, as the h i s t o r i a n Arnold Toynbee (19S2) pointed o u t , when a c i v i l i z a t i o n i s encountered by another, the d i f f e r e n c e i n c u l t u r e can give r i s e to a new c r e a t i v e a c t i v i t y . PROFESSOR T . TERADA In Japan, we often speak of Professor Torahiko Terada (187B1935), who was a leading s c i e n t i s t i n physics and geophysics (Terada: 1936-1939, and 1985). Sines he had a unique i n t u i t i o n of f i n d i n g s c i e n t i f i c themes even out of phenomena very f a m i l i a r to the Japanese, and d e r i v e d remarkable persuading r e s u l t s , h i s j t h i n k he way of research i s r e f e r r e d to as "Terada physics" was an outstanding pioneer i n the f i e l d of the Science on Form. Professor Terada was a p r o f e s s o r of the U n i v e r s i t y of Tokyo. In the e a r l i e r p e r i o d of h i s c a r e e r , he performed some famous studies on X-ray a n a l y s i s . His subsequent works covered the f i e l d s of a c o u s t i c s , magnetism, geophysics, meteorology and s e i s mology. He had been i n t e r e s t e d i n random or s t a t i s t i c a l phenomena, such as the f r a c t u r e patterns of glass p l a t e s , of e a r t h c r u s t , and columnar convection v o r t i c e s . Even the patchwork-like p a t terns on cat skins could not escape from h i s s c i e n t i f i c themes. He was a remarkable e s s a y i s t as w e l l ; h i s essays are s t i l l a t t r a c t i n g wide c l a s s of readers, and they prove that l i t e r a r y and s c i e n t i f i c i n t e r e s t s can be harmonically combined. His r e search themes and the way of performing experiments c l e a r l y show that the p e r s o n a l i t y of s c i e n t i s t and h i s c u l t u r a l background can lead to unique c o n t r i b u t i o n s , e s p e c i a l l y i n f r e s h branches of science. In a s c i e n t i f i c essay, he wrote about a sugar candy f a m i l i a r to a l l the Japanese. T h i s candy i s very i n t e r e s t i n g i n i t s form, because though i t i s roughly s p h e r i c a l i t has many conspicuous horns. In h i s essay. Professor Terada b r i e f l y describes how they make i t according to the s t o r y he heard from the candy maker and adds some conjecture about the mechanism of the formation of i t s horns.
3
275
I n t e r e s t i n Form KOMPEITO F i g . 4 shows some grains of the sugar candy, Kompeito. The Kompeito g r a i n s are r a t h e r s m a l l , about 1 cm i n diameter, roughly s p h e r i c a l , but covered by many horns (from 20 to 30 horns, sometimes more). T h i s candy was brought to Japan for the f i r s t time by a Portuguese m i s s i o n a r y , Luis F r o i s , i n 1569. It was among some p r e sents to Nobunaga, the r u l e r of Japan of that time. The sugar candy was kept i n a b o t t l e of g l a s s , and was c a l l e d "confeitos'* in Portuguese. In Japanese, we c a l l i t "Kompeito" a f t e r the Portuguese word. I t i s s t i l l made i n Japan, and can be obtained at stores of t r a d i t i o n a l Japanese candy or cakes. I expected that such candy would be found i n Portugal or i n some other part of Europe. I have asked many Europeans i n vain i f such a candy with horns might e x i s t i n Europe. It seems l i k e l y that i t i s no more made i n Europe. If you could give me any i n f o r mation about i t , 1 would be much o b l i g e d to you. As you see the Portuguese word c o n f e i t o s i s e t y m o l o g i c a l l y the same to the E n g l i s h word comfit o r c o n f e c t i o n a r y . We have a l s o the words c o n f i t e i n Spanish, c o n f e t t i i n I t a l i a n and French, Konfekt i n German and so on. However these w i l l mean simply candies or chocolates, but not the candy with such s p e c i f i c horns. [After my l e c t u r e , I l e a r n t from Professor Y. Collan that "konfekt" i n F i n n i s h i s a common noun for candy, used as "chokladkonfekt".] In the s i x t e e n t h century, sugar must have been precious and sugar candies not yet w e l l developed. Therefore, 1 would rather assume that the c o n f e i t o s which Luis F r o i s brought had i r r e g u l a r shape. F u r t h e r , I suspect t h a t , i n Europe since then, they endeavored to make c o n f e i t o s p e r f e c t l y s p h e r i c a l , while the Japanese were so i n t e r e s t e d i n i t s i r r e g u l a r shape that they t r i e d to develop p r e t t y horns on the surface of c o n f e i t o s . As i s often pointed out, symmetry i n v o l v i n g s p h e r i c a l shape, i s favored i n the West, while lack of symmetry i s f e l t more p r e f erable i n Japan i n many c a s e s . Such d i f f e r e n c e i n t a s t e or i n t e r e s t might have d i v i d e d the progress of c o n f e i t o s or Kompeito i n t o European and Japanese ways.
Fig.
4
Kompeito
Fig. 5
4
Kompeito's
section
276
Interest
i n Form
KOMPEITO GROWTH When we c u t a g r a i n o f K o m p e i t o t h r o u g h i t s c e n t e r , we s e e a " s e e d " a s i s shown i n F i g . 5. I t i s s a i d t h a t t h i s i s a poppy s e e d , b u t a l s o t h a t a sesame s e e d was u s e d s o m e t i m e . Kompeito makers a r e s u p p o s e d t o s t a r t m a n u f a c t u r i n g b y a t t a c h i n g some s u g a r on e a c h s e e d t o h a v e a t i n y b a l l o f s u g a r . But the d e t a i l e d proc e d u r e o f m a n i p u l a t i o n seems t o b e l o n g t o t h e s e c r e t o f m a k e r s . W i t h t h e a i d o f some c o l l e a g u e s o f mine i n Yokohama N a t i o n a l U n i v e r s i t y , we c o n s t r u c t e d an a p p a r a t u s a n d s u c c e e d e d i n m a k i n g Kompeito by o u r s e l v e s . The e s s e n t i a l p a r t o f t h e a p p a r a t u s i s a f l a t p a n , made o f i r o n , w i t h v e r t i c a l edge a t t h e c i r c u m f e r e n c e l i k e t h e pan used i n c o o k i n g " S u k i y a k i " . The a p p a r a t u s and t h e procedure are as follows. The p a n a b o u t 40 cm i n d i a m e t e r i s i n c l i n e d b y 30 a n g l e d e grees o r so, b e i n g h e l d b y a c e n t r a l s h a f t , and i s s l o w l y r o t a t e d by a m o t o r a t t h e s p e e d o f one r o t a t i o n p e r m i n u t e . The lowest p a r t o f t h e pan i s h e a t e d by a gas b u r n e r . Sesame s e e d i s u s e d as t h e k e r n a l . A h a n d f u l o f s e e d s i s p u t i n t h e pan. A s t h e pan r o t a t e s t h e s e e d s c r u m b l e down, a s a c o n t i n u o u s s n o w s l i d e , t o t h e lower p a r t o f t h e pan t o s t a y t h e r e a s a whole. B e s i d e s , we make t h i c k s u g a r s y r u p , w h i c h i s n e a r l y s a t u r a t e d at a b o u t 70°C. By u s i n g a s m a l l s p o o n , t h e s u g a r s y r u p i s d r i p p e d now a n d t h e n o n t o t h e s e e d s , w h i c h t h e n c a t c h s u g a r a n d t u r n i n t o grains o f sugar. As t h e p a n i s i n c l i n e d a n d r o t a t e s , t h e g r a i n s i n t h e pan c o n t i n u o u s l y go up a l i t t l e a n d t h e n t u m b l e down. We c o n t i n u e d r i p p i n g t h e s u g a r s y r u p now a n d t h e n . By s a m p l i n g , we c a n f o l l o w t h e p r o c e s s t o some e x t e n t . F i r s t , each seed c a t c h e s some s u g a r s y r u p . B e i n g h e a t e d from below, water e v a p o l a t e s l e a v i n g s u g a r t r a c e on t h e s u r f a c e o f t h e s e e d , a n d r e p e a t i n g t h e p r o c e s s o f c a t c h i n g s u g a r , t h e g r a i n c a t c h e s more a n d more s u g a r , w h i c h u l t i m a t e l y develop horns. The p r o c e s s may b e d e s c r i b e d a s f o l l o w s . I f a part o f the s u r f a c e o f t h e g r a i n s t i c k o u t , t h i s p a r t c a t c h e s more s u g a r , c o o l s f a s t e r , and water t h e r e e v a p o r a t e s f a s t e r t h a n t h e o t h e r p a r t , and so i t s o l i d i f i e s f a s t e r . T h u s bumps grow l e a v i n g d e n t s , a n d h o r n s develop. S i n c e g r a i n s c o n t i n u o u s l y t u m b l e down t h e p a n , t h e y mutua l l y scrumble f o r sugar syrup. A t t h e same t i m e , t u m b l i n g m o t i o n w i l l p r e v e n t t h e g r a i n s from s t i c k i n g t o g e t h e r . Thus t h e g e n e r a t i o n o f K o m p e i t o h o r n s seems t o b e a d y n a m i c a l many-body p r o c e s s , d i f f e r e n t from a s t e a d y growth o f i n d e p e n d e n t g r a i n s . EVOLUTION PROCESS Now, we s h a l l t u r n t o s i m p l e m a t h e m a t i c a l c o n s i d e r a t i o n . Suppose t h a t a s m a l l s u g a r horn i s g e n e r a t e d . Then, a s a l r e a d y s t a t e d , t h e t o p o f t h e h o r n w i l l b e f a v o r e d t o c a t c h more s u g a r t h a n t h e lower p a r t . T h e r e f o r e we may r o u g h l y e x p e c t t h a t t h e s h a p e o f a h o r n y = y{x,t) w i l l b e s u b j e c t t o t h e e q u a t i o n Sy/dt ~ ay. However n o t o n l y t h e t o p , b u t a l s o each s i d e o f t h e horn w i l l c a t c h s u g a r a n d t h i s p r o c e s s w i l l h a v e some s i m i l a r i t y t o d i f f u s i o n , s o t h a t we w i l l h a v e a t e r m d e p e n d i n g o n 3y/dx o r 3 l o g y/Zx. Thus a p o s s i b l e and simple e q u a t i o n would be
ay + bl 3 l o g y
5
2
> y
(1)
277
I n t e r e s t i n Form T h i s equation has Q p a r t i c u l a r s o l u t i o n :
jjji = J? exp( at -
)
(
2 )
which represents a horn of Gaussian form, with the night evolving i n d e f i n i t e l y and the width p r o p o r t i o n a l to i/l. The above e v o l u t i o n equation i s only the simplest t r i a l . Of course, there must be a s a t u r a t i o n e f f e c t which l i m i t s the growth of horns, which can be i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n by more elaborate a n a l y s i s . The process seems to have something to do with what i s c a l l e d the d i f f u s i o n l i m i t e d aggregation (DIA) < which w i l l be one of the themes of the next t a l k by Professor L . M . Sander. We may have some s o r t of computer experiment to simulate the growth of Kompeito horns i n a way s i m i l a r to DLA, but with c e r t a i n a p p r o p r i a t e l y modified r u l e s . The Computer simulated version of Kompeito may be c a l l e d "Computo", or so. REMARKS (1) It has been pointed out t h a t , i n some cases, g a l l s t o n e and r e n a l - c a l c u l u s with i r r e g u l a r shape somewhat s i m i l a r to Kompeito are found. In t h i s connection a l s o , e l u c i d a t i o n of the mechanism of Kompeito horns seems to be of some value. (2) I f we could make Kompeito-like grains of other materials such as i c e , p l a s t i c s , metals or so, we may u t i l i z e them i n many ways . ADDENDUM A f t e r f i n i s h w r i t i n g the manuscript the author received a mail from Professor Alan L. Mackay of the U n i v e r s i t y of London. In i t I found two g r a i n s of sugar candy of e l l i p s o i d a l shape. The grain i s much l a r g e r than a Japanese Kompeito grain. I t i s covered with small horns, which are not so w e l l d e v e l oped, so that i t looks rather l i k e a young pine cone or large seed of some other t r e e . According to Professor Mackay, i t i s from the town P i s a i a and widely on s a l e i n I t a l y . I cut i t through the shorter diamet e r , and found a kernel seed at i t s center, which i s surrounded by some l a y e r s t r u c t u r e (see F i g . 6). Fig. 6 REFERENCES Schrodinger, Erwin (1935): Science and Human Temperament E n g l i s h T r a n s l a t i o n by James Murphy, [G. A l l e n U Unwin L t d . , London]. Toynbee, Arnold (1952): The World and the West, [Oxford U n i v e r s i t y Press, London, New York, T o r o n t o ] . Terada, Torahiko (1936-1939, and 1985): Terada Torahiko Zenshu Kagaku~hert ( S c i e n t i f i c Papers, mostly w r i t t e n in E n g l i s h i n 6 Volumes), [Iwanami Shoten P u b l . , Tokyo]. 6
278
0-1 Q: P r o f e s s o r Toda a l l u d e d to d i f f e r i n g a r t i s t i c s t y l e s (and s t y l e i n t e r a c t i o n s between c o n t i n e n t s ) . At s c h o o l most of us are taught to write according to a given standard s t y l e ("copper plate"), but f i n i s h up by d e v e l o p i n g our own d i s t i n c t i v e w r i t i n g styles hence the use of s i g n a t u r e s on c r e d i t cards e t c . Does P r o f . Toda t h i n k t h a t d i f f e r i n g a r t i s t i c s t y l e s are a k i n to differing writing styles? (R. M i l e s ) A: Differences in a r t i s t i c styles are d e e p l y r o o t e d i n the t r a d i t i o n a l c u l t u r e s , the education, the way of l i v i n g , e n v i r o n ment and c l i m a t e . These have something to do w i t h the a r t i s t i c styles. I t w i l l have some r e l a t i o n to w r i t i n g s t y l e s . But the i n f l u e n c e of the h e r e d i t y of the f a m i l y may be more i m p o r t a n t . And the network of the b r a i n developed by t r a i n i n g and e x p e r i ence may change w r i t i n g s t y l e s , I think. Q: Is i t p o s s i b l e t h a t metal o b j e c t s p a t t e r n e d on "horned" s p h e r i c a l candy might be used as i n t e r l o c k i n g three-dimensional gear wheels? (Ft. M i l e s ) A: Romperto-horns are very i r r e g u l a r ; some are long and some are s h o r t . So the candy would not work as three-dimensional gear wheels i n the u s u a l sense. I f we c o u l d have s i m i l a r horns with metal or other m a t e r i a l , a p p l i c a t i o n might develop. Shellf i s h and other l i v i n g things with horns i n d i c a t e t h i s p o s s i b i l i ¬ ty. Q: Are you sure t h a t a l l your sweets have got a sesame seed i n the c e n t r e ? I have to admit to h a v i n g eaten two, and one of them d i d n ' t seem to have a seed i n i t . Perhaps those horns get snapped o f f i f they grow too l o n g and t h i n and then t h e s e l i t t l e f r a c t u r e d pieces can act as a focus for a new 'sweet ? (V. Howard) 1
A: The kompeito you t a s t e d i s a c o m m e r c i a l one. I t c o n t a i n s poppy seed, while the kompeito we made has sesame seed. I think every g r a i n has a seed. If you cut i t through the center using a k n i f e , you w i l l find the seed. But, as you point out there i s a p o s s i b i l i t y of the 'sweet' without a seed: We can develop kompeito from granulated sugar. Very small sugar c r y s t a l s can act the r o l e of seeds.
Q: I b e l i e v e that kompeito i s probably an example of D i f f u s i o r i Limited Aggregation as Prof. Toda suggested, provided that the amount of sugar i n the syrup i s rather s m a l l . A l s o , i t would be i n t e r e s t i n g to see the e f f e c t s of the s i z e of the seed. (L. Sander) A: In the process of developing horns, kompeito grains i n the pan compete with each o t h e r i n g e t t i n g s u g a r . We drop v e r y s m a l l q u a n t i t y of the s y r u p each time onto the seeds or the g r a i n s a f t e r they a r e d e v e l o p e d , so t h a t the syrup does not s t i c k to the pan ( i f i t s t i c k s i t w i l l form caramel, then i t must be removed), and i t i s d i s t r i b u t e d w i d e l y among the s e e d s , or g r a i n s . The 7
279
c o n o e n t r a t i o n and the temperature of the syrup seem to be a l s o determining factors. The syrup must be caught by the seeds or g r a i n s b e f o r e going to the pan, so the syrup s h o u l d be r a t h e r thick. But i f i t i s too t h i c k , the seeds or g r a i n s w i l l s t i c k together. C o m m e r c i a l l y , poppy seeds are used, w h i l e we used sesame seeds. The s i z e and shape of seeds have a p p a r e n t l y no important e f f e c t s a f t e r kompeito has w e l l developed. Some kind of "shaping" w i l l be present.
8
280
Physica D 33 (ISSJ) 317-322 North-Hoi land, Amsterdam
COUPLED NONLINEAR WAVES Morikazu TODA Professor Emeritus.
Tokyo University oj Education.
Japan
Received IS January 1983
Dedicated to Professor Joseph Ford on the occasion of his sixtieth birthday Integrable systems of nonlinear coupled equations are studied, and some trials lo classify these systems are presented. The Backlund transformations, lineal combinations of similar equations, and connection within a hierarchy of nonlinear soliton equations provide iniegrable coupled equations.
1. Introduction This is a preliminary trial towardsfindingand classifying inlegrable systems of coupled nonlinear equations. In physics we have many related problems. For example, superconductivity is believed to take place by the coupling between conduction electrons and ihe crystal lattice through lattice vibration, electric polarization, or by some other means. Such a coupling gives rise to an attractive force between two electrons lo form the so-called Cooper pair. The BCS theory attributes il to the lattice vibration, but other possibilities may account for the high-T superconductivity. In genera], when twofieldsare coupled, Ihe interaction tends to form some kind of collective motion, such as electron-pairing, solitons, etc., resulting in lowering of the lowest quantum state. This applies to the van der Waals force belween electrically neutral atoms or molecules. Asfirslexplained by F. London in 1930, this force comes from the second order perturbation, which can be interpreted as the correlated motion of electrons through the interaction with the photon field. The London--van der Waals attraction keeps helium atoms in the liquid phase up lo 4 K, and is sufficient to keep the liquid phase of argon up lo aboul 90 K. Thesefigureslook quite interesting because of the recently found 90-K superconducc
tors. Though the van der Waals force is quantum mechanical, the condensation of argon atoms is understood in the classical statistical mechanics. So we may suspect lhat though the electron pairing will be quantum mechanical, the high-lemperature superconductivity would be understood in the framework of classical mechanics, except for detailed phenomena such as quantization of magnetic flux. Though ihere seems no direct connection between these phenomena, we musl note the fact that electrons generally tend to attracl each olher through the interaction with another field, such as the photon or phonon field. It seems also general that crystal structures capable of sofl and easily deforrnable motion or the so-called soft mode are good candidates for suchfieldto produce coupling of electrons, phasons of charge density waves, or some kind of solitons, whose Bose condensation might lead to superconductivity. At any rate, since these soft modes are generally induced by nonlinearity. more extensive study of coupled wave equations is anticipated, first in classical mechanics lo elucidate their characters. Of course coupled nonlinear waves are already studied by many authors. Computer analysis is always a powerful tool and many important results have been thus obtained including a wide class of chaotic phenomena. One of the analytical
0167-2789/8S/S03.50 © Elsevier Science Publishers B.V, (North-Holland Physics Publishing Division)
281 318
M. Toda / Coupled nonlinear waves
ways is to reduce these wave equations to a single nonlinear wave equation and discuss its integrability. For example, ion-electron waves are treated by Washimi and Taniuti [1] to reduce them to separated KdV equations (see section 2 below). The Backlund transformation connecting solutions of the same equation or different equations provides coupled waves described by these equations (section 3). Recently, the development of the unified theory of the KP hierarchy [2], enabled us to find several integrable systems mutually coupled within a hierarchy (section 5).
2. Some physical systems The Ginzburg-Landau (GL) equation, famous in the theory of superconductivity, is a macroscopic equation for the order parameter >/J , and can be written as
ion-fluid n and its velocity u, in the dimensionless form as n,+(nuL=O
(eq.ofcontinuity),
u, + uU x = E
(eq. of motion),
(n.)x= -n.E (balance of pressure,
(2 .3)
and electric force), (the Poisson eq.) , where n. is the electron density, E the electric field, and inertia term is neglected because of the small mass of electrons. For later comparison, we rewrite (2.3) into two equations, elimin?tion nand E, as 1 u,+uux+ -(n.) x= O,
n.
(2.4)
where (2.1)
-(~+u~)(l.. at ax n. an.). ax
p=
where Q and f3 are temperature dependent parameters, A is the vector potential of the magnetic field, and m* and e* are the mass and the charge of the electric carrier (electron pair). From microscopic point of view, the electron is coupled with some other field, which, in tum, reflects the effect back onto the electron yielding the nonlinear term f31.jt1~ . For the theory of high-temperature superconductivity, derivation of the GL equation is one of the main ways of study. In the soliton theory, rather than the GL equation, we study the NLS equation (2 .2) In this equation, the coupling between electron and some other field is also taken into account by the nonlinear term kl>/JI~ . As another example, we have the system of ions and electrons. According to Washimi and Taniuti [1], we write the equations for the density of the
Introducing
we use the formal expansion (reductive perturbation method) u = eu(l) + e2u(2) + "', n.
=
1 + en~l) + e2n~2) +
...
(2.5)
Substituting (2.5) into (2.4) we obtain
(2.6) U~l)
+ U(I)U~I) +
um
=
0,
(n~l»)"+ n~I)(n~I»)E+ (n~I»)m=O .
(2.7)
Thus we see that u, the ion-fluid velocity, and n.,
282
M. Toda / Coupled nonlinear
ihe electron density, obey the same KdV equation, and move with the same phase, u'"= In this case also, (he nonlinear term u^'iij comes from the interaction of ions with electrons affecting ions themselves, and n (n'J ) expresses similar effect on electrons through the interaction with ions. Moreover, it is shown thai
faces
11
I 1)
l
[
l
!
- - j£ "dj-u
1 , |
_
= _(e",-,_ ". . c
)
(3.2)
do.
(n •» 1,2,...) where A is a constant. As a particular solution, we have {B = Sinh k}
-«i"
1-
e - ™ cosh k - sinh ittanhj&i + 0t).
and Lhey obey the same KdV equation. They all perform synchronized motion.
e°- •» cosh k + sinh* taah(kn + Bt).
3. Two lattices and the Backlund transformation
These are the kink and anti-kink, one of which pushes (or pulls) the other, and proceed together. Further, if we put
As the simplest example of twofieldsmutually coupled, we refer to the linear wave equations 3B at
dE ax '
3£ "ft
4x
-{u, + o„) = -("•
+ u
=
n
(3.3)
Q -Q„, atI
(3.4}
,
* i ) Jr. + i"?--
(3.2) is written as (3.1) 1
(3.5)
which describe interaction between the magnetic field B (in y direction) and the electricfieldE (in ; direction) and c is the velocity of light (propagating in x direction), Eqs. (3.1) may be thought as the Backlund transformation between the solutions B-B{x,t) and E = E(x,t) of the wave equations
where c is a constant determined by the condition at infinity. Eqs. (3.5) describe interaction between the twofieldsQ, and q„. Eqs. (3.5) are similar in form lo the Backlund transformation [4, 5), which connects solutions of two exponential lattices expressed by
2
2J? 8/'
dB dx '
t
1
1
dt
Equations similar to (3.1) appear in many branches of physics, including the relation between velocity field and pressurefieldin hydrodynamics. The set of equations (2.4) provides an extension of (3.1) to nonlinear coupled fields. One of the simplest extensions lo discrete nonlinear coupled fields is the system proposed by Kac and van Moerbeke (3), which can be written
d% At
1
dt'
=
e
e-,-e._ c - e . . , e
(3.6) = ,«.-,-i._ *.-fl e
Thus, in general, each Backlund trans formation can be considered as equations which describe coupling between two systems. Besides, the BScklund transformation (3,5) describes a system composed of interacting quasi-
283 320
M. Toda / Coupled nonlinear waves
oscilla tors, din __ I
Furthermore, if we put C
(3.14)
Tt-cn gn-I/n , (3.7)
dg n
dt = -cn -dn+
(3.5) describes coupled field s x nand Y. as
C
Ign
(n = 1,2, ... ), where In and gn are the coordinate and the momentum of the nth quasi-oscillator. We impose the condition
dYn _ ( + _I dt - C x.+ 1Yn
+
_I) x.Yn Yn'
(3.15)
(3 .8) 4. Two fields of the same type and let cn's be time-dependent. Then, if we put Consider two fields coupled as
(3.9) (4.1) (3.7) and (3.8) lead to
, dQn = _ e Q.- q• dt dqn = _ e Q.- q• dt
-
eq. - 1- Q.
-
eq.-Q.+1
+c
+C
'
(3 .10)
'
The first equation is a KdV equation for u, and the second is another KdV equation with an external force term. If we put
(4.2)
>=v-U,
which is the Backlund transformation (3.5) with A = - 1. Therefore, (3.7) and (3 .8) express coupled fields Qn and qn' the exponential lattices. Further, by calculating dgn+l/ dt from (3.8) and (3.7) and writing
we see that v satisfies
(4.3)
(3 .11)
Therefore, the wave > is the sum of v and - u, where v corresponds to free oscillation and - u to forced oscillation. Similarly, the equations
(3.12)
U,+ 2(u 2)x+ Uxxx = (>2L,
by (3.9), we obtain
Thus, we see that the equations of motion of the ::xponentiallattice can be written as (6)
>, + 3{ >2) x + >xxx =
-
describe coupled two fields u and >. By putting
v = 2u + > , w = 2(u+ »,
(3 .13)
~(/n) = dt
g.
(4.4)
4( U» x
(4.5)
(4.4) is reduced to separated KdV equations V,
+ (u 2 ) x + vxxx = 0,
w,+ (w 2 )x + w'xx.x= 0,
(4.6)
284
hi. Toda / Cfiupled nonlinear
and solving these, we get u and ^ as
5. Coupledfieldsof the same hierarchy Consider twofieldscoupled as
II = 1) + H>/2,
(4.7) =
"i ~ "xi
Likewise, we see that interacting Boussinesq equations
u
l;
1
(5.1)
Though the above looks rather complicated, eliminating v, we obtain ihe Boussinesq equation
«„ - 4u„ - 4(uu,)- X
(4.9)
and u is readily obtained from the solution u. So (5.1) is solvable. The Boussinesq equation belongs to the system of higher KP equations [2j, and (5.1) is solvable since it belongs to the so-called 3-reduction of the KP hierarchy. Contrary lo the coupled equations of the same type treated in section 4, here we have integrable coupled equations of the same KP hierarchy. Satsuma and Hirota [7] dealt with the 4-reduction of the KP hierarchy, and solved a coupled system of equations.
are reduced lo separated Boussinesq equations. More generally, the coupled equations Iu+ -^(Au* + Btf + ICui,)= 0, (4.10) 2
2",.
(4.8)
2
»„ = „ + 2(u ) , + "
L
32)
rHoei
(5-2)
I
After some modification, the 4 reduction of the KP hierarchy can be conveniently written as
2
(Du + £t. + 2fuov) = 0 (5.3)
with a linear operator /.., and appropriate relations between the coefficients A, B, C, D, E, and F, can be reduced to separated equations
A'-soliton solution is obtained in the form (5.4)
Hi
(4.11)
i-w + ^ w ^ O . and the solutions u and * are certain linear combinations of v and VJ. Each system in this section is separated to nonlinear equations of the same type, and therefore may be called a coupled system of degenerate fields. Then, we have the non-degenerate case, namely, coupling offieldsof different types, which shall be considered in the nexl section.
in terms of a function / — f(x, y, l). Further, if we introduce u by
-37 = * +*+,.
(5.5)
we have 2
^;{2/ (*,+ ^ „ + 3 *J) U
!
= 4 / ( + i u „ + 3Hu ) = 0. U[
1
1
(5.6)
285
122
M. Toda / Coupled nonlinear waves
Therefore (5.3) is written as a
"r ~ ( i ™
+
3
<"*«) =
* i + i * . « + 3 u + = 0, 1
H
+
+
3 ( + (5.7)
3uui, = 0.
where u, * and u are functions of x, y and J as given by (5.4) and (5.5). For the A'-soliton solution, it is shown thai when we give a special value to y (say y - 0), we have u = 0 but
the same soliton equations and different equations produce coupled systems. Linear combinations of nonlinear equations of the same type can yield some interesting systems. Connections between equations of different types in a hierarchy, such as Ihe K.P hierarchy, imply integrable coupled systems. Study of the higher hierarchy will able us to find many other integrable equations entangled with each other.
References [1] H Washimi and T. Taniuli, Phys. Rev. Lett. 17 11966) 996. [2] CI. E Date. M Kashiwaia, M. Jimbo and T. Miwa, Nonlinear Integrable Syslems - Classical Theor- and Qlianlum Theory. M. limbo and T. Miwa, eds. (World Scientific, Singapore, 19B3), p. 39. [31 M. Kac and P. van Mocrbekc, Adv Math 16 (1975) 160 HI M. Wadati and M. Toda. J. Phys. Soc Japan 39 (1975) 1196. [5) M Toda and M. Wsdati. 1. Phys. Soc. Japan 39 (1975) 1204. [6) Cf. L.D. Faddecv and I. A Takhlajan. Hamiltonian Melhods in the Theory ol Solitons (Springer, Berlin, 1987), p. 294. [7] J. Salsuma and R_ Hirota, J. Phys. Sot Japan 51 (1982) 3390. 1
6. Conclusion Since we meet coupled wave equations so often in physics, it is hoped to elucidate the condition of integrability. In the foregoing sections we have sketched some trials to classify integrable coupled systems. The Backlund transformations between
286
Journal of The Physical Society of Japan Vol. 59, No. 12, December, 1990. pp. 4279-4285
Nonlinear Dual Lattice Morikazu
TODA,
Yoshiko O K A D A ' and Shinsuke
WATANABE'
5-29-S-I08 Yoyogi, Shibuya-ku. Tokyo 151 'Department of Energy Engineering, Facility of Engineering, Yokohama National University, 156 Tokiwadai. Hodogoya-ku, Yokohama 240 (Received Angus! 15, 1990) We derive an exact dual lattice of a nonlinear version by introducing a double exponential lattice, where not only the interaction potential but also the momentum are oT the exponential type. This is the first example of the system with duality in nonlinear systems. The double exponential lattice can be extended to multi-component systems where Ihe parameters characterizing the potential and the momentum are not uniform. In a small-amplitude limit, the double exponential Lattice is reduced lo the usual exponential lattice. It is shown lhat the exponential lattice composed of different mass particles is dual to that composed of the interaction with different parameter 0 in such a limil.
§1.
Introduction
Duality is an important concept and is frequently employed in the theories of lattice dynamics and electric circuit. In a linear case it is not difficult to make a dual system. Suppose a linear lattice (lattice A) with mass m„ and spring constant A,. ' The dual system of A is constructed by replacing mass by spring and spring by mass following certain rules. The new system (lattice B) is dual lattice of A, if the mass m" and the spring constant K" are given by l/K, and l/m„. Then the analysis of the system A can be directly applied to the system B, which save one from the trouble of analyzing the system B. The similar duality holds in the case of ladder-type LC circuit. Even in a nonlinear system, the concept of duality is useful. ' In fact thefindingof the exponential lattice owes to this concept. " In the case of nonlinear lattice, the equation of motion written by displacement x„ contains nonlinear forces. Then we use the relative displacement r„ as the generalized coordinate. The equation of motion in terms of r„ is similar to that of x„. But introducing the canonical momentum s„ conjugate to r„ and solving the relative displacement r, in terms of s„, we obtain Ihe equation of motion written by s„. The equation is dual to the equation of motion for /•„. If we interpret s„ as the 1
2
1
"displacement", we see that the system consists of linear springs and nonlinear momenta. The problem considered in this paper is as follows. What is the dual lattice to an exponential lattice with" different mass particles? So far such a problem has been studied only in a KdV limit. ' Here we introduce a new type of the exponential lattice, a double exponential lattice, and make its dual latticed Then the double exponential lattice is extended to a multicomponent system, including "impurity masses" where parameters characterizing the mass or the momentum depend on the lattice site. Interchanging the roles of mass and spring, we obtain the dual lattice including "impurity springs". The double exponential lattice and its dual lattice are investigated in §2. The lattice is extended to a multi-component system in §3, together with a small-amplitude limit to obtain the exponential lattice and its dual system. Simple numerical calculations are shown in §4 to verify the result in §3. Some remarks on the results are given in §4. 1
§2.
Double Exponential Lattice and Ihe Dual Lattice
First of all, let us notice that the following approximation holds in the limit of p- 0. f
287
4280
Morikazu TODA, Yoshiko OKADA and Shinsuke WATANABE
—
B
(e- "-\+Bp)
(Vol. 59,
A-x„
AB
^=2\-lA-x„)\iog
Here, if we lake p as momentum and define mass m as I M S , then the quantity (AB/2)p denotes kinetic energy. Now we employ
-Y,^-<exp(-tr„)-l+br ). B
2
We assume thai Ihe left end particle n—Q is fixed. Then we have for a lattice of /V movable particles, x = 0,
1
as kinetic energy in the place of (AB/2)p and assume A >0 and B>0. In a one-dimensional lattice, we denote by x„ the position of the nth particle and by p„ the conjugate momentum. We consider a system defined by the following Hamiltonian
- ^ - B \
Xi=r,, x — r, + r2, • '.
0
2
x„=r, + r ^
+ <-„, • • •,
2
Xu—r, + ri-i
t-r,v.
The Lagrangian in terms of {r„) and {rj is denoted by L' That is, Hx,x) = L'lr,r), here x„ — + r - f - • • +r„. The canonical momentum s„ conjugate to r. is ;
+ ^(eKp(-^,-»,-,))
3L'{r, r)
(I)
~di~ 1 "
We call this system as a double exponential lattice. Then the canonical equations of motion are given by dH x„ =
"B,I>
A-(r, + 8
r +--+f ) 2
l
A
~
Then we have
—=A{\-<xp{-Bp„)),
dH p-= -—=a(exp ( - br„) - exp ( ox„ where r„ — x„ — x„-\ denotes displacement. The Lagrangian defined by L(x,
=
br„ ,»,
1 A-x„ s,-s — —— log — - — (—p„) B " A
(2)
atl
+
m
0=1,2, the
relative
and Stjri — O. We see that s„—s .,—p„ by virtue of eq. (2). The Hamiltonian written by {r„, J„1 is denoted by H' and is given by ni
x)-Zx„p„-H,
rv
is easily calculated to be
H'(r,s) = 2
rs„-L'.
After some calculation, we obtain //'-S^(exp(-S<^-s >,))-!+SU-J„ n
This Hamiltonian is obtained by rewriting H in terms of {r„, s„). The system of H'{r, s) is called as the dual system of H(x,p), because both of them describe the same lattice. The canonical equations of motion for the dual system are dH' r„=—-=A
{exp(-Bp„-,)-exp(-Bp„)),
+ 1
) ) + S - ( e x p (-^ )-l+*/•„). n
3ff' A=-^-=-aU-exp<-iv-„))
(=/„),
(3)
(4)
where p„=s„—s„*i, and /„ = o(exp ( — br„) — 1) is the force of interaction. So far, r„ represents the generalized coordinate and s, the conjugate momentum. It is, however, natural that we rather consider — s„ to be the coordinate ({?„) and r„ to be the
288
1990)
Nonlinear
Dual
momentum (P«), if we compare eq. (1) with eq. (3) or eq. (2) with eq. (4). This replacement is achieved by rotating the phase plane (r„, s„) by a/2, r.=P„
s„=-Q„
or
Lallice
4281
the Hamiltonian of the dual system by H'{Q, /*)= S - f (exp <- bP„) -1 + bP„)
p„=Q„„-Q„.
This transformation is a kind of the canonical transformation and P„ represents the momentum conjugate to Q„. The replacement gives
-l+B(0.+i-G.)>.
(5)
and the canonical equations of motion by
Off* G" = ^ - = o ( l - e x p ( - f t P „ ) ) ,
aw
(6)
P „ = - — = - 4 (exp (-BJ?„)-exp ( - * 5 R . » . +1
wherefl„= Q„ — Q„-,. From eqs. (4) and (6), we obtain the relation
&=/.. The equations of motion in eq. (2) for the Hamiltonian H(x,p) in eq. (I) yield Id
x„\
/
and the equations of motion in eq. (6) for the Hamiltonian H'(Q, P) in eq. (5) yield -^log(l~)=/4(«p(-M,)-«p(-M,
+
1
».
These equations describe the same system. In a small amplitude limit, x„«A and Q «a,
we take
n
1
1
AB'
ab'
and obtain from the above equations of motion d ™—i "= < P df x
m
'
dl
fl
ex
r
(~ * -> - exp ( - br„ )). tl
Q»=M<*P ( - B S „ ) - e x p (-BR.*,)).
These equations approximately describe the identical system. §3.
Multi-Component Lattice
We extend the system considered in the previous section to a multi-component lattice. Let us assume that A is a constant but B„ depends on the lattice point n. Then the Hamiltonian is reduced te " A "a H=T ^^xp{-B p„)-l+B„p„)+^-{np(-t>{x„-x„. ))-\ l
r
l
+ bix,-x ,- )). 1
l
Thefirstterm on the right hand side represents the kinetic energy and the second term, the interaction between the particles. The equation of motion for this system is
289
™™
Morikazu TODA. Yoshiko OKADA and Sh-insufcr: WATANABE
(Vol. 59.
1 d B. dr ' ° \ ' ~~A ' ~~B„ e
where
=
a
(
n
P
'"
"
C K P
br
+,))
< ? )
'~ " '
r,-x„—JC„_and /.-fl(exp(-6r„)-l),
is the force of interaction. The Hamiltonian of the dual system to [he above lattice is •W = E T - (exp (-bP )-1 + bP„) + 2 l « P n
(-BAQ*~Q«-<))~ 1 + -%M~&,-•))•
Then the equation of motion is obtained as Id / Q„ - - — log | I — - ) = y l ( e x p ( - B „ / ? „ ) - e x p ( - B „ ,fi„ )), +
(8)
tl
where R„ — Q„ — Q„- . It is to be noted that we ponential lattice is equal to the momentum Q„ have again the relation of its dual system. That is f.=Q . It is reasonable to expect that the same relation is approximately satisfied between the force/„ of the lattice described by eq. (9) and the momenIn a small-amplitude limit, X„«A, Q„«a, tum Q„ of eq. (10), or eqs. (7) and (8) are reduced to t
n
f-=Qm
" "dr
7 =
°
( e X P
*~
b r
"^~
e X P (
b r
) )
~ "*' '
(
9
)
!
d Q„ M - ^ = / l ( e x p ( - B „ i x \ ) - e x p (-&,+,/? i)), n+
(10)
In this section, we shall numerically verify the above relation. For simplicity we consider the following two lattices consist of 100 particles. One is the exponential lattice with a mass impurity where mass m of the 50th particle differs from mass of the other particles. The other is the exponential lattice with a potential impurity where the constant fl , in the potential between the 50th and the 51st particles is different from the other potentials. The above result shows that the two lattices are dual to one another in a small-amplitude limit if mio=l/AB». 5a
where m„—\lAB„ and M—\lab denote the masses. These equations equally describe the motion of two lattices which are dual to each other in a small-amplitude limit. Equation (9) represents the motion of an exponential lattice where the mass of particles depends on the lattice point n, but the interaction potential is uniform throughout the lattice. Equation (10), on the other hand, represents the motion of an exponential lattice where the interaction potential depends on n, but the mass is identical. The two lattices are dual to each other under the condition that the mass m„ in one lattice is related to the spring constants, A and B„, of the other lattice through m„—\lAB„. This result is consistent with the previous result derived from the K-dV approximation of the systems/ 1
§4.
Numerical Solution
In the preceding section, we have seen that the force of interaction /„ of the double ex-
s
The relation /„ s g„ is also expected by the following reason. In the lattice with a mass impurity, the adjacent springs are strongly affected by the impurity. In the lattice with a potential impurity, on the other hand, the motion of its neighboring particles are mainly affected by the impurity. Therefore, the motion of the lattice with a mass impurity, solved in terms of the force /„ of springs, should be compared with the motion of the lattice with a potential impurity represented by the momentum Qr of particles and vice versa. In the numerical calculation, we send a soliton with various amplitudes in an exponen
290
1990)
Nonlinear Dual Lattice
tial lattice from the left side and observe the evolution of a soliton. We choose a = b — m„ — \ («^50) and m = 0.5 in eq. (9) and M—A=B„=i (n?:51) and B , = 2 in eq. (10). The method of Ihe numerical calculation has been reported previously. Figures 1 and 2 show the numerical solutions of exponential lattices, one with a mass impurity and the other with a potential impurity, at several lattice points. At each lattice point, Ihe upper trace shows the force/„ of the spring between Ihe n-lst and nth particles for the lattice with a mass impurity and the lower trace, the momentum Q„ of the nth particle for the lattice of a potential impurity, in the upper trace, the wave forms are depicted in terms of the force instead of the relative M
s
4283
displacement. The abscissa represents time. The abscissa of the lower trace is arbitrarily shifted horizontally in order that a wave peak coincides with that in the upper trace. In Fig. 1, the amplitude of an incident soliton is 0.5. A soliton travels across the impurity exciting a reflected wave and a localized oscillation. We notice that the upper and lower traces are nearly perfectly identical with each other, which indicates the duality of the two lattices. It is noted that the scale of the ordinates is different in the two traces. The reason will be given in §5. As a soliton amplitude is increased, the two solutions deviate from each other. Figure 2 shows the solutions when a soliton amplitude is 1.0. In this case the amplitude of a localized
TIME
Fig. I. Numerical solutions of an exponential lattice with a mass impurity (upper traee) and of an exponential lattice wiih a potential impurity (lower trace). The impurity of mass 0.5 is placed at n = 50 in the former lattice and the potential impurity with B=2.0 is placed between the 50lh and the 51st particles in the laitcr lattice. The amplitude fi of an incident soliton is 0.5. The time step At of the numerical integration is 0.1. !
291
4284
{Vol. 59.
Morikazu TODA. Yoshiko OKADA and Shinsuke WATANABL
TIME Fig. 2. Numerical solutions of an exponential lattice with a mass impurity (upper lrace| and of an exponential lattice with a potential impurity (lower trace). The impurity is the same as Fig. I. The amplitude of an incident soliton is 1.0.
oscillation in the lower trace is slightly larger than that in the upper trace, although the evolution of a wave is similar to each other as a whole. This result exhibits that the duality still holds, but gets poorer with increasing amplitude. §5.
by the change of variables, t=—,
We have introduced a double exponential lattice in §2. We have to mention a remarkable property of this lattice, that is, the integrability of the system. Rewriting the first equation of eq. (2) in terms of the relative displacement, we have the following set of equations from eq. (2), %=A (exp ( - Bp, -,) - exp ( - Bp.)), br„) - exp ( - br,+J).
These equations reduce to
(ID
tl
T
Discussion
p„=a(exp(-
2
—=o: (exp(-u„-,)-exp(-i;„)), dr dv„ —=exp ( - « „ ) - e x p (-u„ ), az
aB
, bA br„ — u., Bp. — v., a-— . aB
The A'-soliton solution and the periodic wave solution of eq. (11) have been derived by Hirota and Satsuma. Therefore the double exponential lattice is integrable. The double exponential lattice extended to the multi-component is shown to have an exact dual lattice. In a small-amplitude limit, the lattice reduces to the usual exponential lattice with multi-components. Especially the exponential lattice with mass m„ is dual to the exponential lattice with potential parameter B„. We have numerically verified the duality in §4 for a small-amplitude soliton. In the 11
292
1990)
Nonlinear Dual Lattice
numerical calculation, we have compared the force of one system wiih the momentum of the other. There the amplitude of the force differs from the amplitude of the momenlum. The reason is easily understood if we compare the expressions of soliton in terms of the force with that of the momentum, in a uniform exponential lattice. The force and momentum of a soliton for eq. (9) are given by Q* 2
cosh
(kn-Ql)' Q
2
1
cosh \k r^H+yj-flrj+sinh'y where Q = sinh£ and we take a = b = m„=l for simplicity. The corresponding soliton of eq. (10) is given by !
i?
cosh (k l|/j + yJ-13rJ+sinh'Y 2
2
Q F — cosh (kn~Qt)' where A~B =M=\ is also assumed. The 2
a
4285 2
maximum amplitude of the force /„ is Q , while ihe maximum of the momentum P„ is OV(l+sinh (fc/2)). For the soliton of Q —0.5, the maximum of the momentum is 0.449, in agreement with the numerical solution in Fig. 1. In conclusion, we have introduced a double exponential lattice and have shown that the lattice has an exact dual lattice. The uniform double exponential lattice has been proved previously to be integrable. We have also demonstrated that the exponential lattice with different mass is approximately equal to the lattice with different potential parameter B, in a small-amplitude limit. 2
2
References 1) M. Toda: Theory of Nonlinear Lattices, Springer series in Solid-Slate Sciences 20 (Springer-Verlag, 1981) pp. 10-12. 2) M. Toda: I. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 20 (1965) 2095. 3) M. Toda: J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 22 (1967) 431; 23 (1967) 301. 4) Y.Okada, S. Watanabe and H. Tanaca: J. Phys. Soc. Jpn. 59(1990) 2649. 5) R. Hirota and J. Satsuma: J. Phys. Soc, Jpn. 40 (1976) 891; Prog. Theor. Phys. Suppl. No. 59(1976) 64.
293
Nonlinear Dispersive Wave Systems, ed. L. Debnath, World Scientific, 1992, pp. 435-443.
PARTITION FUNCTION OF NONLINEAR LATTICE
Morikazu T O D A 5-SS-8-108 Yoyogt, Shibuya-kv, Tokyo 151, Japan
ABSTRACT It is shown that the coniigurational part of the partition function of the onedimensional nonlinear lattice with exponential interaction can be written, in the large system limit, as a product of factors, each of which represents excitation of independent ecjui-distant levels- In this sense, deformation of the lattice is asymptotically expressed as a superposition of independent modes.
1. Introduction To begin with, let us consider a system whose Hamiltonian H(p, x) is the sum of the kinetic part K(p) and the potential part U[x); or H(p,x) = K(p) + U(x). Then the classical partition function of the N particles, is given as ZNW)
= J
X
J dpi-d e-" ^Q {0), Vrf
(/? =
N
~).
In this paper, we consider a one-dimensional lattice of N particles with nearest neighbor interaction. If the system of length / is subject to the pressure P, the configurational part QN(0) of the partition function takes the form QN(0)
-
•••
ip
d ...dx e-W°--l ' Xl
N
294
with IV
j=l
and JV I = X
- x
N
0
-
-
Zj-i)-
i=l
Changing the variables from Xj to r - = xj — Xj-i, we see that ;
where Q(0) = j e-PW+^Ur. We take the exponential potential (o, 6 = const)
1
2
W ) =f
exp [-•/?{
+ «*}]*•.
(1)
First, we shall examine the low temperature limit (0 —> oo) and the high temperature limit (0 —* 0). For /? —> oo, we may use the expansion £( -*_l) e
+
o r 5
*2* » r
+
0
(r»)
to get
In this limit Qy{0) represents the coniigurational partition function of a chain with harmonic interaction. For 0 —> 0, it is convenient to rescale the variable writing 0ar = ( and 0a/b — z to have Q(0) = f
t
e x { - ( - ' / * - l)}e- dt/0a.
• > — CO
P
2
e
295
In the limit 0 - * 0 p—* fj), we see that oo,
(<>0) that Q{0)^
r -*"dr Jo
= ±-
e
(0-0)
(3)
a
P
which represents a hard sphere in a potential U = or. Now, we use the reduced units (6 = 1, z = 0a/b) to write f
Q(z)=
e x p i r e " ' - 1+ r ) U .
(4)
By changing the variable we get Q(z) = e ' z - £ e-'x'-^z =
l
e z~
where T(z) is the gamma function. If we write T{z) = ^ e - z ' e ^ \
(6) 3
ii(z) is given by the so-called Binet's second expression as , ,
r°° arctan((/j) ,
, .
1
It is worth noticing that i f we substitute Eq.(6) into Eq.(5), the factors e and z~~" cancel out, and we are left with the simple result
Q ( 2 )
=
JE^K
2. D i r e c t P r o o f o f E q . ( 8 ) If we integrate partially, Eq.(5) gives the relation
(8)
296
Therefore, consequtively we have (z' — z = integer) logQ(z) - l o g Q ( z + 1) - - 1 - (z + I j l o g ? + (z + l)logf> + 1), log Q(z + 1) - logQ(z + 2) = - 1 - {z + 2)log(z + 1) + (z + 2)log(z + 2),
log Q(z' - 1) - log Q(z') = - l - z '
l o g f / - 1) + z' log z'
Adding up both sides of these equations, we get l o g Q ( z ) - l o g Q(z') = -(z'
-z)-
zlogz
- {logz + log(z + ! ) + • • + log(z' - 1)} + z ' l o g z ' . Since J
log xdx — z' log z' — z' — (z log z — z)
we see that lo Q(z)-logQfy) g
= J
Xogxdx - {logz +log(z + 1) + ••• + log(z' - 1)}.
Further, using Eq.(2), or i°g<3(*')-^°g(^) we obtain the result iog{^9(,)} = j
logxdx - ^\ogz
+ log(z + l) + --- + \og(z' -1)+
^logz'}
(z'-cc). ±2
Now, noticing that e " < — 1 vanishes at £ = integer we integrate / ( C ) / ( e ~ " - 1) i n the upper half plane and lower half plane, along indented rectangles whose corners and ni ± ("i l 2 integers). Assuming / ( £ ) to be (-plane, we thus obtain the formula !
0 0 1
a n (
n
(
a t e
+ f(ni + 1) + • • • + / ( » , - 1) + i / ( n ) 2
1 ^^ + Jjf
+ «'») " / ( " i + & ) "
=
(10)
in the complex C plane, / ( 0 / ( e * - 1) i n the are n i , rij, n ± coi, analytic in the whole 2
i f
3
/(z)-iz
- '3/) + / ( " i - » / ) } ( i i )
4
which is called as Plana's expansion . Putting
/(«) = kg(* + »), Til = 0,
Z +712=
z',
that / ( t i i + iy) 6
/("2
- iy) +
/("i
- i/y)
(f^l z ' - i y ) ( z + iv) (l + i y / r ' X l - i y A )
= log =
+»!/) -
(l-iyA')(l + W 2 !? , 2 y arctan 1— arctan - , i z' i z
and therefore we obtain 1 1 f' - l o g z -t-log(z + 1) + ••• + - logs' - j logxdx f°°
= 21 Jo
dy
(
y
y\
1 arctan e^v-lV z'
arctan - . z)
If we take the limit z' —> oo, as arctan(y/;') vanishes, we get the formula
j
\ogxdx - { I b g « + Iog(^ + l ) + " - + ^ l o g ? ' }
Finally, from Eqs.(10) and (13), we obtain Eq.(8):
3.Energy S p e c t r u m We can rewrite the right-hand-side of Eq.(14). That is, by writing $ = arctan(j//z), dltnB
,„
298
we perform partial integration to get arctan(y/ z) 2
l dta.nd/d8
I*
-
2 z
J
%(2^'tan7)-l^
0
log{l-exp(-2xztanfl)|dfl
= - - j f and N t { ^ # ) } = | /
' log{l-«p(-2«t*nff)}
V
(15)
Further, we can make use of the formula
exp{I^ ' l o g ^ }
| >
g
J
, ( ^ ) }
M
=jis.n {«(£)} assuming g(t) to satisfy certain conditions. Thus Eq.(15) can be written as
—Q(*)=
J j { (il -- ee xx pp ((- -2«e )) }j
Km
07)
f c k
*. -
rith
For the system with 2/V particles, we have the partition function
and, in the limit of N —* oo, Eq.(17) can be written as
2 ^ logQM*) = W l /
7
- 2 7 / E
M l " exp(-« )}, k
which is the so-called thermodynamic limit. In the limit of z —* oo, we see that
n{l-exp(-2^tan—)}
—* 1,
(19)
299
and in the limit of z —> 0 and N —• oo, f[ { l - e x p ( - 2 r t a n | ^ ) } " 7
— * J] fa*, tan
1 / ! J V
5
2JV7
fc-i fc=i
ian —
V2wz'
Therefore, in these limits we recover Eqs.(2) and (3): \/2x/z 1/z
Q(z)
harmonicchain hardspheres
(z —* oo) (z —> 0)
We can further rewrite the factor in the right-hand-side of Eq.(17) as II
CD
JV-l
JV-l
j
-
1
e
K
z
P(- ^)}
=11
h=l
E
exp(-zn e ] k
k
h=l n =0 4
CO
00
= !]••• 71 1 = •
ex
7 1 N - 1 =
p(- X] * *)z
0
ii
€
ft
Thus, for sufficiently large N (3> 1), we have Q2N(z) =
£
e x p j - z ^ m , - - , n^o),
(20)
where £ is a sum of independent excitations of equidistant levels ntjCj, (fc = 1 , 2 , - - - , J V - 1 ) , or JV-l • • , « J V - I )
=
(
2
1
)
with tfc given by Eq.{18). Therefore, it is shown that, as far as the partition function is concerned, the one-dimensional system composed of 2iV particles with nonlinear interaction is equivalent to a system of independent excitations. In Eq.(20) the factor 2 x / z on the right-hand-side can be considered as the effect of harmonic interaction or phonon-bke excitations, and E as the energy spectrum of the independent solitonlike excitations e . k
4. N u m e r i c a l V e r i f i c a t i o n o f E q . ( 7 ) The numerical values of JV-l
f(z,N)=
n{l-exp(-2xztan^)}" *=1
300
ate calculated for several values of z and for the values of TV from 9 to 20,000 by the double precision method. The result is shown in Table 1, where the values of f(z,N) are compared with the values ^/zj2irQ{z) calculated by using Eq.(5). Thus Eq.(17), or f(z,N)^^Q(z)
(z-+<*>),
is numerically verified. Convergence of /(z, /V) to y/'z/2TTQ(Z) is very slow for z = 1 ~ 5. We are also led to the formula
Table 1 The numerical values of f(Z,N) \JZ/2TTQ(Z) for several values of Z. z=l
are compared with the limiting values of
z=2
z=3
z=4
z=5
9 18 45 90 450 900 2,000 5,000 10,000 20,000
1.03049 1.04766 1.06430 1.07228 1.08103 1.08253 1.08347 1.08400 1.08420 1.08431
1.00706 1.01595 1.02670 1.03249 1.03933 1.04057 1.04137 1.04182 1.04200 1.04209
1.00210 1.00719 1.01495 1.01960 1.02546 1.02656 1.02729 1.02771 1.02787 1.02796
1.00067 1.00364 1.00949 1.01338 1.01858 1.01960 1.02027 1.02067 1.02082 1.02091
1.00022 1.00196 1.00646 1.00979 1.01449 1.01544 1.01608 1.01646 1.01660 1.01668
X/Z/2TTQ(Z)
1.08444
1.04221
1.02806
1.02101
1.01678
N
=
5. Concluding Remarks It is shown that, as far as the partition function is concerned, the one dimensional lattice with exponential interaction is asymptotically equivalent to a system with independent excitation spectrum. It means that the partition function is factorized into two modes, ^/2ir/z and / ( z , JV). The former may be interpreted as the harmonic (or phonon-like) mode, and the latter as the nonlinear (or solitonUke) mode. B u t the physical implication of these modes are not clear at present. So we may have some conjectures:
301
(i) These modes do not imply any independent dynamical motion. They are virtual outcome of certain way of dividing the phase space. But the harmonic analysis of the lattice with large N will reveal these modes including quasi-continuous levels 6),. (ii) Is there any linear system with exactly independent excitations «fc? If there is such one, it will be very close, in some way or other, to the nonlinear lattice with exponential interaction. (iii) The above discussion is limited to the coniigurational part of the partition function, and the above-mentioned modes ot levels may be consideed to be related to static deformation of a nonlinear elastic lattice. For a linear elastic deformation we have kinetic analogues of the static deformation where the length along the system plays the role of time in dynamics. It will be possible to develop the theory of nonlinear version of such an analogue to deal with static deformation of nonlinear lattice.
A ekno w l e d g emen t s The author wishes to say a word of thanks to Professor S. Watanabe and Dr. N . Saitoh for numerical calculation.
References 1. M.Toda, J. Pkys. Soc. Japan 22 (1967) 431. W i t h respect to the classical partition function, cf. M.Toda and N.Saitoh, J. Pkys. Soc. Japan 52 (1983) 3703. 2. A brief account of the results of the present article was already given in M.Toda, Theory of Nonlinear Lattices, 2nd edition (Springer-Verlag, 1988), p.171. 3. E.T.Whittaker and G.N.Watson, A Course of Modern Analysis, 4th edition (Cambridge University Press, 1946), p.251. 4. E.T.Whittaker and G.N.Watson, ibid., p.145.
303
Academic Career of Morikazu T O D A
Morikazu T O D A ,
Born i n Tokyo, Japan, Oct. 20 1917
Nationality,
Japanese
1940
Graduated from the University of Tokyo, Dep. Phys., Faculty of Science
1941
Assistant, Univ. Tokyo (Faculty of Engineering)
1942
Associate Prof. Keijo U n i v . (Faculty of Sci. & Eng.)
1949
Associate Prof. Tokyo U n i v . Education (Faculty of Science)
1952
D r . Sci. (Univ. Tokyo)
1952
Prof. Tokyo U n i v . Education (Faculty of Science)
1955
Visiting Researcher, C a l . Inst. Tech.
1956
Visiting Researcher, Universite Libre de Bruxelles
1970
Prof. Optica] Research Inst., Tokyo Univ. Education
1970
Visiting Prof. Sao Paulo Univ.
1973
Visiting Prof. Univ. Trondheim, N . T . H .
1975
Prof. Emeritus, Tokyo Univ. Education
1975
Prof. C h i b a U n i v . (Faculty of Science)
1976~83
Prof. Yokohama National Univ. (Faculty of Engineering)
1981
Member of The Royal Norwegian Society of Sciences and Letters
1987~89
Prof. U n i v . of the A i r
Awards: 1947
Mainichi Shuppan-Bunka Prize (Liquid Theory)
1981
Fujihara Prize (Toda Lattice)
This page is intentionally left blank
305
Bibliography of Morikazu T O D A
Papers *1.
T h e Solid States of H and D , Proc. P h y s - M a t h . Soc. Japan 22 (1940) z
2
503-507. 2.
On the Theory of Fusion, Proc.
Phys-Math. Soc. Japan 23 (1941)
252-263. *3.
Secondary Electron Emission from Pure Metals, Proc. P h y s - M a t h . Soc. Japan 25 (1943) 207.
*4.
On the V i r i a l Theorem (in Japanese), "Recent Problems i n Physics" (Iwanami Shoten P u b l . 1948) 93-112.
5.
Hole Theory of Liquids (in Japanese), Busseiron-Kenkyu (1948 N o . 10) 1-9.
6.
Stopping Power of Matter against Charged Particles (in Japanese), Proc. Phys. Soc. Japan 3 (1948 No. 5-6).
7.
M a n y - B o d y Problems and Quantum
Hydrodynamics (in Japanese),
Proc. Phys. Soc. Japan 3 (1948 No. 5-6). 8.
Molecular Theory of Liquid Helium, Prog. Theor. Phys. 6 (1951) 458¬ 479.
9.
O n the Liquid He
s
4
and its Mixture with He
(with A . Ishihara), Prog.
Theor. Phys. 6 (1951) 480-485. 10.
Notes on the Theory of High Polymer Solutions (with A . Ishihara), J . P o l y m . Science 7 (1951) 277-287.
* The asterisks indicate the papers included in this volume.
306
*11.
On the Relation between Fermions and Bosons, J . Phys. Soc. Japan 7 (1952) 230.
12.
Diffusion on the Fermi Surface and Conductivity of Metals, J . Phys. Soc. Japan 8 (1953) 339-342.
13.
O n the Theory of Superconductivity, Proc. Inter.
Conf.
on Theor.
Phys. K y o t o (1953) 926-929. *14.
Notes on Fermi and Bose Statistics (with F . Takano),
J . Phys. Soc.
Japan 9 (1954) 14-18. 15. *16.
Diffusion on the Fermi Surface, J . Phys. Soc. Japan 9 (1954) 440. On the Theory of Quantum Liquids. I., Surface Tension and Stress, J . Phys. Soc. Japan 10 (1955) 512-517.
*17.
Diffusion in Velocity Space and Transport Phenomena,
i n "Transport
Processes i n Statis. Mech." Brussels 1956 (ed. I. Prigogine, Interscience P u b l . 1958) 148-154. 18.
On the Quantum Effect on Melting, Nuovo Cimento 9 Suppl. (1958) 39-44.
19.
On the Irreversible Precesses in Quantum Mechanics (with I. Prigogine), Molecular Phys. 1 (1958) 48-62.
20.
On the Theory of the Brownian Motion, J . Phys. Soc. Japan 13 (1958) 1266-1280.
21.
O n the Brownian Motion of a Classical Oscillator, J . Phys. Soc. Japan 14
22.
(1959) 722-728.
On the Theory of Brownian Motion and Spin Relaxation (with T . Kotera), J . Phys. Soc. Japan 14 (1959) 1475-1490.
307
*23.
Localized Vibration and Random Walk (with T . K o t e i a and Y . Kogure), J . Phys. Soc. Japan 17
*24.
Statistical
Dynamics of
(1962) 426-433. Systems of Interacting Oscillators (with Y .
Kogure), Prog. Theor. Phys. Suppl. 23 (1962) 157-171. 25.
Damping Behavior and Space Dimension, Prog. Theor. Phys. Suppl.23 (1962) 172-176.
26.
E q n i l i b r i u m Vapor Pressure of Indium Antimonide (with M . Yamaguchi and Y . Mizushima), J . Phys. Soc. Japan 19
*27.
Some Properties of the Pair Distribution Function, J . Phys. Soc. Japan 19
28.
(1964) 580-581.
(1964) 1550-1554.
Experimental Verification of the Sondheimer-Effect
i n T h i n Metallic
Films (with H . Tanaka, H . Kiyooka and Y . Mizushima), J . Phys. Soc. Japan 19 *29.
(1964) 2353.
One-Dimensional D u a l Transformation, J . Phys. Soc. Japan 20
(1965)
2095. *30.
One-Dimensional D u a l Transformation, Prog. Theor. Phys. Suppl. 36 (1966) 113-119.
*31.
Vibration of a Chain with Nonlinear Interaction, J . Phys. Soc. Japan 22
*32.
(1967) 431-436.
Wave Propagation in Anharmonic Lattices, J . Phys.
Soc.
Japan 23
(1967) 501-506. *33.
Mechanics and Statistical Mechanics of Nonlinear Chains, Proc. Intern. Conf. Statis. Mech., J . Phys. Soc. Japan, Suppl. 26 (1969) 235-237.
*34.
Waves i n Nonlinear Lattice, Prog. 174-200.
Theor.
Phys.
Suppl.
45 (1970)
308
*35.
The Criterion for the Existence of a G a p in the Optical B a n d of Disordered Mixed Crystal (unpublished 1970).
*36.
Interaction of Solitons with Electromagnetic Waves, Physica Norvegica 5 (1971) 203-207.
*37.
A n Evidence for the Existence of Kirkwood-Alder Transition (with M . Wadati), J . Phys. Soc. Japan 32
*38.
(1972) 1147.
The Exact N-Soliton Solution of the Korteweg-de Vries Equation (with M . Wadati), J . Phys. Soc. Japan 32
*39.
(1972) 1403-1411.
A Soliton and Two Solitons i n an Exponential Lattice and Related Equations (with M . Wadati), J . Phys. Soc. Japan 34
40.
(1973) 18-25.
Studies on a Nonlinear Lattice, Arkiv for Det Fysiske Seminar i Trondheim, (1974 No.2).
41.
Instability of Trajectries of the Lattice with Cubic Nonlinearity, A r k i v for Det Fysiske Seminar i Trondheim, (1974 No.6), Phys. Lett.
48A
(1974) 335-336. 42.
Photons as the Origin of Irreversibility, i n "Modern Developments in Thermodynamics", (ed. B . G a l - O r , Israel Univ. Press., John Wiley & Sons 1974) 79-80.
43. *44.
Studies of a Non-linear Lattice, Phys. Reports 18C (1975) 1-123. Backlund Transformation for the Exponential Lattice (with M . Wadati), J . Phys. Soc. Japan 39
*45.
(1975) 1196-1203.
A Canonical Transformation for the Exponential Lattice (with M . Wadati), J . Phys. Soc. Japan 39
46.
(1975) 1204-1211.
Wave Propagation in a Non-linear Lattice, in M a t h . Problems in Theor. Phys. 39 (ed. H . A r a k i , Springer-Verlag 1975) 387-393.
309
47.
Development of the Theory of a Nonlinear Lattice, Prog. Theor. Phys. Suppl. 59 (1976) 1-35.
48.
Chopping P h enomenon of a Nonlinear System (with R. Hirota and J . Satsuma), Prog. Theor. Phys. Suppl. 59 (1976) 148-161.
49.
O n the Periodic Exponential Lattice, Arkiv for Det Fysiske Seminar i Trondheim, (1977 No.3)
50.
Three-Particle Systems, i n "Theory of Nonlinear Waves" (ed. M . Toda, Reports from the Research Institute for Mathematical Sciences, 332 K y o t o U n i v . 1978) 1-6.
51.
Problems i n Nonlinear Dynamics, The Rocky Mountain Journ. of M a t h ematics 8 (1978) 197-209.
52.
Question about the Localized Mode due to a Light Impurity, Lecture Notes i n Physics 93, "Stochastic Behavior in Classical and Quantum Hamiltonian Systems" (ed.
G . Castati and J . Ford, Springer-Verlag
1979) 145-150. 53.
Solitons and Heat Conduction, Physica Scripta 20 (1979) 424-430.
54.
O n a Nonlinear Lattice (The Toda Lattice), "Topics i n Modern Physics, Solitons" (ed.
K . Bullough and P . J . Caudrey, Springer-Verlag 1980)
143-155. 55.
Geometrical Interpretation of Nonlinear Wave Equations (unpublished 1980) .
56.
On a Certain Difference-Differential Equation Related to Nonlinear Lattices, i n "Non-linear Waves, Classical Theory and Quantum Theory" (ed.
M . Sato, Reports from the Research Institute for Mathematical
Sciences, 414 Kyoto U n i v . 1981) 224-226.
310
*57.
Interaction of Soliton with an Impurity in Nonlinear Lattice (with S. Watanabe), J . Phys. Soc. Japan 50
*58.
(1981) 3436-3442.
Experiment on Soliton-Impurity Interaction i n Nonlinear Lattice Using Nonlinear L C Circuit (with S. Watanabe), J . Phys.
Soc.
Japan 50
(1981) 3443-3450. *59.
The Classical Specific Heat of the Exponential Lattice (with N . Saitoh), J . Phys. Soc. Japan 52 (1983) 3703-3705.
60.
Nonlinear Lattice and Soliton Theory, I E E E Transaction on Circuits and Systems, C A S - 3 0 (1983) 542-554.
61.
Nonlinear Lattice and a Nonlinear Difference-Differential Proc.
Equation,
R I M S Symposium on Nonlinear integrable Systems—Classical
and Quantum Theory, K y o t o 1981 (ed. M . Jimbo and M . M i w a , World Scientific P u b l . 1983) 1-4. 62.
A Certain Helmholtz-lilte Difference-Differntial Equation related to Solitons (with N . Saitoh), A d v . i n Nonlinear Waves vol.11, Research Notes in Mathematics (ed. L . Debnath, Pitman Advanced Publishing Program 1984) 214-232.
63.
Some Aspects of Soliton Dynamics, Dynamical Problems i n Soliton Systems, Proc. of the Seventh K y o t o Summer Institute 1984 (ed. S. Takeno, Springer-Verlag 1984) 6-11.
64.
Thermodynamics of the Exponential Lattice, i n "Development of Soliton Theory" (ed.
M . Toda, Reports from the Research Institute for
Mathematical Sciences, 554 K y o t o U n i v . 1985) 1-9. *65.
Interest i n Form i n Japan and the West, "Science on F o r m " , Proc. of the First Internatioanl Symposium for Science on Form (ed. S. Ishizaka, Y . K a t o , R . Takaki and J . Toriwaki, K T K Scientific Publishers Tokyo, 1986) 1-8.
311
*66. 67.
Coupled Nonlinear Waves, Physica D 33 (1988) 317-322. A Nonlinear Lattice and Volterra's System, in "Hirota's Method i n Soliton Theory" (ed. J . Satsuma, Reports from the Research Institute for Mathematical Sciences, 684 K y o t o U n i v . 1989) 92-96.
*68.
Nonlinear D u a l Lattice (with Y . Okada and S. Watanabe), J . Phys. Soc. Japan 59 (1990) 4279-4285.
*69.
Partition Function of Nonlinear Lattice, "Nonlinear Dispersive Wave Systems" (ed. L . Debnath, World Scientific P u b l . 1992) 435-443, (retyped for this volume)
70.
Solitons i n Discrete Systems, "Future Directions of Nonlinear Dynamics in Physical and Biologocal Systems", Proc. of N A T O A S I meeting, (ed. P . L . Christiansen, J . C . Eilbeck and R . D . Parmentier, Plenum Pubi.) to be published.
Books
1. Theory of Nonlinear Lattices 20, Springer Series in Solid State Sciences (Springer-Verlag 1981, 2nd enlarged ed. 1988, Russian ed. 1984.) 2. Statistical Physics I, Springer Series in Solid State Sciences 30 (ed. M . T o d a and R . K u b o , Springer-Verlag 1983, 2nd ed. 1992, Polish ed. 1991) 3. Statistical Physics II, Springer Series in Solid State Sciences 31 (ed. R . K u b o and M . Toda, Springer-Verlag 1985, 2nd ed. 1991, Polish ed. 1991). 4. Nonlinear Waves and Solitons, (Khiwer Academic P u b l . 1989).
This page is intentionally left blank
313
List of misprints In the following some misprints in the papers are listed, paper N o . l p. 506
13th line from the bottom:
"we drive" should be replaced by "we derive" paper N o . 5 right side, 2nd line from the top should be replaced by CO
00
n=0
JV=o
paper N o , 7 p. 512
right side, 7th line from the bottom:
"thoughout" should be read as "thought" p. 516
right side, 2nd Une from the top :
"suaface" should be read as "surface" paper N o . l 5 p. 502
left side, 4th line from the top:
"the Hamiltonian • • • " should be read as "and the Hamiltonian • - • " p. 502
right side, 8th line from the bottom:
eq.(3.3) should be replaced by
(3.3) p. 503
the page number "50" should be read as "503
p. 505
right side, 7th line form the top:
eq.(5.10) should be replaced by
(5.10)
314
p. 505
right side, 7 and 8th lines from the bottom:
eq.(5.16) should be replaced by c
—u + OB
(u
-
0
, (5.16)
T
p. 506
-
Sy/Mjfa,
-
Uoo
)
left side, 2nd line from the top:
eq.(5.18) should be replaced by 2
2
* = c D /12,
K
(5.18)
0
paper No.16 p. 235
2nd line from the bottom:
(e = 2ah) should be replaced by (e — 2|o|/i) p. 236
left side, 10th line from the top:
eq.(8) should be replaced by <7«
|i=0= ±
p. 236
(8)
9th une from the bottom:
"The result given earlier - - • " should be read as " N . Zabusky: The result given earlier • - •" paper No.17 p. 184
1st line from the bottom:
eq.(4.12) shuld be replaced by
IqgO p. 188
(4.12)
2nd line from the bottom:
eq.(5.1) should be replaced by ±d
dn
e / f(n)
=
f(n±l)
(5.1)
315
p. 194
1st and 2nd lines from the bottom should be replaced by
snw = —
>
— — s m ( 2 T j + 1) r
n=0 0
c
n
u
0
" TT7 >
1
,«+i/a
Z
, , - COS(2» + 1)
n=0
p. 195
7TU
2K
.
*
1st, 2nd and 3rd lines from the top should be replaced by
2 IX \ oo-i
g'
/rtxw\ 2..
£
2x* T - ^
na"
/nwu\
i--t
p. 197
9th and 10th lines from the bottopm should be replaced by
/
Jo
we see that
logZ>(«,w)du = 2A'log
^o(O)